QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-9576

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  22-2781933
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

One SeaGate, Toledo, Ohio
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

43666
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (419) 247-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

  Name of each exchange on
which registered

Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, $50 liquidation preference   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  ý         No  o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes  ý         No  o

        The aggregate market value (based on the consolidated tape closing price on January 31, 2005) of the voting stock beneficially held by non-affiliates of Owens-Illinois, Inc. was approximately $3,369,485,000. As of January 31, 2005, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Common Stock was 151,161,753. For the sole purpose of making this calculation, the term "non-affiliate" has been interpreted to exclude directors and executive officers of the Company. Such interpretation is not intended to be, and should not be construed to be, an admission by Owens-Illinois, Inc. or such directors or executive officers of the Company that such directors and executive officers of the Company are "affiliates" of Owens-Illinois, Inc., as that term is defined under the Securities Act of 1934.

        The number of shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value of Owens-Illinois, Inc. outstanding as of February 28, 2005 was 151,569,256.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Part III Owens-Illinois, Inc. Proxy Statement for The Annual Meeting of Share Owners To Be Held Wednesday, May 11, 2005 ("Proxy Statement").

TABLE OF GUARANTORS

Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter

  State/Country of
Incorporation or
Organization

  Primary Standard
Industrial Classification
Code Number

  I.R.S Employee
Identification
Number

Owens-Illinois Group, Inc   Delaware   6719   34-1559348
Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc   Delaware   6719   34-1559346

        The address, including zip code, and telephone number, of each additional registrant's principal executive office is One Seagate, Toledo, Ohio 43666 (419) 247-5000. These companies are listed as guarantors of the debt securities of the registrant. The consolidating condensed financial statements of the Company depicting separately its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries are presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. All of the equity securities of each of the guarantors set forth in the table above are owned, either directly or indirectly, by Owens-Illinois, Inc.





TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I   1
  ITEM 1.   BUSINESS   1
  ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES   12
  ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   15
  ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS   15
    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT   16

PART II

 

18
  ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHARE OWNER MATTERS   18
  ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   19
  ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   22
  ITEM 7.(A)   QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK   46
  ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   51
  ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE   109
  ITEM 9.(A)   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES   109

PART III

 

112
  ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT   112
  ITEM 11.
AND 13.
  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS   112
  ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT   112
  ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES   112

PART IV

 

113
  ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K   113
  ITEM 15.(A)   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES   113
  ITEM 15.(B)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K   113
  ITEM 15.(C)   EXHIBIT INDEX   115
  ITEM 15.(D)   SEPARATE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AFFILIATES WHOSE SECURITIES ARE PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL   120

SIGNATURES

 

212
EXHIBITS    

i



PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General Development of Business

        Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the "Company"), through its subsidiaries, is the successor to a business established in 1903. The Company is one of the world's leading manufacturers of packaging products (based on sales revenue) and is the largest manufacturer of glass containers in the world, with leading positions in Europe, North America, Asia Pacific and South America. The Company is also a leading manufacturer of health care packaging including plastic prescription containers and medical devices, and plastic closure systems including tamper-evident caps and child-resistant closures, with operations in the United States, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Brazil, Hungary and Singapore.

Strategy and Competitive Strengths

        The Company is pursuing a strategy aimed at leveraging its global capabilities, broadening its market base and focusing on the effective management of working capital and capital spending.

        Our current priorities include the following:

    Achieve successful European integration

    Improve liquidity and reduce leverage

    Build modest growth momentum and broaden market base

    Improve system cost and capital capabilities

    Implement global procurement initiatives

Our current core competitive strengths are:

    Global leadership in manufacturing glass containers

    Long-standing relationships with industry-leading consumer products companies

    Low-cost production of glass containers

    Technological leadership and innovation

    Worldwide licensee network—glass containers and plastic closures

    Leading health care packaging businesses

    Experienced and motivated management team and work force

        Consistent with its vision to become the world's leading packaging company, the Company has acquired 16 glass container businesses in 22 countries since 1990, including businesses in Europe, North America, Asia Pacific and South America. Through these acquisitions, the Company has enhanced its global presence in order to better serve the needs of its multi-national customers and has achieved purchasing and cost reduction synergies.

Realignment of Business Portfolio

        In 2004, the Company completed two major transactions which significantly realigned its business portfolio:

    On June 21, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A., for total consideration of approximately $1.3 billion; and

    On October 7, 2004, the Company completed the Plastics Sale for approximately $1.2 billion.

The Company has 82 glass manufacturing plants in 22 countries and 24 plastics packaging facilities primarily in the United States.

1



Technology Leader

        The Company believes it is a technological leader in the worldwide glass container and plastics packaging segments of the rigid packaging market. During the four years ended December 31, 2004, on continuing operations basis, the Company invested more than $1.0 billion in capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions) and more than $219 million in research, development and engineering to, among other things, improve labor and machine productivity, increase capacity in growing markets and commercialize technology into new products.

Worldwide Corporate Headquarters

        The principal executive office of the Company is located at One SeaGate, Toledo, Ohio 43666; the telephone number is (419) 247-5000. The Company's website is www.o-i.com . The Company's annual report and SEC filings can be obtained from this site at no cost. The Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the charters of the Compensation and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committees will be adopted by the Board of Directors and, together with the previously adopted charter of the Audit Committee, will be available on the Investor Relations section of the Company's website on or about April 1, 2005. On and after such date, copies of these documents will also be available in print to share owners upon request, addressed to the Corporate Secretary at the address above.

Financial Information about Product Segments

        Information as to sales, earnings from continuing operations before interest income, interest expense, provision for income taxes, minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries, and cumulative effect of accounting change and excluding amounts related to certain items that management considers not representative of ongoing operations ("Segment Operating Profit"), and total assets by product segment is included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Narrative Description of Business

        The Company has two product segments: (1) Glass Containers and (2) Plastics Packaging. Below is a description of these segments and information to the extent material to understanding the Company's business taken as a whole.

Products and Services, Customers, Markets and Competitive Conditions, and Methods of Distribution

GLASS CONTAINERS PRODUCT SEGMENT

        The Company is the largest manufacturer of glass containers in the world. Approximately one of every two glass containers made worldwide is made by the Company, its subsidiaries or its licensees. On a continuing operations basis, worldwide glass container sales represented 88%, 84%, and 84%, of the Company's consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company manufactured approximately 37% of all glass containers sold by domestic producers in the U.S., making the Company the leading manufacturer of glass containers in the U.S. The Company is the leading glass container manufacturer in 19 of the 22 countries where it competes in the glass container segment of the rigid packaging market and the sole manufacturer of glass containers in 8 of these countries.

Products and Services

        The Company produces glass containers for malt beverages including beer and ready to drink low alcohol refreshers, liquor, wine, food, tea, juice and pharmaceuticals. The Company also produces glass containers for soft drinks, principally outside the U.S. The Company manufactures these products in a

2



wide range of sizes, shapes and colors. As a leader in glass container innovation, the Company is active in new product development.

Customers

        In most of the countries where the Company competes, it has the leading position in the glass container segment of the rigid packaging market (based on sales revenue). The largest customers include many of the leading manufacturers and marketers of glass packaged products in the world. In the U.S., the majority of customers for glass containers are brewers, wine vintners, distillers and food producers. Outside of the U.S., glass container customers also include soft drink bottlers. The largest U.S. glass container customers include (in alphabetical order) Anheuser-Busch, Campbell Soup Co., Coors, Gerber, H.J. Heinz and SABMiller. The largest international glass container customers include (in alphabetical order) Diageo, Foster's, Heineken, InBev, Kronenbourg, Lion Nathan, Molson and SABMiller. The Company is the major glass container supplier to some of these customers.

        The Company sells most of its glass container products directly to customers under annual or multi-year supply agreements. The Company also sells some of its products through distributors. Glass containers are typically scheduled for production in response to customers' orders for their quarterly requirements.

Markets and Competitive Conditions

        The principal markets for glass container products made by the Company are in Europe, North America, Asia Pacific, and South America. The Company believes it is the low-cost producer in the glass container segment of the rigid packaging market in most of the countries in which it competes. Much of this cost advantage is due to proprietary equipment and process technology used by the Company. The Company's machine development activities and systematic upgrading of production equipment in the 1990's and early 2000's have given it low-cost leadership in the glass container segment in most of the countries in which it competes, a key strength to competing successfully in the rigid packaging market.

        The Company has the leading share of the glass container segment of the U.S. rigid packaging market based on sales revenue by domestic producers in the U.S., with its sales representing approximately 37% of the glass container segment of the U.S. rigid packaging market for the year ended December 31, 2004. The principal glass container competitors in the U.S. are Saint-Gobain Containers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain, and Anchor Glass Container Corporation.

        In supplying glass containers outside of the U.S., the Company competes directly with Compagnie de Saint-Gobain in Europe and Brazil, Rexam plc and Ardagh plc in the U.K., Vetropak in the Czech Republic and Amcor Limited in Australia. In other locations in Europe, the Company competes indirectly with a variety of glass container firms including Compagnie de Saint-Gobain, Vetropak and Rexam plc. Except as mentioned above, the Company does not compete with any large, multi-national glass container manufacturers in South America or the Asia Pacific region.

        In addition to competing with other large, well-established manufacturers in the glass container segment, the Company competes with manufacturers of other forms of rigid packaging, principally aluminum cans and plastic containers, on the basis of quality, price and service. The principal competitors producing metal containers are Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Rexam plc, Ball Corporation and Silgan Holdings Inc. The principal competitors producing plastic containers are Consolidated Container Holdings, LLC, Graham Packaging Company, Plastipak Packaging, Inc. and Silgan Holdings Inc. The Company also competes with manufacturers of non-rigid packaging alternatives, including flexible pouches and aseptic cartons, in serving the packaging needs of juice customers.

3



        The Company's unit shipments of glass containers in countries outside of the U.S. have grown substantially from levels of the early 1990's. The Company has added to its international operations by acquiring glass container companies, many of which have leading positions in growing or established markets, increasing capacity at select foreign subsidiaries, and maintaining the global network of glass container companies that license its technology. In many developing countries, the Company's international glass operations have benefited in the last ten years from increased consumer spending power, a trend toward the privatization of industry, a favorable climate for foreign investment, lowering of trade barriers and global expansion programs by multi-national consumer companies. Due to the weighting of labor as a production cost, glass containers have a cost advantage over plastic and metal containers in developing countries where labor wage rates are relatively low.

        The Company's majority ownership positions in international glass subsidiaries are summarized below:

Subsidiary/Country

  Ownership %
ACI Operations Pty. Ltd., Australia   100.0
ACI Operations NZ Ltd., New Zealand   100.0
Avirunion, a.s., Czech Republic   100.0
BSN Glasspack S.A   100.0
Karhulan Lasi Oy, Finland   100.0
OI Canada Corp., Canada   100.0
United Glass Ltd., United Kingdom   100.0
United Hungarian Glass Containers, Kft., Hungary   100.0
Vidrieria Rovira, S.A., Spain   100.0
A/S Jarvakandi Klaas, Estonia   100.0
PT Kangar Consolidated Industries, Indonesia   99.9
AVIR S.p.A., Italy   99.7
Owens-Illinois Polska S.A., Poland   99.4
Owens-Illinois Peru, S.A, Peru.   96.0
Companhia Industrial Sao Paulo e Rio, Brazil   79.4
Owens-Illinois de Venezuela, C.A., Venezuela   74.0
ACI Guangdong Glass Company Ltd., China   70.0
ACI Shanghai Glass Company Ltd., China   80.0
Wuhan Owens Glass Container Company Ltd., China   70.0
Cristaleria del Ecuador, S.A., Ecuador   69.0
Cristaleria Peldar, S. A., Colombia   58.4

        North America.     In addition to the glass container operations in the U.S., the Company's subsidiary in Canada is the sole manufacturer of glass containers in that country.

        South America.     The Company is the sole manufacturer of glass containers in Colombia, Ecuador and Peru. In both Brazil and Venezuela, the Company is the leading manufacturer of glass containers. In South America, there is a large infrastructure for returnable/refillable glass containers. However, with improving economic conditions in South America after the recessions of the late 1990's, unit sales of non-returnable glass containers have grown in Venezuela, Colombia and Brazil.

        Europe.     The Company's European glass container business has operations in 11 countries and is the largest in Europe. The Company's subsidiary in France is a leading producer of wine and champagne bottles and is the sole supplier of glass containers to Kronenbourg, France's leading brewer. In Italy, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, AVIR, is the leading manufacturer of glass containers and operates 13 glass container plants. The Company's sales in France and Italy accounted for approximately 67% of the Company's total European glass container sales in 2004. In Germany, the Company's key customers include Kronenbourg and Nestle Europe. In the Netherlands, the Company

4



is one of the leading suppliers of glass containers to Heineken. United Glass, the Company's subsidiary in the U.K., is a leading manufacturer of glass containers for the U.K. spirits business. In Spain, the Company serves the market for olives in the Sevilla area and the market for wine bottles in the Barcelona and southern France area. In Poland, the Company is the leading glass container manufacturer and currently operates two plants. The Company's subsidiary in the Czech Republic, Avirunion, is the leading glass container manufacturer in that country and also ships a portion of its beer bottle production to Germany. In Hungary, the Company is the sole glass container manufacturer and serves the Hungarian food industry. In Finland and the Baltic country of Estonia, the Company is the only manufacturer of glass containers. The Company coordinates production activities between Finland and Estonia in order to efficiently serve the Finnish, Baltic and Russian markets. In recent years, Western European brewers have been establishing beer production facilities in Central Europe and the Russian Republic. Because these new beer plants use high-speed filling lines, they require high quality glass containers in order to operate properly. The Company believes it is well positioned to meet this growing demand.

        Asia Pacific.     The Company has glass operations in four countries in the Asia Pacific region: Australia, New Zealand, Indonesia and China. In the Asia Pacific region, the Company is the leading manufacturer of glass containers in most of the countries in which it competes. In Australia, the Company's subsidiary, ACI, operates four glass container plants, including a plant focused on serving the needs of the growing Australian wine industry. In New Zealand, the Company is the sole glass container manufacturer. In Indonesia, the Company supplies the Indonesian market and exports glass containers for food and pharmaceutical products to Australian customers. In China, the glass container segments of the packaging market are regional and highly fragmented with a number of local competitors. The Company has three modern glass container plants in China manufacturing high-quality beer bottles to serve Foster's as well as Anheuser-Busch, which is now producing Budweiser® in and for the Chinese market.

        The Company continues to focus on serving the needs of leading multi-national consumer companies as they pursue international growth opportunities. The Company believes that it is often the glass container partner of choice for such multi-national consumer companies due to its leadership in glass technology and its status as a low-cost producer in most of the markets it serves.

Manufacturing

        The Company believes it is the low-cost producer in the glass container segment of the North American rigid packaging market, as well as the low-cost producer in most of the international glass segments in which it competes. Much of this cost advantage is due to the Company's proprietary equipment and process technology. The Company believes its glass forming machines, developed and refined by its engineering group, are significantly more efficient and productive than those used by competitors. The Company's machine development activities and systematic upgrading of production equipment has given it low-cost leadership in the glass container segment in most of the countries in which it competes, a key strength to competing successfully in the rigid packaging market.

        Since the early 1990's, the Company has more than doubled its overall glass container labor and machine productivity in the U.S., as measured by output produced per man-hour. By applying its technology and worldwide "best practices" during this period, the Company decreased the number of production employees required per glass-forming machine line in the U.S. by over 35%, and increased the daily output of glass-forming machines by approximately 40%. The Company also operates several machine and mold shops that manufacture high-productivity glass-forming machines, molds and related equipment.

5



Methods of Distribution

        Due to the significance of transportation costs and the importance of timely delivery, glass container manufacturing facilities are generally located close to customers. In the U.S., most of the Company's glass container products are shipped by common carrier to customers within a 250-mile radius of a given production site. In addition, the Company's glass container operations outside the U.S. export some products to customers beyond their national boundaries, which may include transportation by rail and ocean delivery in combination with common carriers.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

        The primary raw materials used in the Company's glass container operations are sand, soda ash and limestone. Each of these materials, as well as the other raw materials used to manufacture glass containers, have historically been available in adequate supply from multiple sources. For certain raw materials, however, there may be temporary shortages due to weather or other factors, including disruptions in supply caused by raw material transportation or production delays.

Energy

        The Company's glass container operations require a continuous supply of significant amounts of energy, principally natural gas, fuel oil, and electrical power. Adequate supplies of energy are generally available to the Company at all of its manufacturing locations. Energy costs typically account for 15-20% of the Company's total manufacturing costs, depending on the factory location and its particular energy requirements. The percentage of total cost related to energy can vary significantly because of volatility in market prices, particularly for natural gas in particularly volatile markets such as North America. In order to limit the effects of fluctuations in market prices for natural gas and fuel oil, the Company uses commodity futures contracts related to its forecasted requirements, principally in North America. The objective of these futures contracts is to reduce the potential volatility in cash flows due to changing market prices. The Company continually evaluates the energy markets with respect to its forecasted energy requirements in order to optimize its use of commodity futures contracts. If energy costs increase substantially in the future, the Company could experience a corresponding increase in operating costs, which may not be fully recoverable through increased selling prices.

Glass Recycling

        The Company is an important contributor to the recycling effort in the U.S. and abroad and continues to melt substantial recycled glass tonnage in its glass furnaces. If sufficient high-quality recycled glass were available on a consistent basis, the Company has the technology to operate using 100% recycled glass. Using recycled glass in the manufacturing process reduces energy costs and prolongs the operating life of the glass melting furnaces.

PLASTICS PACKAGING PRODUCT SEGMENT

        The Company is a leading manufacturer in North America of plastic healthcare containers, plastic closures and plastic prescription containers. The Company also has plastics packaging operations in South America, Europe, Singapore, and Australia. On a continuing operations basis, Plastics Packaging sales represented 12%, 16% and 16% of the Company's consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Manufacturing and Products

        Injection molding is a plastics manufacturing process where plastic resin in the form of pellets or powder is melted and then injected or otherwise forced under pressure into a mold. The mold is then cooled and the product is removed from the mold.

6



        The Company's health care container unit manufactures injection-molded plastic containers for prescriptions and over-the-counter products. These products are sold primarily to drug wholesalers, major drug chains and mail order pharmacies.

        The prescription product unit manufactures injection-molded plastic prescription containers. These products are sold primarily to drug wholesalers, major drug chains and mail order pharmacies. Containers for prescriptions include ovals, vials, closures, ointment jars, dropper bottles and automation friendly prescription containers.

        Injection-molding is used in the manufacture of plastic closures, deodorant canisters, ink cartridges and vials. The Company develops and produces injection-molded plastic closures and closure systems, which typically incorporate functional features such as tamper evidence and child resistance or dispensing. Other products include injection-molded containers for deodorant and toothpaste.

        Compression-molding, an alternative to injection-molding which has advantages in high volume applications, is used in manufacturing plastic closures for carbonated soft drink and other beverage closures that require tamper evidence.

Customers

        The Company's largest customers (in alphabetical order) for plastic health care containers and prescription containers include AmeriSourceBergen, Cardinal Health, Eckerd Drug, Johnson & Johnson, McKesson, Merck-Medco, Pfizer, Rite-Aid and Walgreen. The Company's largest customers (in alphabetical order) for plastic closures include Coca-Cola Enterprises, Cott Beverages, Nestle Waters North America, Pepsico and Proctor & Gamble.

        The Company sells most plastic health care containers, prescription containers and closures directly to customers under annual or multi-year supply agreements. These supply agreements typically allow a pass-through of resin price increases and decreases, except for the prescription business. The Company also sells some of its products through distributors.

Markets and Competitive Conditions

        Major markets for the Company's plastics packaging include consumer products and health care products.

        The Company competes with other manufacturers in the plastics packaging segment on the basis of quality, price, service and product design. The principal competitors producing plastics packaging are Amcor, Consolidated Container Holdings, LLC, Graham Packaging Company, Plastipak Packaging, Inc. and Silgan Holdings Inc. The Company emphasizes proprietary technology and products, new package development and packaging innovation. The plastic closures segment is divided into various categories in which several suppliers compete for business on the basis of quality, price, service and product design.

        In addition to competing with other established manufacturers in the plastics packaging segment, the Company competes with manufacturers of other forms of rigid packaging, principally aluminum cans and glass containers, on the basis of quality, price, and service. The principal competitors producing metal containers are Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Rexam plc, Ball Corporation and Silgan Holdings Inc. The principal competitors producing glass containers in the U.S. are Saint-Gobain Containers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Compagnie de Saint-Gobain, and Anchor Glass Container Corporation. The Company also competes with manufacturers of non-rigid packaging alternatives, including blister packs, in serving the packaging needs of health care customers.

7



Manufacturing

        The exact type of blow-molding manufacturing process the Company uses is dependent on the plastic product type and package requirements. These blow-molding processes include: various types of extrusion blow-molding for medium- and large-sized HDPE, low density polyethelene (LDPE), polypropylene and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) containers; stretch blow-molding for medium-sized PET containers; injection blow-molding for small health care and personal care containers in various materials; two-stage PET blow-molding for high volume, high performance mono-layer, multi-layer and heat-set PET containers; and proprietary blow-molding for drain-back systems and other specialized applications.

        Injection-molding is used in the manufacture of plastic closures, deodorant canisters, ink cartridges and vials. Compression-molding, an alternative to injection-molding, is used for high volume carbonated soft drink and other beverage closures that require tamper evidence.

Methods of Distribution

        In the U.S., most of the Company's plastic containers, plastic closures and plastic prescription containers are shipped by common carrier. In addition, the Company's plastics packaging operations outside the U.S. export some products to customers beyond their national boundaries, which may include transportation by rail and ocean delivery in combination with common carriers.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

        The Company manufactures containers and closures using HDPE, polypropylene, PET and various other plastic resins. The Company also purchases large quantities of batch colorants, corrugated materials and labels. In general, these raw materials are available in adequate supply from multiple sources. However, for certain raw materials, there may be temporary shortages due to market conditions and other factors.

        Worldwide suppliers of plastic resins used in the production of plastics packaging include Basell, BP Solvay, Chevron Phillips, Dow Chemical, ExxonMobil, and Voridian (formerly Eastman Chemical). Historically, prices for plastic resins have been subject to dramatic fluctuations. However, resin cost pass-through provisions are typical in the Company's supply contracts with its plastics packaging customers.

        With the exception of PolyOne, Ampacet and Clariant, each of which does business worldwide, most suppliers of batch colorants are regional in scope. Historically, prices for these raw materials have been subject to dramatic fluctuations. However, cost recovery for batch colorants is included in resin pass-through provisions which are typical of the Company's supply contracts with its plastics packaging customers.

        Domestic suppliers of corrugated materials include Georgia-Pacific, International Paper, Smurfit-Stone Container, Temple-Inland, and Weyerhauser. Historically, prices for corrugated materials have not been subject to dramatic fluctuations, except for temporary spikes or troughs from time to time.

Recycling

        Recycling content legislation, which has been enacted in several states, requires that a certain specified minimum percentage of recycled plastic be included in certain new plastics packaging. The Company has met such legislated standards in part due to its material process technology. In addition, its plastics packaging manufacturing plants also recycle virtually all of the internal scrap generated in the production process.

8


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Technical Assistance License Agreements

        The Company licenses its proprietary glass container technology to 20 companies in 21 countries. In plastics packaging, the Company has technical assistance agreements with 31 companies in 15 countries. These agreements cover areas ranging from manufacturing and engineering assistance, to support in functions such as marketing, sales and administration. The worldwide licensee network provides a stream of revenue to support the Company's development activities and gives it the opportunity to participate in the rigid packaging market in countries where it does not already have a direct presence. In addition, the Company's technical agreements enable it to apply "best practices" developed by its worldwide licensee network. In the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company earned $21.1 million, $17.5 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in royalties and net technical assistance revenue on a continuing operations basis.

Research and Development

        The Company believes it is a technological leader in the worldwide glass container segment of the rigid packaging market. Research, development, and engineering constitute important parts of the Company's technical activities. On a continuing operations bases, research, development, and engineering expenditures were $59.0 million, $64.6 million, and $57.6 million for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The Company's research, development and engineering activities include new products, manufacturing process control, automatic inspection and further automation.

Environmental and Other Governmental Regulation

        The Company's worldwide operations, in common with those of the industry generally, are subject to extensive laws, ordinances, regulations and other legal requirements relating to environmental protection, including legal requirements governing investigation and clean-up of contaminated properties as well as water discharges, air emissions, waste management and workplace health and safety. Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment for environmental control activities were not material during 2004.

        A number of governmental authorities, both in the U.S. and abroad, have enacted, or are considering, legal requirements that would mandate certain rates of recycling, the use of recycled materials and/or limitations on certain kinds of packaging materials such as plastics. The Company believes that governmental authorities in both the U.S. and abroad will continue to enact and develop such legal requirements.

        In North America, sales of non-refillable glass beverage bottles and other convenience packages are affected by mandatory deposit laws and other types of restrictive legislation. As of January 1, 2005, there were 11 U.S. states and 8 Canadian provinces with mandatory deposit laws in effect. In Europe, the following countries have some form of mandatory deposit law in effect: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland.

        A number of U.S. states and local governments have enacted or are considering legislation to promote curbside recycling and recycled content legislation as alternatives to mandatory deposit laws. Although such legislation is not uniformly developed, the Company believes that U.S. states and local governments may continue to enact and develop curbside recycling and recycling content legislation.

        The Company is unable to predict what environmental legal requirements may be adopted in the future. The Company has made significant expenditures for environmental improvements at certain of its factories over the last several years; however, these expenditures did not have a material adverse affect on the Company's results of operations. The compliance costs associated with environmental legal requirements may continue to result in future additional costs to operations.

9



Intellectual Property Rights

        The Company has a large number of patents which relate to a wide variety of products and processes, has a substantial number of patent applications pending, and is licensed under several patents of others. While in the aggregate the Company's patents are of material importance to its businesses, the Company does not consider that any patent or group of patents relating to a particular product or process is of material importance when judged from the standpoint of any segment or its businesses as a whole.

        The Company has a number of intellectual property rights, comprised of both patented and proprietary technology, that make the Company's glass forming machines more efficient and productive than those used by our competitors. In addition, the efficiency of the Company's glass forming machines is enhanced by the Company's overall approach to cost efficient manufacturing technology, which extends from batch house to warehouse. This technology is proprietary to the Company through a combination of issued patents, pending applications, copyrights, trade secret and proprietary know-how.

        Upstream of the glass forming machine, there is technology to deliver molten glass to the forming machine at high rates of flow and fully conditioned to be homogeneous in consistency, viscosity and temperature for efficient forming into glass containers. The Company has proprietary know-how in (a) the batch house, where raw materials are stored, measured and mixed, (b) the furnace control system and furnace combustion, and (c) the forehearth and feeding system to deliver such homogeneous glass to the forming machines.

        In the Company's glass container manufacturing processes, computer control and electro-mechanical mechanisms are commonly used for a wide variety of applications in the forming machines and auxiliary processes. Various patents held by the Company are directed to the electro-mechanical mechanisms and related technologies used to control sections of the machines. Additional U.S. patents and various pending applications are directed to the technology used by the Company for the systems that control the operation of the forming machines and many of the component mechanisms that are embodied in the machine systems.

        Downstream of the glass forming machines there is patented and unpatented technology for ware handling, annealing, coating and inspection, which further enhance the overall efficiency of the manufacturing process.

        While the above patents and intellectual property rights are representative of the technology used in the Company's glass manufacturing operations, there are numerous other pending patent applications, trade secrets and other proprietary know-how and technology, as supplemented by administrative and operational best practices, which contribute to the Company's competitive advantage. As noted above, however, the Company does not consider that any patent or group of patents relating to a particular product or process is of material importance when judged from the standpoint of any segment or its businesses as a whole.

Seasonality

        Sales of particular glass container and plastics packaging products such as beer, food and beverage containers and closures for beverages are seasonal. Shipments in the U.S. and Europe are typically greater in the second and third quarters of the year, while shipments in South America and the Asia Pacific region are typically greater in the first and fourth quarters of the year.

10


Employees

        The Company's worldwide operations employed approximately 28,700 persons as of December 31, 2004. Approximately 65% of North American employees are hourly workers covered by collective bargaining agreements. The principal collective bargaining agreement, which at December 31, 2004, covered approximately 58% of O-I's union-affiliated employees in North America., will expire on March 31, 2005. In addition, a large number of the Company's employees are employed in countries in which employment laws provide greater bargaining or other rights to employees than the laws of the U.S. Such employment rights require us to work collaboratively with the legal representatives of the employees to effect any changes to labor arrangements. O-I considers its employee relations to be good and does not anticipate any material work stoppages in the near term.

Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

        Information as to net sales, Segment Operating Profit, and assets of the Company's product and geographic segments is included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Export sales, in the aggregate or by geographic area, were not material for the years 2004, 2003, or 2002.

11




ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        The principal manufacturing facilities and other material important physical properties of the continuing operations of the Company at December 31, 2004 are listed below and grouped by product segment. All properties shown are owned in fee except where otherwise noted.

Glass Containers    
  North American Operations    
    United States    
      Glass Container Plants    
        Atlanta, GA   Muskogee, OK
        Auburn, NY   Oakland, CA
        Brockway, PA   Portland, OR
        Charlotte, MI   Streator, IL
        Clarion, PA   Toano, VA
        Crenshaw, PA   Tracy, CA
        Danville, VA   Waco, TX
        Lapel, IN   Winston-Salem, NC
        Los Angeles, CA   Zanesville, OH
     
Machine Shops

 

 
        Brockway, PA   Godfrey, IL
   
Canada

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Brampton, Ontario   Scoudouc, New Brunswick
        Lavington, British Columbia   Toronto, Ontario
        Montreal, Quebec    
 
Asia Pacific Operations

 

 
    Australia    
      Glass Container Plants    
        Adelaide   Melbourne
        Brisbane   Sydney
     
Mold Shop

 

 
        Melbourne    
   
China

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Guangdong   Wuhan
        Shanghai    
     
Mold Shop

 

 
        Tianjin    
   
Indonesia

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Jakarta    
   
New Zealand

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Auckland    
     

12


 
European Operations

 

 
    Czech Republic    
      Glass Container Plants    
        Sokolov   Teplice
   
Estonia

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Jarvakandi    
   
Finland

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Karhula    
   
France

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Beziers   Vayres
        Gironcourt   Veauche
        Labegude   VMC Reims
        Puy-Guillaume   Wingles
        Reims BSN    
   
Germany

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Achern   Holzminden
        Bernsdorf   Stoevesandt
        Dusseldorf    
   
Hungary

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Oroshaza    
   
Italy

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Asti   Pordenone
        Bari (2 plants)   Terni
        Bologna   Trento (2 plants)
        Latina   Treviso
        Trapani   Varese
        Napoli    
     
Mold Shop

 

 
        Napoli    
     
Glass Recycling Plant

 

 
        Alessandria    
   
Netherlands

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Leerdam   Schiedam
        Maastricht    
   
Poland

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Antoninek   Jaroslaw
   
Spain

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Alcala   Barcelona
     

13


   
United Kingdom

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Alloa   Harlow
     
Sand Plant

 

 
        Devilla    
     
Machine Shop

 

 
        Birmingham    
 
South American Operations

 

 
    Brazil    
      Glass Container Plants    
        Rio de Janeiro   Sao Paulo
     
Machine Shop

 

 
        Manaus    
     
Silica Sand Plant

 

 
        Descalvado    
   
Colombia

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Envigado   Zipaquira
        Soacha    
     
Tableware Plant

 

 
        Buga    
     
Machine Shop

 

 
        Cali    
     
Silica Sand Plant

 

 
        Zipaquira    
   
Ecuador

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Guayaquil    
   
Peru

 

 
      Glass Container Plant    
        Callao    
   
Venezuela

 

 
      Glass Container Plants    
        Valencia   Valera

Plastics Packaging

 

 
  North American Operations    
      United States    
        Berlin, OH(1)   Hamlet, NC
        Bowling Green, OH(2)   Hattiesburg, MS
        Brookville, PA   Nashua, NH
        Constantine, MI   Rocky Mount, NC
        Erie, PA   Rossville, GA(2)
        Franklin, IN   Sullivan, IN
        Greenville, SC   Washington, NJ(2)
     
Puerto Rico

 

 
        Las Piedras    
     

14


   
Asia Pacific Operations

 

 
      Australia    
        Adelaide   Melbourne
        Brisbane   Perth
        Berri   Sydney
     
Singapore

 

 
        Singapore    
   
European Operations

 

 
      Hungary    
        Gyor    
   
South American Operations

 

 
      Brazil    
        Sao Paulo    

Corporate Facilities

 

 
  World Headquarters Building    
  Toledo, OH(2)    
 
Levis Development Park

 

 
  Perrysburg, OH    

        In addition, a glass container plant in Windsor, Colorado is under construction.


(1)
This facility is financed in whole or in part under tax-exempt financing agreements.

(2)
This facility is leased in whole or in part.

        The Company believes that its facilities are well maintained and currently adequate for its planned production requirements over the next three to five years.


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        For further information on legal proceedings, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the section entitled "Environmental and Other Governmental Regulation" in Item 1.


ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the last quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

15



EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Name and Age

  Position
Steven R. McCracken (51)   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since April 2004. He previously served as President of Invista, the global fibers and related intermediates business subsidiary of E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company ("DuPont") (2003–2004), DuPont Group Vice President (2000–2003) and Vice President and General Manager of DuPont Lycra® (1997–2000)

Thomas L. Young (60)

 

Chief Financial Officer since 2003; Co-Chief Executive Officer 2004; Executive Vice President, Administration and General Counsel 1993–2003; Secretary, 1990–1998. Director since 1998.

John Bachey (56)

 

Vice President since 1997; Vice President of Glass Container Sales and Marketing since 2000; General Manager, European and Latin American Plastics Operations, 1999–2000; General Manager, Europe and Latin America, Continental PET Technologies, 1998–1999.

James W. Baehren (54)

 

Chief Administrative Officer since 2004; Senior Vice President and General Counsel since 2003; Corporate Secretary since 1998; Vice President and Director of Finance 2001–2003; Associate General Counsel from 1996–2001.

Joseph V. Conda (63)

 

Vice President, President of Healthcare Packaging since 2004; Vice President since 1998; Vice President and General Manager of Prescription Products 2000–2004; Vice President of Glass Container Sales and Marketing, 1997–2000.

L. Richard Crawford (44)

 

Vice President, Director of Operations and Technology for O-I Europe since 2004; Vice President of Global Glass Technology from 2002–2004; Vice President, Manufacturing Manager of Domestic Glass Container from 2000–2002; Vice President of Domestic Glass Container and Area Manufacturing Manager, West Coast, 1997–2000.

Jeffrey A. Denker (57)

 

Vice President since 2005; Treasurer since 1998; Assistant Treasurer, 1988–1998; Director of International Finance, 1987–1998.

Gerard D. Doyle (50)

 

Vice President and Chief Information Officer since 2004; CIO, ACI Packaging, O-I subsidiary in Australia 1996–2004.

Robert E. Lachmiller (51)

 

Vice President since 2003; Vice President, Global Operations and Technology since 2004; Vice President and Manufacturing Manager of Glass Container North America from 2002–2004; Area Manufacturing Manager of Glass Container North America 1997–2002.

Gerald J. Lemieux (47)

 

Senior Vice President, General Manager, O-I Americas since 2004; Vice President since 1997; Vice President of Corporate Strategy 2002–2004; Vice President and General Manager of Domestic Glass Container from 1997–2002.
     

16



Matthew G. Longthorne (38)

 

Vice President and Corporate Controller since 2004; Glass Containers Vice President 2000–2004; Director of Finance and Administration, Glass Container North America 1999–2004

Stephen P. Malia (50)

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since 2004; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, IMC Global Inc. 2000–2004.

Michael D. McDaniel (56)

 

Vice President since 1992; Vice President, President of Closure and Specialty Products since 2001; Vice President and General Manager of Continental PET Technologies 1998–2001; Vice President and General Manager of Closure and Specialty Products, 1991–1998.

Philip McWeeny (65)

 

Vice President and General Counsel—Corporate and Assistant Secretary since 1988.

Gilberto Restrepo (64)

 

Senior Vice President, President of O-I Europe since 2004; Senior Vice President since 2003; General Manager of Latin American Glass Container Operations 2000–2004; Vice President of International Operations and General Manager, Western Region—Latin America, 1997–2000; President of Cristaleria Peldar, S.A., since 1982.

Peter J. Robinson (61)

 

Senior Vice President, President of O-I Asia Pacific since 2004; Senior Vice President since 2003; General Manager of Asia Pacific Operations since 1998; Chief Executive of ACI Packaging Group, 1988–1998.

Raymond C. Schlaff (49)

 

Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer since 2004; Vice President, Global Supply Chain, Tyco Plastics and Adhesives business of Tyco International Ltd. 2003–2004; Group Vice President, Managing Director, Nalco Europe, a division of Ondeo Nalco Company 2002–2003; Vice President, Global Supply Chain, Ondeo Nalco Company 2001–2002; Vice President, Global Procurement, Ondeo Nalco Company 2000–2001.

Edward C. White (57)

 

Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing for O-I Europe since 2004; Senior Vice President since 2003; Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration 2003–2004; Controller 1999–2004; Vice President 2002–2003; Vice President and Director of Finance, Planning, and Administration—International Operations, 1997–1999.

17



PART II


ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHARE OWNER MATTERS

        The price range for the Company's Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by National Association of Securities Dealers, was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
First Quarter   $ 14.13   $ 10.80   $ 15.50   $ 7.51
Second Quarter     17.40     13.26     14.80     8.26
Third Quarter     17.10     13.92     15.49     10.25
Fourth Quarter     23.89     15.41     12.48     10.73

        The number of share owners of record on January 31, 2005 was 1,376. Approximately 78% of the outstanding shares were registered in the name of Depository Trust Company, or CEDE, which held such shares on behalf of a number of brokerage firms, banks, and other financial institutions. The shares attributed to these financial institutions, in turn, represented the interests of more than 25,000 unidentified beneficial owners. No dividends have been declared or paid since the Company's initial public offering in December 1991. For restrictions on payment of dividends on Common Stock, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

18


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected consolidated financial data presented below relates to each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2004. The financial data for each of the four years in the period ended December 31, 2004 was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The financial data for the year ended December 31, 2000 was derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements. For more information, see the "Consolidated Financial Statements" included elsewhere in this document.

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (Dollar amounts in millions except per share data)

 
Consolidated operating results(a):                                
Net sales   $ 6,128.4   $ 4,975.6   $ 4,621.2   $ 4,343.7   $ 4,513.2  
Other revenue(b)     135.0     90.2     110.0     599.2     253.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      6,263.4     5,065.8     4,731.2     4,942.9     4,766.2  
Costs and expenses:                                
Manufacturing, shipping and delivery(c)     4,918.4     3,967.9     3,572.9     3,359.3     3,533.4  
Research, engineering, selling, administrative and other(d)     659.8     1,106.1     848.6     572.4     1,259.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) before interest expense and items below     685.2     (8.2 )   309.7     1,011.2     (26.6 )
Interest expense(e)     474.9     429.8     372.2     360.3     395.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before items below     210.3     (438.0 )   (62.5 )   650.9     (421.8 )
Provision (credit) for income taxes(f)     5.9     (133.7 )   (49.8 )   266.4     (164.0 )
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries     32.9     25.8     25.5     19.5     20.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change     171.5     (330.1 )   (38.2 )   365.0     (278.5 )
Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     64.0     (660.7 )   38.0     (8.4 )   8.8  
Cumulative effect of accounting change (g)                 (460.0 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 235.5   $ (990.8 ) $ (460.2 ) $ 356.6   $ (269.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.01   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 ) $ 2.36   $ (2.06 )
  Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.44     (4.50 )   0.26     (0.06 )   0.06  
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (3.14 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net earnings (loss)   $ 1.45   $ (6.89 ) $ (3.29 ) $ 2.30   $ (2.00 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)     147,963     146,914     146,616     145,456     145,983  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock:                                
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.00   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 ) $ 2.36   $ (2.06 )
  Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.43     (4.50 )   0.26     (0.06 )   0.06  
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (3.14 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net earnings (loss)   $ 1.43   $ (6.89 ) $ (3.29 ) $ 2.30   $ (2.00 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted average shares (in thousands)     149,680     146,914     146,616     145,661     145,983  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The Company's convertible preferred stock was not included in the computation of 2004 and 2001 diluted earnings per share since the result would have been antidilutive. Options to purchase 5,067,104 and 7,776,942 weighted average shares of common stock which were outstanding during 2004 and 2001, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. For the years ended

19



December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2000, diluted earnings per share of common stock are equal to basic earnings per share of common stock due to the net loss.

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (Dollar amounts in millions)

Other data:                              
The following are included in net earnings:                              
  Depreciation   $ 436.0   $ 391.9   $ 353.4   $ 335.9   $ 404.4
  Amortization of goodwill(f)                       55.9     58.6
  Amortization of intangibles     23.8     21.4     21.5     21.8     17.9
  Amortization of deferred finance fees (included in interest expense)     15.0     14.4     16.1     15.0     8.2
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 474.8   $ 427.7   $ 391.0   $ 428.6   $ 489.1
   
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet data (at end of period):                              
  Working capital   $ 494   $ 758   $ 590   $ 756   $ 764
  Total assets     10,737     9,531     9,869     10,107     10,343
  Total debt     5,360     5,426     5,346     5,401     5,850
  Share owners' equity     1,544     1,003     1,671     2,152     1,883

(a)
Amounts related to the Company's plastic blow-molded container business have been reclassified to discontinued operations as a result of the sale. Amounts for the year ended December 31, 2004 include the results of BSN from the date of acquisition on June 21, 2004.

(b)
Other revenue in 2004 includes: (1) a gain of $20.6 million ($14.5 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property, and (2) a gain of $31.0 million ($13.1 million after tax) for a restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business.


Other revenue in 2001 includes: (1) a gain of $457.3 million ($284.4 million after tax) related to the sale of the Harbor Capital Advisors business and (2) gains totaling $13.1 million ($12.0 million after tax) related to the sale of the label business and the sale of a minerals business in Australia.

(c)
Amount for 2004 includes a gain of $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax) from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts.

(d)
Amount for 2004 includes charges totaling $159.0 million ($90.3 million after tax) for the following: (1) $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax) to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; and (2) $6.4 million ($5.4 million after tax) for restructuring a life insurance program in order to comply with recent statutory and tax regulation changes.


Amount for 2003 includes charges totaling $694.2 million ($490.5 million after tax) for the following (1) $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax) to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; (2) $50.0 million ($50.0 million after tax) write-down of an equity investment in a soda ash mining operation (3) $43.0 million ($30.1 million after tax) for the write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region; (4) $37.4 million ($37.4 million after tax) for the loss on the sale of long-term notes receivable; (5) $37.4 million ($23.4 million after tax) for the estimated loss on the sale of certain closures assets; (6) $28.5 million ($17.8 million after tax) for the permanent closure of the Hayward, California glass container factory; (7) $23.9 million ($17.4 million after tax) for the shutdown of the Perth, Australia glass container factory; (8) $20.1 million ($19.5 million after tax) for the shutdown of the Milton, Ontario glass container factory; and (9) $3.9 million ($2.4 million after tax) for an additional loss on the sale of certain closures assets.

20



Amount for 2002 includes an adjustment of $475.0 million ($308.8 million after tax) to the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs.


Amount for 2001 includes charges totaling $133.7 million ($109.2 million after tax and minority share owners' interests) for the following: (1) charges of $66.1 million ($55.3 million after tax and minority share owners' interests) related to restructuring and impairment charges at certain of the Company's international glass operations, principally Venezuela and Puerto Rico, as well as certain other domestic and international operations; (2) a charge of $31.0 million (pretax and after tax) related to the loss on the sale of the Company's facilities in India; (3) charges of $28.7 million ($18.0 million after tax) related to special employee benefit programs; and (4) a charge of $7.9 million ($4.9 million after tax) related to restructuring manufacturing capacity in the medical devices business.


In 2000, the Company recorded pretax charges totaling $791.9 million ($509.1 million after tax and minority share owners' interests) for the following: (1) $550.0 million ($342.1 million after tax) related to adjustment of the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; (2) $122.4 million ($77.3 million after tax and minority share owners' interests) related to the consolidation of manufacturing capacity; (3) a net charge of $46.0 million ($28.6 million after tax) related to early retirement incentives and special termination benefits for 350 United States salaried employees; (4) $40.0 million (pretax and after tax) related to the impairment of property, plant and equipment at the Company's facilities in India; and (5) $33.5 million ($21.1 million after tax and minority share owners' interests) related principally to the write-off of software and related development costs.

(e)
Amount for 2004 includes charges of $28.0 million ($18.3 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums.


Amount for 2003 includes a charge of $13.2 million ($8.2 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums.


Amount for 2001 includes a net interest charge of $4.0 million ($2.8 million after tax) related to interest on the resolution of the transfer of pension assets and liabilities for a previous acquisition and divestiture.


Includes additional interest charges for the write off of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the early extinguishment of debt as follows: 2004-$2.8 million ($1.8 million after tax); 2003-$1.3 million ($0.9 million after tax); 2002-$9.1 million ($5.7 million after tax); 2001-$4.7 million ($2.9 million after tax).

(f)
Amount for 2004 includes a benefit of $33.1 million for a tax consolidation in the Australian glass business.


Amount for 2001 includes a $6.0 million charge to adjust tax liabilities in Italy as a result of recent legislation.


Amount for 2000 includes a benefit of $9.3 million to adjust net income tax liabilities in Italy as a result of recent legislation.

(g)
On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("FAS No. 142"). As required by FAS No. 142, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and discontinued amortization of goodwill effective January 1, 2002. Also as required by FAS No. 142, the transitional goodwill impairment loss of $460.0 million is recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting.

21



ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Executive Overview—Year ended December 2004 and 2003

        Net sales of the Glass Containers segment increased $1,183.2 million as a result of the acquisition of BSN, world wide unit shipment volume growth of approximately 2%, generally higher selling prices, a favorable product mix, and stronger foreign exchange rates in the major regions that the Company does business.

        Net sales of the continuing Plastics Packaging segment decreased $30.4 million as a result of lower sales resulting from the divestiture of certain closure assets in the 4 th quarter of 2003, the divestiture of a portion of the Asia Pacific plastics business in the 2 nd quarter of 2004, and lower shipments of prescription vials in 2004 as compared to 2003 due to the strong flu season in the prior year. These negative effects were partially offset by higher unit shipments of closures.

        Segment Operating Profit of the Glass Containers segment increased by $100.8 million over 2003 as a result of the same principal factors that increased sales. In addition, improved productivity also improved Segment Operating Profit over the prior year, but was partially offset by inflation in the Company's manufacturing and overhead costs.

        Segment Opertating Profit of the Plastics Packaging segment increased by $16.3 million as a result of favorable product sales mix, improved productivity, and the non-recurrence of a third quarter 2003 write-off of miscellaneous assets that were no longer being used.

        Interest expense for continuing operations increased by $45.1 million as a result of the BSN acquisition and from tender offer premiums and the write-off of deferred finance fees related to the refinancing of the BSN Senior Subordinated notes and the early retirement of certain outstanding public obligations of the Company.

        Net earnings from continuing operations increased by $501.6 million over 2003 as a result of the items listed above in Segment Operating Profit as well as a smaller charge in 2004 to increase the Company's asbestos reserve ($84.9 million after tax in 2004 versus $292.5 million after tax in 2003). During 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded several items that management considers not representative of on going operations. The net after tax effect of these items was an increase in earnings of $38.4 million for 2004 and a decrease in earnings of $207.1 million for 2003.

        The Company completed its acquisition of BSN Glasspack S.A. ("BSN") on June 21, 2004 for a total purchase price of approximately $1.3 billion.

        The Company completed the sale of its blow-molded plastic container operations on October 7, 2004 with total sales proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion.

        Asbestos related cash payments of $190.1 million were lower than the prior year by 4.5%.

        The Company's total debt at December 31, 2004 was $5.36 billion or $65.1 million lower than the prior year balance.

        Cash provided by continuing operating activities improved by $239.7 million over the prior year, principally as a result of higher earnings and the Company's focus on working capital reductions and capital efficiency.

Results of Operations—Comparison of 2004 with 2003

Net Sales

        The Company's net sales by segment (dollars in millions) for 2004 and 2003 are presented in the following table. The Plastics Packaging amounts reflect the continuing operations and therefore, the

22



results of the discontinued operations have been reclassified from the 2004 and 2003 amounts. For further information, see Segment Information included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  2004
  2003
Glass Containers   $ 5,366.1   $ 4,182.9
Plastics Packaging     762.3     792.7
   
 
Segment and consolidated net sales   $ 6,128.4   $ 4,975.6
   
 

        Consolidated net sales for 2004 increased $1,152.8 million, or 23.2%, to $6,128.4 million from $4,975.6 million for 2003.

        Net sales of the Glass Containers segment increased $1,183.2 million, or 28.3%, over 2003.

        In Europe, the Company's largest region, sales increased $939.5 million from 2003. Net sales from the newly acquired BSN business made up $768.6 million of the region's increase. Stronger currency rates against the U.S. dollar for the European currencies also contributed to the sales growth. Unit volumes for the previously owned European businesses were up 2.8% overall with strong growth in the food, beverage and spirit markets.

        In North America, sales for 2004 were $47.2 million higher than sales in 2003. The higher sales resulted principally from increased selling prices and improved product sales mix as unit shipments declined by about 2% overall. The decrease in unit shipments was more than accounted for by the previously disclosed loss of a beverage container customer. Shipments of beer and malt beverage containers increased by approximately 4.8% over 2003, primarily due to the increase in business from a significant malt beverage customer. Shipments of containers for wine and spirits were also higher for 2004; however shipments of containers for tea, juice and other beverages were lower.

        In the Asia Pacific region, sales increased $117.7 million from 2003 principally due to unit volumes that were up 2.9% overall resulting from strong growth in beer, wine and low alcohol refreshers partially offset by lower shipments of food containers.

        In South America, sales increased $78.8 million principally as a result of glass container shipments increasing by more than 5% led by strong growth in the beer and beverage markets. Unit growth was significantly affected by lower exports to North America as a result of the loss of a previously disclosed beverage customer. Excluding the loss of those shipments, overall volume growth in South America was approximately 15%.

        The change in net sales for the Glass Containers segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2003 Net sales—Glass Containers segment         $ 4,182.9
Additional sales from BSN businesses   $ 768.6      
The effects of sales volume, price and mix     257.5      
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on net sales     172.1      
Other     (15.0 )    
   
     
Total net effect on sales           1,183.2
         
2004 Net sales—Glass Containers segment         $ 5,366.1
         

        Net sales of the Plastics Packaging segment decreased $30.4 million, or 3.8%, from 2003. The lower sales primarily reflect the absence of sales from the closure assets divested in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the Asia Pacific plastic operations that were divested in the second quarter of 2004. In addition, sales of containers for prescription packaging were adversely affected due to a milder flu

23



season in December 2004 compared to December 2003. Increased resin prices passed through to customers and stronger currencies in Europe, Brazil and the Asia Pacific region partially offset these reductions.

        The change in net sales for the Plastics Packaging segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2003 Net sales—Plastics Packaging segment         $ 792.7  
Divested businesses   $ (95.7 )      
Effects of higher resin cost pass-throughs     24.1        
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on net sales     21.0        
The effects of sales volume, price and mix     9.7        
Other     10.5        
   
       
Total net effect on sales           (30.4 )
         
 
2004 Net sales—Plastics Packaging segment         $ 762.3  
         
 

Segment Operating Profit

        The Company's Segment Operating Profit results (dollars in millions) for 2004 and 2003 are presented in the following table. The Plastics Packaging Segment Operating Profit amounts reflect the continuing operations, and therefore the results of the discontinued operations have been reclassified from the 2004 and 2003 amounts. In addition, certain Glass Container amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. For further information, see Segment Information included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  2004
  2003
 
Glass Containers   $ 759.6   $ 658.8  
Plastics Packaging     115.0     98.7  
Eliminations and other retained items     (102.2 )   (91.9 )

        Segment Operating Profit of the Glass Containers segment for 2004 increased $100.8 million, or 15.3%, to $759.6 million, compared with Segment Operating Profit of $658.8 million for 2003.

        In Europe, Segment Operating Profit for 2004 increased $60.4 million over 2003. The newly acquired BSN business contributed $27.6 million of the increase. Stronger currency rates against the U.S. dollar for the European currencies also contributed to the growth in Segment Operating Profit. In addition, higher unit shipments over 2003 in combination with improved pricing and improved productivity also contributed to the growth. These increases were partially offset by higher energy costs. The Segment Operating Profit contribution from BSN for 2004 includes a reduction in gross profit of $31.1 million related to the impact of the acquisition step-up of BSN finished goods inventory as required by FAS No. 141.

        In North America, Segment Operating Profit for 2004 increased $5.7 million over 2003. The benefits of higher selling prices and a more favorable product sales mix were the principal reasons for the increase. These increases were partially offset by a number of unfavorable effects, including: (1) lower production to control inventories consistent with the Company's working capital goals; (2) increased freight expense reflecting higher diesel fuel costs; and (3) a reduction in pension income. Also contributing to this decline was a 2% decline in unit shipments that was the result of the previously disclosed loss of a beverage customer. This decline in shipments of beverage containers was partially offset by increased shipments of containers for beer, wine, and liquor.

24


        In the Asia Pacific region, Segment Operating Profit for 2004 increased $11.8 million over 2003. The effects of overall improved pricing as well as increased unit shipments were partially offset by higher energy costs. The increased unit shipments primarily relate to higher shipments in Australia for containers for wine and beer and increased shipments in New Zealand.

        In South America, Segment Operating Profit for 2004 increased $22.9 million over 2003. The increase is primarily attributed to increased unit shipments during the year. Unit shipments were higher in Venezuela where shipments increased 30% over prior year and in Ecuador where shipments increased 34% over prior year. In addition to higher unit shipments, the increase is also attributed to a better product sales mix in Brazil as the sales mix moved away from lower margin exports.

        The change in Segment Operating Profit for the Glass Containers segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2003 Segment Operating Profit—Glass Containers         $ 658.8
The effects of sales volume, price and mix   $ 107.3      
Additional Segment Operating Profit from BSN businesses     27.6      
The effect of changing foreign currency rates on Segment Operating Profit     27.0      
Improved productivity and other manufacturing costs     3.7      
Lower pension income     (25.2 )    
Higher energy costs     (22.8 )    
Increased warehouse and other manufacturing costs     (18.8 )    
Other     2.0      
   
     
Total net effect on Segment Operating Profit           100.8
         
2004 Segment Operating Profit—Glass Containers         $ 759.6
         

        Segment Operating Profit of the Plastics Packaging segment for 2004 increased $16.3 million, or 16.5%, to $115.0 million compared to Segment Operating Profit of $98.7 million for 2003. The increase is primarily attributable to improved productivity and higher unit shipments. Also contributing to this increase was the non-recurrence of the third quarter of 2003 write-off of miscellaneous assets that were no longer being utilized. These increases were partially offset by higher delivery, warehouse, shipping and other manufacturing costs, as well as lower pension income.

        The change in Segment Operating Profit for the Plastics Packaging segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2003 Segment Operating Profit—Plastics Packaging         $ 98.7
The effects of price,mix, sales volume and production volume   $ 7.4      
The effect of improved productivity     7.0      
The non-recurrence of a write-off of miscellaneous assets     4.0      
Increased delivery, warehouse, shipping and other manufacturing costs     (3.6 )    
Lower pension income     (0.7 )    
Other     2.2      
   
     
Total net effect on Segment Operating Profit           16.3
         
2004 Segment Operating Profit—Plastics Packaging         $ 115.0
         

        Eliminations and other retained items for 2004 were $10.3 million higher than for 2003. A reduction in pension income, higher legal and professional services costs in 2004 resulting in part from compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and higher retention of property and casualty losses were the primary reasons for the increase. These increases were partially offset by lower spending on information systems costs as compared to prior year.

25



Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased to $474.9 million in 2004 from $429.8 million in 2003. Interest expense for 2004 included charges of $28.0 million for note repurchase premiums and $2.8 million for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to debt that was repaid prior to its maturity. Interest expense for 2003 included charges of $13.2 million for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $1.3 million for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's previous bank credit agreement. Exclusive of these items in both years, interest expense for 2004 was $28.8 million higher than in 2003. The higher interest in 2004 reflects additional interest as a result of higher debt related to the BSN acquisition. Partially offsetting this increase were lower interest expense that was principally the result of savings from the December 2003 repricing of the Secured Credit Agreement and approximately $21 million in interest savings as a result of the Company's fixed-to-floating interest rate swap on a portion of its fixed-rate debt.

Provision for Income Taxes

        The Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2004 was 2.8%. Excluding the effects of items excluded from Segment Operating Profit discussed above, the additional interest charges for early retirement of debt and a tax benefit on an Australian tax consolidation, the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2004 was 26.9%. The Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2003 was 30.5%. Excluding the effects of items excluded from Segment Operating Profit discussed above and the additional interest charges for early retirement of debt, the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2003 was 27.9%. The lower effective tax rate in 2004 is principally due to a favorable change in the global mix of earnings.

Minority Share Owners' Interest in Earnings of Subsidiaries

        Minority share owners' interest in earnings of subsidiaries for 2004 was $32.9 million compared to $25.8 million for 2003. The increase in 2004 is primarily due to higher earnings for the Company's subsidiaries in Venezuela, Colombia, and Italy.

Earnings from Continuing Operations

        For 2004, the Company recorded earnings from continuing operations of $171.5 million compared to a loss from continuing operations of $330.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The aftertax effects of the items excluded from Segment Operating Profit, the additional interest charges discussed above and the tax benefit on the Australian tax consolidation, increased or decreased earnings in 2004 and 2003 as set forth in the following table (dollars in millions).

26


 
  Net Earnings
Increase (Decrease)

 
Description

 
  2004
  2003
 
Gain on the sale of certain real property   $ 14.5   $  
Gain on a restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business     13.1        
Gain from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts     3.2        
A benefit for a tax consolidation in the Australian glass business     33.1        
Increase in the reserve for future asbestos related costs     (84.9 )   (292.5 )
Note repurchase premiums and write-off of finance fees     (20.1 )   (9.1 )
Life insurance restructuring charge     (5.4 )      
Write-down of equity investment           (50.0 )
Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region           (30.1 )
Loss on the sale of long-term notes receivable           (37.4 )
Loss on the sale of certain closures assets           (25.8 )
Shutdown of the Milton, Ontario glass container factory           (19.5 )
Shutdown of the Hayward, California glass container factory           (17.8 )
Shutdown of the Perth, Australia glass container factory           (17.4 )
   
 
 
Total   $ (46.5 ) $ (499.6 )
   
 
 

Executive Overview—Years ended December 2003 and 2002

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company reported a loss from continuing operations of $330.1 million, or $291.9 million higher than the year ended December 31, 2002 loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change of $38.2 million.

        The following items reduced 2003 results as compared to 2002 results:

    The write-down of plastics packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region that reduced earnings by $30.1 million ($43.0 million pretax)

    The loss on the sale of long-term notes receivable that reduced earnings by $37.4 million ($37.4 million pretax)

    The loss on the sale of certain closure assets that reduced earnings by $25.8 million ($41.3 million pretax)

    The shutdown of three glass container factories in Hayward, California, Milton, Ontario and Perth, Australia that reduced earnings by $54.7 million ($72.5 million pretax).

    The write-down of an equity investment that reduced earnings by $50.0 million ($50.0 million pretax)

    Also affecting the 2003 results were the effects of higher natural gas costs, reduced pension income, continued price pressure in certain of the Company's Plastics Packaging business, a national strike in Venezuela that lasted from December of 2002 until early 2003 and higher interest expense as further discussed below.

        The 2003 results were increased as compared to the 2002 results by higher unit prices in most of the Company's Glass Container segment, higher unit shipments of closures and the effects of changing foreign currency rates. Also affecting the comparison, in 2003 the Company recorded a charge to increase the reserve for asbestos related costs that reduced earnings by $292.5 million ($450.0 million pretax) compared to a 2002 charge that reduced earnings by $308.8 million ($475.0 million pretax).

        A net loss of $990.8 million for 2003 includes a loss from discontinued operations of $660.7 million reflecting an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of goodwill in the

27



consumer products reporting unit. A net loss of $460.2 million for 2002 reflects earnings from discontinued operations of $38.0 million and a cumulative effect of accounting change of $460.0 million.

Results of Operations—Comparison of 2003 with 2002

Net Sales

        The Company's net sales by segment (dollars in millions) for 2003 and 2002 are presented in the following table. The Plastics Packaging amounts reflect the continuing operations and therefore, the results of the discontinued operations have been reclassified from the 2003 and 2002 amounts. For further information, see Segment Information included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  2003
  2002
Glass Containers   $ 4,182.9   $ 3,875.2
Plastics Packaging     792.7     746.0
   
 
Segment and consolidated net sales   $ 4,975.6   $ 4,621.2
   
 

        Consolidated net sales for 2003 increased $354.4 million, or 7.7%, to $4,975.6 million from $4,621.2 million for 2002.

        Net sales of the Glass Containers segment increased $307.7 million, or 7.9%, over 2002. In North America, a $22.1 million decrease in sales was primarily attributed to a 4.9% reduction in unit shipments. Overall cool and damp weather conditions in the United States and Canada during the spring and summer caused lower demand, principally for beer containers. The North American glass container business also had lower unit shipments of containers for food and beverages, principally juice and teas, as certain of these products continued to convert to plastic packaging. The effects of changing foreign currency exchange rates increased reported U.S. dollar sales of the segment's operations in Canada by approximately $19 million. The combined U.S. dollar sales of the segment's operations outside of North America increased $329.8 million over 2002. The effects of changing foreign currency exchange rates increased reported U.S. dollar sales of the segment's operations in Europe and the Asia Pacific region by approximately $253 million and decreased reported U.S. dollar sales of the segment's operations in South America by approximately $29 million. The increase was also partially attributed to a 7% increase in unit shipments and higher prices in the European businesses (principally in Italy and the United Kingdom), higher prices in South America and the Asia Pacific region, and increased unit shipments in Brazil. Overall unit shipments in the Asia Pacific region were about equal to unit shipments for 2002. These increases were partially offset by a less favorable sales mix in the Asia Pacific region and lower unit shipments throughout most of South America, excluding Brazil, and from the effects of a national strike in Venezuela that began in early December 2002 and ended in early 2003. The strike caused energy supply curtailments that forced the Company to temporarily idle its two plants in the country, adversely affecting net sales by approximately $20 million. The effects of the strike primarily impacted the first quarter of 2003.

28



        The change in net sales for the Glass Containers segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2002 Net sales—Glass Containers segment         $ 3,875.2
The effects of sales volume, price and mix   $ 101.6      
The effects of the national strike in Venezuela     (20.9 )    
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on net sales in Europe, Asia Pacific and Canada     271.7      
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on net sales in South America     (29.3 )    
Other     (15.4 )    
   
     
Total net effect on sales           307.7
         
2003 Net sales—Glass Containers segment         $ 4,182.9
         

        Net sales of the Plastics Packaging segment increased $46.7 million, or 6.3%, over 2002. Unit shipments increased by approximately 10.9% overall, led by increased shipments of closures for beverages, food, juices and healthcare. These increases were offset by lower selling prices in most of the segment's businesses and the absence of sales from the closure assets divested in November of 2003. The effects of higher resin cost pass-throughs increased sales for 2003 by approximately $19.7 million compared with 2002.

        The change in net sales for the Plastics Packaging segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2002 Net sales—Plastics Packaging segment         $ 746.0
The effect of sales volume, price and mix   $ 17.8      
Divested businesses     (15.3 )    
Effects of higher resin cost pass-throughs     19.7      
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on net sales the Asia Pacific region     26.4      
Other     (1.9 )    
   
     
Total net effect on sales           46.7
         
2003 Net sales—Plastics Packaging segment         $ 792.7
         

Segment Operating Profit

        The Company's Segment Operating Profit results (dollars in millions) for 2003 and 2002 are presented in the following table. The Plastics Packaging Segment Operating Profit amounts reflect the continuing operations, and therefore the results of the discontinued operations have been reclassified from the 2003 and 2002 amounts. In addition, certain Glass Container amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. For further information, see Segment Information included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  2003
  2002
 
Glass Containers   $ 658.8   $ 709.0  
Plastics Packaging     98.7     136.0  
Eliminations and other retained items     (91.9 )   (83.1 )

        Segment Operating Profit of the Glass Containers segment for 2003 decreased $50.2 million, or 7.1%, to $658.8 million, compared with Segment Operating Profit of $709.0 million for 2002. In North

29



America, Segment Operating Profit for 2003 decreased $107.7 million from 2002. The decrease resulted from higher energy costs of $45.5 million, lower pension income of approximately $32 million and lower unit shipments, particularly beer containers, resulting primarily from overall cool and damp weather conditions in the United States and Canada during the spring and summer, partially offset by higher unit pricing compared to 2002. The Company also took extended Thanksgiving and Christmas shutdowns at its U.S. factories to reduce inventory. The combined U.S. dollar Segment Operating Profit of the segment's operations outside North America increased $57.5 million over 2002. The increase was attributed to increased unit shipments, improved productivity, and higher prices in the European businesses (principally in Italy and the United Kingdom), higher pricing in South America and the Asia Pacific region and increased shipments in Brazil. These increases were partially offset by increased energy costs totaling $34.9 million in Europe, South America and the Asia Pacific region, a less favorable sales mix in the Asia Pacific region, lower unit shipments throughout most of South America, except Brazil, and the effects of a national strike in Venezuela that began in early December 2002. The strike caused energy supply curtailments that forced the Company to temporarily idle its two plants in the country, adversely affecting Segment Operating Profit by approximately $10 million. The effects of the strike primarily impacted the first quarter of 2003. In addition, the effects of changing foreign currency exchange rates increased reported U.S. dollar Segment Operating Profit of the segment's operations in Europe and the Asia Pacific region by approximately $43 million and decreased reported U.S. dollar Segment Operating Profit of the segment's operations in South America by approximately $6 million.

        The change in Segment Operating Profit for the Glass Containers segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2002 Segment Operating Profit — Glass Containers         $ 709.0  
The effects of sales volume, price and mix   $ 64.4        
Increased warehouse and other manufacturing costs     (24.4 )      
Higher energy costs     (80.4 )      
Lower pension income in North America     (31.9 )      
Lower pension income in Europe and the Asia Pacific region     (7.2 )      
The effects of the national strike in Venezuela     (10.1 )      
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on Segment Operating Profit in Europe and Asia Pacific     42.6        
The effects of changing foreign currency rates on Segment Operating Profit in South America     (5.9 )      
Other     2.7        
   
       
Total net effect on Segment Operating Profit           (50.2 )
         
 
2003 Segment Operating Profit—Glass Containers         $ 658.8  
         
 

        Segment Operating Profit of the Plastics Packaging segment for 2003 decreased $37.3 million, or 27.4%, to $98.7 million compared to Segment Operating Profit of $136.0 million for 2002. Unit shipments increased by approximately 10.9% overall, led by increased shipments of closures for beverages, food, juices and healthcare. However, the change in product mix and lower selling prices for most of the segment's businesses more than offset the effects of increased shipments. Other factors that unfavorably affected Segment Operating Profit in 2003 compared to 2002 were: (1) reduced Segment Operating Profit of $14.5 million for the segment's advanced technology systems business, as a major customer discontinued production in the U.S. and relocated that production to Singapore; (2) the write-off of $4.0 million of miscellaneous assets that were no longer being utilized and (3) lower pension income of approximately $4.4 million.

30



        The change in Segment Operating Profit for the Plastics Packaging segment can be summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

2002 Segment Operating Profit—Plastics Packaging         $ 136.0  
The effects of price and volume   $ (7.5 )      
Increased delivery, warehouse, shipping and other manufacturing costs     (5.5 )      
Lower pension income     (4.4 )      
Effects of a customer relocating to Singapore     (14.5 )      
The write-off of miscellaneous assets     (4.0 )      
Other     (1.4 )      
   
       
Total net effect on Segment Operating Profit           (37.3 )
         
 
2003 Segment Operating Profit—Plastics Packaging         $ 98.7  
         
 

        Eliminations and other retained items for 2003 were $8.8 million higher than for 2002. The principal reasons for the higher costs were: (1) $4.6 million reduction in pension income; (2) the write-off of software initiatives that the Company decided not to pursue; and (3) accelerated amortization of certain information system assets scheduled for replacement in 2004.

        Consolidated Segment Operating Profit for 2003 was $665.6 million and excluded the following: (1) a charge of $450.0 million to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; (2) charges of $50.0 million for the write-down of an equity investment in a soda ash mining operation; (3) a charge of $43.0 million for the write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region; (4) a loss of $41.3 million on the sale of certain closures assets; (5) a loss of $37.4 million from the sale of long-term notes receivable; and (6) capacity curtailment charges totaling $72.5 million which includes $28.5 million for the permanent closure of the Hayward, California glass container factory, $23.9 million for the shutdown of the Perth, Australia glass container factory and $20.1 million for the shutdown of the Milton, Ontario glass container factory. These items, which are all discussed further below, were excluded from Segment Operating Profit because management considered them not representative of ongoing operations. Consolidated Segment Operating Profit for 2002 was $761.9 million and excluded a charge of $475.0 million to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased to $429.8 million in 2003 from $372.2 million in 2002. Interest expense for 2003 included charges of $13.2 million for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $1.3 million for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's previous bank credit agreement. Interest expense for 2002 included a charge of $9.1 million for early extinguishment of debt which was reclassified from extraordinary items as required by FAS No. 145. For more information, see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Exclusive of these items in both years, interest expense for 2003 was $52.2 million higher than in 2002. The higher interest expense in 2003 was mainly due to the issuance of fixed rate notes totaling $1.625 billion in 2002 and $900 million in May 2003. The proceeds from the notes were used to repay lower cost, variable rate debt borrowed under the Company's secured credit agreement. Higher debt levels in 2003 also contributed to the increase. Lower interest rates in 2003 on the Company's remaining variable rate debt partially offset the increase.

Provision for Income Taxes

        The Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2003 was 30.5%. Excluding the effects of items excluded from Segment Operating Profit discussed above and the additional interest charges for early retirement of debt, the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2003 was 27.9%. The Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2002 was 79.7%.

31



Excluding the effects of items excluded from Segment Operating Profit discussed above and the additional interest charges for early retirement of debt, the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2002 was 28.4%. The lower effective tax rate in 2003 is principally due to a change in Italian tax laws, including a rate decrease that was enacted late in the fourth quarter of 2003.

Minority Share Owners' Interest in Earnings of Subsidiaries

        Minority share owners' interest in earnings of subsidiaries for 2003 was $25.8 million compared to $25.5 million for 2002.

Earnings from Continuing Operations

        For 2003, the Company recorded a net loss from continuing operations of $330.1 million compared to a net loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change of $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The aftertax effects of the items excluded from Segment Operating Profit and the additional interest charges discussed above, increased or decreased earnings in 2003 and 2002 as set forth in the following table (dollars in millions).

 
  Net Earnings
Increase (Decrease)

 
Description

 
  2003
  2002
 
Increase in the reserve for future asbestos related costs   $ (292.5 ) $ (308.8 )
Write-down of equity investment     (50.0 )      
Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region     (30.1 )      
Loss on the sale of long-term notes receivable     (37.4 )      
Loss on the sale of certain closures assets     (25.8 )      
Shutdown of the Milton, Ontario glass container factory     (19.5 )      
Shutdown of the Hayward, California glass container factory     (17.8 )      
Shutdown of the Perth, Australia glass container factory     (17.4 )      
Note repurchase premiums and write-off of finance fees     (9.1 )   (5.7 )
   
 
 
Total   $ (499.6 )   (314.5 )
   
 
 

Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        On June 21, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A. ("BSN") from Glasspack Participations (the "Acquisition"). Total consideration for the Acquisition was approximately $1.3 billion, including the assumption of approximately $650 million of debt, a portion of which was refinanced in connection with the Acquisition. BSN was the second largest glass container manufacturer in Europe with manufacturing facilities in France, Spain, Germany and the Netherlands. The Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the Company's Second Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (see Note 6). In order to secure the European Commission's approval, the Company committed to divest the Barcelona, Spain, and Corsico, Italy glass plants. The Company completed the sale of these plants in January 2005 and received cash proceeds of approximately €138.2 million.

        The Acquisition was part of the Company's overall strategy to improve its presence in the European market in order to better serve the needs of its customers throughout the European region and to take advantage of synergies in purchasing and cost reductions. This integration strategy should lead to significant improvement in earnings from the European operations by the end of 2006. Certain actions contemplated by the integration strategy may require additional accruals that will increase goodwill or result in additional charges to operations. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has determined to reduce capacity in one of the acquired plants. During the first half of 2005, the Company expects to conclude the evaluation of its acquired capacity.

32


        The total purchase cost of approximately $1.3 billion will be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values. Such allocations will be based upon valuations which have not been finalized. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase consideration included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, is preliminary and includes €577.6 million ($786.6 million at December 31, 2004 exchange rate) of goodwill representing the unallocated portion of the purchase price. The Company expects that the valuation process will be completed no later than the second quarter of 2005. The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004, included six months and ten days of BSN operations.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on June 21, 2004, translated from Euros into dollars at the exchange rate on that date. The initial purchase price allocations may be adjusted within one year of the purchase date for changes in estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (dollars in millions):

 
  June 21,
2004

 
Inventories   $ 294.7  
Accounts receivable     197.8  
Other current assets (excluding cash acquired)     31.8  
   
 
  Total current assets     524.3  
Goodwill     696.0  
Other long-term assets     121.5  
Net property, plant and equipment     670.9  
   
 
Assets acquired   $ 2,012.7  
Accounts payable and other current liabilities     (410.6 )
Other long-term liabilities     (334.6 )
   
 
Aggregate purchase costs   $ 1,267.5  
   
 

        The assets above include $71.1 million of estimated intangible assets related to customer relationships, which will be amortized over the next 8 to 12 years. The liabilities above include $72.7 million for the initial estimated costs of certain actions discussed above, substantially all of which relates to employee termination costs and related fringe benefits.

Discontinued Operations

        On October 7, 2004, the Company announced that it had completed the sale of its blow-molded plastic container operations in North America, South America and Europe, to Graham Packaging Company.

        Cash proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion were used to repay term loans under the Company's bank credit facility, which was amended to permit the sale. The sale agreement included a post-closing purchase price adjustment based on changes in certain working capital components and certain other assets and liabilities of the business. Because the level of working capital declined during the several months prior to closing, primarily due to seasonal factors, the Company expects that an amount will be payable to Graham Packaging under this price adjustment provision. The process for determining the amount payable to Graham Packaging has not been completed, however, the Company expects that it will not have a material effect upon results of operations or cash flows.

        Included in the sale were 24 plastics manufacturing plants in the U.S., two in Mexico, three in Europe and two in South America, serving consumer products companies in the food, beverage,

33



household, chemical and personal care industries. The blow-molded plastic container operations were part of the consumer products business unit of the plastics packaging segment.

        As required by FAS No. 144, the Company has presented the results of operations for the blow-molded plastic container business in the Consolidated Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as a discontinued operation. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations based on debt that was required to be repaid from the proceeds. Amounts for the prior periods have been reclassified to conform to this presentation.

        The following summarizes the revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations as reported in the condensed consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated (dollars in millions):

 
  Year ended December 31,
Revenues:

  2004
  2003
  2002
Net sales   $ 875.3   $ 1,083.4   $ 1,019.2
Other revenue     7.7     9.0     9.7
   
 
 
      883.0     1,092.4     1,028.9
Costs and expenses:                  
Manufacturing, shipping and delivery     754.6     949.3     840.5
Research, development and engineering     16.0     20.2     22.4
Selling and administrative     23.7     33.8     30.7
Interest     45.1     60.8     64.9
Other     22.9     681.0     6.7
   
 
 
      862.3     1,745.1     965.2
   
 
 
Earnings (loss) before items below     20.7     (652.7 )   63.7
Provision for income taxes     27.1     8.0     25.7
Gain on sale of discontinued operations     70.4            
   
 
 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations   $ 64.0   $ (660.7 ) $ 38.0
   
 
 

        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of goodwill in the consumer products reporting unit, all of which was attributable to the discontinued operations.

        The sale of the blow-molded plastic business resulted in a substantial capital loss, primarily related to previous goodwill write downs that were not deductible when recorded. The gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $70.4 million includes a credit for income taxes of $39.7 million, representing the tax benefit from offsetting a portion of the loss against otherwise taxable capital gains.

34



        The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 included the following assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations (dollars in millions):

Assets:

  Balance at
December 31,
2003

Inventories   $ 155.0
Accounts receivable     112.1
Other current assets     14.8
   
  Total current assets     281.9
Goodwill     151.1
Other long-term assets     79.2
Net property, plant and equipment     729.2
   
Total assets   $ 1,241.4
   
Liabilities:      
Accounts payable and other current liabilities   $ 103.0
Other long-term liabilities     64.0
   
Total liabilities   $ 167.0
   

Asbestos-Related Costs

        The fourth quarter 2004 charge for asbestos-related costs was $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax), compared to the fourth quarter 2003 charge of $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax). These charges resulted from the Company's comprehensive annual review of asbestos-related liabilities and costs. In each case, the Company concluded that an increase in the accrued liability was required to provide for estimated indemnity payments and legal fees arising from asbestos personal injury lawsuits and claims pending and expected to be filed during the several years following the completion of the comprehensive review. See "Critical Accounting Estimates" for further information.

        Asbestos-related cash payments for 2004 were $190.1 million, a reduction of $8.9 million, or 4.5%, from 2003. During 2004, the Company disposed of approximately 9,000 claims. Certain dispositions in 2004 and prior years have included deferred amounts payable over periods ranging up to seven years. Deferred amounts payable at December 31, 2004 were approximately $91 million compared with approximately $87 million at December 31, 2003. The Company anticipates that cash flows from operations and other sources will be sufficient to meet all asbestos-related obligations on a short-term and long-term basis.

        As of December 31, 2004, the number of asbestos-related claims pending against the Company was approximately 35,000, up from approximately 29,000 pending claims at December 31, 2003. In the second quarter of 2003, the Company received approximately 7,000 new filings in advance of the effective date of the recently-enacted Mississippi tort reform law. Approximately 60% of those filings are cases with exposure dates after the Company's 1958 exit from the business for which the Company takes the position that it has no liability. The Company anticipates a significant number of the Mississippi cases will be dismissed without prejudice subject to the possibility of such cases being re-filed in other jurisdictions.

        A former business unit of the Company produced a minor amount of specialized high-temperature insulation material containing asbestos from 1948 until 1958, when the business was sold. In line with its limited involvement with an asbestos-containing product and its exit from that business over 45 years ago, the Company will continue to work aggressively to minimize the number of incoming cases and will continue to limit payments to only those impaired claimants who were exposed to the Company's

35



products and whose claims have merit under applicable state law. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

2004 Non-operational Items

Mark to Market of Hedge Contracts

        The Company uses commodity futures contracts related to forecasted natural gas requirements. The objective of these futures contracts is to limit the fluctuations in prices paid for natural gas and the potential volatility in cash flows from future market price movements. The Company continually evaluates the natural gas market with respect to its future usage requirements. The Company generally evaluates the natural gas market for the next twelve to eighteen months and continually enters into commodity futures contracts in order to hedge a portion of its usage requirements through the next twelve to eighteen months.

        As discussed further below, prior to December 31, 2004, the Company accounted for the above futures contracts on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that was designated as, and met the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that was deemed to be ineffective was recognized in current earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that the commodity futures contracts described above did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. The total unrealized pretax gain recorded in 2004 was $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax). This change had no effect upon the Company's cash flows.

Plastics Packaging Assets

        In August of 2003, the Company initiated a review of its Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region. The review was completed during the fourth quarter of 2003. The Company used a combination of estimated divestment cash flows, which included bid prices from potential purchasers, and partial liquidation values for certain assets to determine the net realizable values of the assets. The Company compared the estimated net realizable values to the book values of the asset and determined that an asset impairment existed. As a result, the Company recorded a charge of $43.0 million ($30.1 million after tax) to write-down the assets to realizable values. Certain of the plastics businesses in the Asia Pacific region operate in highly competitive markets leading to reduced profit margins. In addition, the Company's PET container business has lost a significant amount of business in the past few years. The reduced business and overall excess capacity in the industry has caused a reduction in the overall value of the business.

        During 2004, the Company completed the sale of a portion of this business and is continuing to evaluate prospective buyers for the remaining businesses. The Company does not expect to record any further material losses related to this business.

2003 Non-operational Items

Sale of Long-term Notes Receivable

        On July 11, 2003, the Company received payments totaling 100 million British pounds sterling (US$163.0 million) in connection with the sale to Ardagh Glass Limited of certain long-term notes receivable. The notes were received from Ardagh in 1999 by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, United Glass Limited, in connection with its sale of Rockware, a United Kingdom glass container

36



manufacturer obtained in the 1998 acquisition of the worldwide glass and plastics packaging businesses of BTR plc. The notes were due in 2006 and interest had previously been paid in kind through periodic increases in outstanding principal balances. The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to reduce outstanding borrowings under the Company's Secured Credit Agreement. The notes were sold at a discount of approximately 22.6 million British pounds sterling. The resulting loss of US$37.4 million (US$37.4 million after tax) was included in the results of operations of the second quarter of 2003.

Capacity Curtailments

        Over the last several years, the Company has significantly improved its overall worldwide glass container labor and machine productivity, as measured by output produced per man-hour. By applying its technology and worldwide best practices, the Company has been able to significantly increase the daily output of glass-forming machines. As a result of these increases in productivity, the Company has had to close glass plants in order to keep its capacity in balance with required production volumes.

        In August 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Hayward, California glass container factory. Production at the factory was suspended in June following a major leak in its only glass furnace. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $28.5 million ($17.8 million after tax) in the third quarter of 2003.

        The closing of this factory resulted in the elimination of approximately 170 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The Company expects that a substantial portion of the closing costs will be paid out by the end of 2005.

        In November 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Milton, Ontario glass container factory. This closing was part of an effort to bring capacity and inventory levels in line with anticipated demand. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $20.1 million ($19.5 million after tax) in the fourth quarter of 2003.

        The closing of this factory in November 2003 resulted in the elimination of approximately 150 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The Company expects that the majority of the closing costs will be paid out by the end of 2005.

        In December 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Perth, Australia glass container factory. This closing was part of an effort to reduce overall capacity in Australia and bring inventory levels in line with anticipated demand. The Perth plant's western location and small size contributed to the plant being a higher cost facility that was no longer economically feasible to operate. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $23.9 million ($17.4 million after tax) in other costs and expenses in the results of operations for 2003.

        The closing of this factory in December 2003 resulted in the elimination of approximately 107 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The majority of the closing costs were paid out by the end of 2004.

Sale of Certain Closures Assets

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed the sale of its assets related to the production of plastic trigger sprayers and finger pumps. Included in the sale were manufacturing facilities in Bridgeport, Connecticut and El Paso, Texas, in addition to related production assets at the Erie, Pennsylvania plant. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded a loss of $41.3 million ($25.8 million after tax) in the third and fourth quarters of 2003. The net cash proceeds from the sale of approximately $44 million, including liquidation of related working capital, were used to reduce debt.

37



        The Company's decision to sell its assets related to the production of plastic trigger sprayers and finger pumps was consistent with its objectives to improve liquidity and to focus on its core businesses.

Write-down of Equity Investment

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company determined that the value of its 25% investment in a North American soda ash mining operation was impaired and not likely to recover. Increasing global competition and recent development of foreign sources of soda ash have created significant excess capacity in that industry. The resulting competitive environment caused management of the soda ash mining operation to significantly lower its projections of earnings and cash flows. Following an evaluation of future estimated earnings and cash flows, the Company determined that its carrying value should be written down to estimated fair value and recorded a $50 million charge in the fourth quarter which substantially reduced the carrying value of this equity method investment.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Current and Long-Term Debt

        The Company's total debt at December 31, 2004 was $5.36 billion, compared to $5.43 billion at December 31, 2003. The decrease in the total debt from 2003 to 2004 was primarily the result of increased cash provided by operating activities, as discussed further below, partially offset by higher capital spending as a result of the Company's announced investment in a new glass container manufacturing plant in the U.S. The 2004 debt was also affected by several large transactions during the year. The June 21, 2004 acquisition of BSN Glasspack discussed above increased debt by $1.360 billion and the October 7, 2004 divestiture of the blow-molded plastic container business discussed above reduced debt by $1.191 billion. In addition, on October 13, the Company received $81.8 million in cash proceeds from the sale of its 20% equity interest in Consol Limited of South Africa, which was used to further reduce outstanding term debt. In 2004, the Company also incurred debt of $105.4 million for finance fees and repurchase premiums related to the financing of the BSN acquisition, the refinancing of the BSN Senior Subordinated Notes and the refinancing of the Company's Senior Notes due 2005.

        On October 7, 2004, in connection with the sale of the Company's blow-molded plastic container operations, the Company's subsidiary borrowers entered into the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (the "Agreement"). The proceeds from the sale were used to repay C and D term loans and a portion of the B1 term loan outstanding under the previous agreement. At December 31, 2004, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement includes a $600.0 million revolving credit facility and a $315.0 million A1 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2007. It also includes a $226.8 million B1 term loan, and $190.6 million C1 term loan, and a €47.5 million C2 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2008. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement eliminated the provisions related to the C3 term loan that was canceled on August 19, 2004. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement also permits the Company, at its option, to refinance certain of its outstanding notes and debentures prior to their scheduled maturity.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's subsidiary borrowers had unused credit of $404.8 million available under the Agreement.

        The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement at December 31, 2004 was 5.09%. Including the effects of cross-currency swap agreements related to borrowings under the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement by the Company's Australian, European and Canadian subsidiaries, as discussed in Note 9, the weighted average interest rate was 5.40%.

38



        The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains covenants and provisions that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness or amend certain debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into contingent obligations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. In addition, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and meet specified tests based upon financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including minimum fixed charge coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and specified capital expenditure tests.

        As part of the BSN Acquisition, the Company assumed the senior subordinated notes of BSN. The 10.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €140.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €147.7 million. The 9.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €160.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €168.0 million. The majority of these notes were repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2004 as discussed below.

        During December 2004, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Notes totaling $400.0 million and Senior Notes totaling €225.0 million. The notes bear interest at 6.75%, and are due December 1, 2014. Both series of notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries. The indentures for both series of notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 7.75%, 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $680.0 million in addition to borrowings under the Agreement to purchase in a tender offer $237.6 million of the $350.0 million 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005, €159.6 million of the €160.0 million 9.25% BSN notes due 2009 and €127.3 million of the €140.0 million 10.25% BSN notes due 2009. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004 additional interest charges of $28.3 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees.

        During May 2003, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Secured Notes totaling $450.0 million and Senior Notes totaling $450.0 million. The notes bear interest at 7.75% and 8.25%, respectively, and are due May 15, 2011 and May 15, 2013, respectively. Both series of notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the assets of substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries are pledged as security for the Senior Secured Notes. The indentures for the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes and the 8.25% Senior Notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $880.0 million to purchase in a tender offer $263.5 million of the $300.0 million 7.85% Senior Notes due 2004 and repay borrowings under the previous credit agreement. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the second quarter of 2003 additional interest charges of $13.2 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million, of which $2.3 million was allocated to discontinued operations, for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the previous credit agreement.

        The Senior Secured and Senior Notes that were issued during the past three years were part of the Company's plan to improve financial flexibility by issuing long-term fixed rate debt, as well as refinance existing fixed rate debt that was nearing maturity. While this strategy extended the maturity of the Company's debt, long-term fixed rate debt increases the cost of borrowing compared to shorter term, variable rate debt. The Company does not intend to continue to refinance variable rate debt with new fixed rate issuances, but will continue to issue long-term fixed rate debt in order to repay existing fixed rate debt that is nearing maturity.

39


Cash Flows

        For 2004, cash provided by continuing operating activities was $544.7 million compared with $305.0 million for 2003, an improvement of $239.7. Cash provided by the change in components of working capital for 2004 was $180.9 million compared to a use of cash of $40.5 million for 2003. Inventories in North American glass container operations were lower than prior year as a result of tighter management of inventory levels as part of the Company's overall focus on working capital improvement. Inventory levels in the Australian and European glass container operations, excluding the BSN Acquisition, were also lower, as compared to the prior year. These lower inventories along with lower accounts receivable, excluding the BSN acquisition and changes in foreign currency rates, are part of the Company's focus on working capital management to improve cash flow.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company paid $548.8 million in cash interest, including note repurchase premiums, compared with $458.8 million, including note repurchase premiums, for 2003. The increase in cash interest paid is primarily due to the additional interest related to the BSN acquisition. The interest expense related to the divested blow-molded plastic container business has been reclassified to discontinued operations. This increase was partially offset by lower overall interest rates from the December 2003 repricing of the Agreement and from interest savings resulting from the Company's fixed-to-floating interest rate swap program, as discussed further below, which reduced interest expense by approximately $21 million.

        Asbestos-related payments for 2004 decreased $8.9 million, or 4.5%, to $190.1 million, compared with $199.0 million for 2003. The Company expects that its total asbestos-related payments in 2005 will be moderately lower than 2004. Based on the Company's expectations regarding future payments for lawsuits and claims and also based on the Company's expected operating cash flow, the Company believes that the payment of any deferred amounts of previously settled or otherwise determined lawsuits and claims, and the resolution of presently pending and anticipated future lawsuits and claims associated with asbestos, will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's liquidity on a short-term or long-term basis.

        For 2004, the Company's capital spending for additions to property, plant and equipment (continuing operations) was $436.7 million compared with $344.4 million for 2003. The increase is principally related to capital spending at the acquired BSN facilities and the new glass container plant being built in Windsor, Colorado. The Company continues to focus on reducing capital spending and improving its return on invested capital by improving capital efficiency. The Company expects to reduce its capital spending on existing facilities during 2005 by limiting the number of expansion projects and only undertaking projects with relatively short payback periods.

        For 2004, the Company received proceeds of $1,430.9 million from divestitures and other asset sales compared with $66.7 million in 2003. Included in 2004 were the following items (dollars in millions):

Sale of the blow-molded plastics business   $ 1,191.0
Sale of the 20% investment in Consol Glass     81.8
Restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business     42.4
Sale of a portion of the Australian plastics business     53.4
Sale of certain real property     25.2
Other asset sales     37.1
   
  Total proceeds from divestitures and other asset sales   $ 1,430.9
   

        Included in 2003 was approximately $44 million from the divestiture of certain closures assets as discussed above.

40



        The Company paid $34.4 million in finance fees in 2004 for the issuance of Senior Notes as well as the refinancing of the Agreement. During 2004, the Company also paid and expensed $28.0 million of tender offer premiums. For 2003, the Company paid $44.5 million in finance fees related to the issuance of the Senior Secured and Senior Notes discussed above as well as the refinancing of the Agreement. During 2003, the Company also paid and expensed $13.2 million of tender offer premiums.

        For 2004, the Company paid $25.9 million related to debt hedging activity compared to $123.1 million in 2003. As discussed further below, the Company's strategy is to use currency and interest rate swaps to convert U.S. dollar borrowings by the Company's international subsidiaries, principally in Australia, into local currency borrowings. The decrease from prior year is largely due to a significantly smaller decline in the U.S. dollar against the foreign currencies during 2004 as well as lower amounts that were hedged during the year.

        The Company anticipates that cash flow from its operations and from utilization of credit available under the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund its operating and seasonal working capital needs, debt service and other obligations on a short-term and long-term basis.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        The following information summarizes the Company's significant contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2004 (dollars in millions).

 
  Payments due by period
 
  Total
  Less than
one year

  1–3 years
  3–5 years
  More than 5
years

Contractual cash obligations:                              
  Long-term debt   $ 5,338.6   $ 173.3   $ 700.8   $ 1,729.2   $ 2,735.3
  Capital lease obligations     3.6     1.0     1.0     0.8     0.8
  Operating leases     270.6     88.5     105.9     51.5     24.7
  Contractual purchase obligation     50.5     39.7     10.8            
  Interest     2,697.4     411.7     799.1     660.9     825.7
  Pension benefit plan contributions     37.3     37.3                  
  Postretirement benefit plan benefit payments     243.5     32.3     47.6     46.1     117.5
   
 
 
 
 
    Total contractual cash obligations   $ 8,641.5   $ 783.8   $ 1,665.2   $ 2,488.5   $ 3,704.0
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Amount of commitment expiration per period
 
  Total
  Less than
one year

  1–3 years
  3–5 years
  More than 5
years

Other commercial commitments:                              
  Standby letters of credit   $ 165.1   $ 165.1                  
  Guarantees     9.0                     $ 9.0
   
 
 
 
 
    Total commercial commitments   $ 174.1   $ 165.1   $   $   $ 9.0
   
 
 
 
 

Accounts Receivable Securitization Program

        As part of the acquisition of BSN, the Company acquired a trade accounts receivable securitization program through a BSN subsidiary, BSN Glasspack Services. The program was entered into by BSN in order to provide lower interest costs on a portion of its financing. In November 2000, BSN created a securitization program for its trade receivables through a sub-fund (the "fund") created in accordance with French Law. This securitization program, co-arranged by Credit Commercial de France

41



(HSBC-CCF), and Gestion et Titrisation Internationales ("GTI") and managed by GTI, provides for an aggregate securitization volume of up to €210 million.

        Under the program, BSN Glasspack Services is permitted to sell receivables to the fund until November 5, 2006. According to the program, subject to eligibility criteria, certain, but not all, receivables held by the BSN Glasspack Services are sold to the fund on a weekly basis. The purchase price for the receivables is determined as a function of the book value and the term of each receivable and a Euribor three-month rate increased by a 1.51% margin. A portion of the purchase price for the receivables is deferred and paid by the fund to BSN Glasspack Services only when receivables are collected or at the end of the program. This deferred portion varies based on the status and updated collection history of BSN Glasspack Services' receivable portfolio.

        The transfer of the receivables to the fund is deemed to be a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. The fund assumes all collection risk on the receivables and the transferred receivables have been isolated from BSN Glasspack Services and are no longer controlled by BSN Glasspack Services. The total securitization program cannot exceed €210 million ($286.0 million at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, the Company had $207.0 million of receivables that were sold in this program. For the period from June 21, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the Company received $795.9 million from the sale of receivables to the fund and paid interest of approximately $3.6 million.

        BSN Glasspack Services continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the fund. This service rendered to the fund is invoiced to the fund at a normal market rate.

Critical Accounting Estimates

        The Company's analysis and discussion of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon its consolidated financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis, including but not limited to those related to pension benefit plans, contingencies and litigation, goodwill, and deferred tax assets. Estimates and assumptions are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates may form the basis of the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities and may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results, under conditions and circumstances different from those assumed, may differ from estimates. The impact and any associated risks related to estimates and assumptions are discussed within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, if applicable, where estimates and assumptions affect the Company's reported and expected financial results.

        The Company believes that accounting for pension benefit plans, contingencies and litigation, goodwill, and deferred tax assets involves the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Pension Benefit Plans

        The determination of pension obligations and the related pension expense or credits to operations involves significant estimates. The most significant estimates are the discount rate used to calculate the actuarial present value of benefit obligations and the expected long-term rate of return on assets used in calculating the pension charges or credits for the year. The Company uses discount rates based on yields of highly rated fixed income debt securities at the end of the year. At December 31, 2004, the weighted average discount rate for all plans was 5.5%. The Company uses an expected long-term rate of return on assets that is based on both past performance of the various plans' assets and estimated

42



future performance of the assets. Due to the nature of the plans' assets and the volatility of debt and equity markets, results may vary significantly from year to year. For example, actual returns were negative for each of the years 2000-2002 while the return was over 20% for 2003 and exceeded 18% in 2004. The Company refers to average historical returns over longer periods (up to 10 years) in determining its expected rates of return because short-term fluctuations in market values do not reflect the rates of return the Company expects to achieve based upon its long-term investing strategy. For 2004, the Company used a weighted average expected long-term rate of return on pension assets of approximately 8.4% compared to 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The Company recorded pension expense totaling approximately $8.7 million for 2004 and pretax pension credits of $29.9 million for 2003 from its principal defined benefit pension plans. The lower pretax credits to earnings in 2004 are principally attributable to a lower asset base, higher amortization of previous actuarial losses and generally lower discount rates (6.10% for 2004 compared with 6.52% for 2003). Depending on international exchange rates and including BSN for the full year, the Company expects to record approximately $3.2 million of pension expense for the full year of 2005, compared with expense of $6.3 million for continuing operations ($8.7 million total) in 2004.

        Future effects on reported results of operations depend on economic conditions and investment performance. For example, a one-half percentage point change in the actuarial assumption regarding the expected return on assets would result in a change of approximately $18 million in pretax pension expense for the full year 2005. In addition, changes in external factors, including the fair values of plan assets and the discount rates used to calculate plan liabilities, could result in possible future balance sheet recognition of additional minimum pension liabilities.

        If the Accumulated Benefit Obligation ("ABO") of any of the Company's principal pension plans in the U.S. and Australia exceeds the fair value of its assets at the next measurement date of December 31, 2005, the Company will be required to write off the related prepaid pension asset and record a liability equal to the excess of the ABO over the fair value of the asset of such plan at the next measurement date of December 31, 2005. The non-cash charge would result in a decrease in the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income component of share owners' equity that would significantly reduce net worth. Amounts related to the Company's U.S. and Australian plans as of December 31, 2004 were as follows (millions of dollars):

 
  U.S.
Salary

  U.S.
Hourly

  Australian
Plans

  Total
Fair value of assets   $ 839.5   $ 1,662.1   $ 101.7   $ 2,603.3
Accumulated benefit obligations     776.1     1,407.8     88.3     2,272.2
   
 
 
 
Excess   $ 63.4   $ 254.3   $ 13.4   $ 331.1
   
 
 
 
Prepaid pension asset   $ 327.6   $ 616.4   $ 21.9   $ 965.9
   
 
 
 

        Even if the fair values of the U.S. plans' assets are less than ABO at December 31, 2005, however, the Company believes it will not be required to make cash contributions to the U.S. plans for at least several years. The covenants under the Company's Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement would not be affected by a reduction in the Company's net worth if a significant charge was taken to write off the prepaid pension assets.

Contingencies and Litigation

        The Company believes that its ultimate asbestos-related liability (i.e., its indemnity payments or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty. The Company's ability to reasonably estimate its liability has been significantly affected by the volatility of asbestos-related litigation in the United States, the expanding list of non-traditional defendants that have been sued in this litigation and found liable for substantial damage awards, the continued use of litigation

43



screenings to generate new lawsuits, the large number of claims asserted or filed by parties who claim prior exposure to asbestos materials but have no present physical impairment as a result of such exposure, and the growing number of co-defendants that have filed for bankruptcy. The Company believes that the bankruptcies of additional co-defendants have resulted in an acceleration of the presentation and disposition of a number of claims, which would otherwise have been presented and disposed of over the next several years. The Company continues to monitor trends which may affect its ultimate liability and continues to analyze the developments and variables affecting or likely to affect the resolution of pending and future asbestos claims against the Company.

        The Company conducts a comprehensive review of its asbestos-related liabilities and costs annually in connection with finalizing and reporting its annual results of operations, unless significant changes in trends or new developments warrant an earlier review. If the results of an annual comprehensive review indicate that the existing amount of the accrued liability is insufficient to cover its estimated future asbestos-related costs, then the Company will record an appropriate charge to increase the accrued liability. The Company believes that an estimation of the reasonably probable amount of the contingent liability for claims not yet asserted against the Company is not possible beyond a period of several years. Therefore, while the results of future annual comprehensive reviews cannot be determined, the Company expects the addition of one year to the estimation period will result in an annual charge.

        In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recorded a charge of $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax) to increase its accrued liability for asbestos-related costs. The factors and developments that particularly affected the determination of this increase included the following: (i) the significant increase in new claim filings in 2003, which the Company believes was caused by anticipation of tort reform legislation in Mississippi and Texas; (ii) the elimination of certain co-defendants from the litigation through consensually structured ("prepackaged") bankruptcy filings; (iii) the number of pending serious disease cases and the relatively flat trend line in new filings of serious disease cases; and (iv) the limited success achieved by the Company and its co-defendants in eliminating forum shopping, unimpaired claim filings, and other litigation abuses.

        In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax) to increase its accrued liability for asbestos-related costs. This amount was significantly reduced from the 2003 charge due in part to the Company's decision to conduct a comprehensive review annually. The factors and developments that particularly affected the determination of this increase included the following: (i) the modest 4.5% decline in yearly cash outlays; (ii) the significant decline in new claim filings against the Company including a decline in filings of serious disease cases; (iii) the Company's successful litigation record during the year, including a California appellate decision upholding its position regarding its nonliability for post-1958 claims; (iv) significant judicial reform in Mississippi (where approximately 40% of the lawsuits against the Company are pending) and advantageous legislative changes in Ohio affecting unimpaired claimants; and (v) a significant Federal circuit court decision overturning a co-defendant's prepackaged bankruptcy reorganization.

        The Company's estimates are based on a number of factors as described further in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill

        As required by FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangibles," the Company evaluates goodwill annually (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise) for impairment. The Company conducts its evaluation as of October 1 of each year. Goodwill impairment testing is performed using the business enterprise value ("BEV") of each reporting unit which is calculated as of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer. This BEV is then compared to the

44



book value of each reporting unit as of the measurement date to assess whether an impairment of goodwill may exist.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company completed its annual testing and determined that no impairment of goodwill existed.

        If the Company's projected future cash flows were substantially lower, or if the assumed weighted average cost of capital were substantially higher, the testing performed as of October 1, 2004, may have indicated an impairment of one or more of the Company's reporting units and, as a result, the related goodwill would also have been written down. However, based on the Company's testing as of that date, modest changes in the projected future cash flows or cost of capital would not have created impairment in any reporting unit. For example, if projected future cash flows had been decreased by 5%, or alternatively, if the weighted average cost of capital had been increased by 5%, the resulting lower BEV's would still have exceeded the book value of each reporting unit by a significant margin in all cases except for the Asia Pacific Glass reporting unit. Because the BEV for the Asia Pacific Glass reporting unit exceeded its book value by approximately 6%, the results of the impairment testing could be negatively affected by relatively modest changes in the assumptions and projections. At December 31, 2004, the goodwill of the Asia Pacific Glass reporting unit accounted for approximately $1.0 billion of the Company's consolidated goodwill.

        The Company will monitor conditions throughout 2005 that might significantly affect the projections and variables used in the impairment test to determine if a review prior to October 1 may be appropriate. If the results of impairment testing confirm that a write down of goodwill is necessary, then the Company will record a charge in the fourth quarter of 2005, or earlier if appropriate. In the event the Company would be required to record a significant write down of goodwill, the charge would have a material adverse effect on reported results of operations and net worth.

Deferred Tax Assets

        FAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," requires that a valuation allowance be recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined separately for each tax jurisdiction in which the Company conducts its operations or otherwise incurs taxable income or losses. In the United States, the Company has recorded significant deferred tax assets, the largest of which relate to the accrued liability for asbestos-related costs that are not deductible until paid and to its net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred tax assets are partially offset by deferred tax liabilities, the most significant of which relates to the prepaid pension asset. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for its U.S. tax credit carryforwards and U.S. capital loss carryforward, however, it has not recorded a valuation allowance for the balance of its net U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company believes that its projected taxable income in the U.S., along with a number of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, will be sufficient to utilize the net operating losses prior to their expiration. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient income from its U.S. operations or implement the required tax planning strategies, or if the Company is required to eliminate deferred tax liabilities in connection with a write off of its prepaid pension asset, then a valuation allowance will have to be provided. It is not possible to estimate the amount of the adjustment that may be required, however, based on recorded deferred taxes at December 31, 2004, the related non-cash tax charge could range as high as $580 million. The Company will assess the need to provide a valuation allowance annually or more frequently, if necessary.

45



ITEM 7.(A).    QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Market risks relating to the Company's operations result primarily from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in interest rates, and changes in commodity prices, principally natural gas. The Company uses certain derivative instruments to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with changing foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuating natural gas prices. In addition, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage a portion of fixed and floating rate debt and to reduce interest expense.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's operations consists of manufacturing and sales activities conducted by subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions. The primary international markets served by the Company's subsidiaries are in Canada, Australia, South America (principally Colombia, Brazil and Venezuela), and Europe (principally Italy, France, the Netherlands, Germany, the United Kingdom, and Poland). In general, revenues earned and costs incurred by the Company's major international operations are denominated in their respective local currencies. Consequently, the Company's reported financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or highly inflationary economic conditions in the international markets in which the Company's subsidiaries operate. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the reported dollar value of local currency earnings generally decreases; when the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, the reported U.S. dollar value of local currency earnings generally increases. The Company does not have any significant foreign subsidiaries that are denominated in the U.S. dollar, however, if economic conditions in Venezuela continue to decline, the Company may have to adopt the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for its subsidiaries in that country.

        Subject to other business and tax considerations, the Company's strategy is to generally redeploy any subsidiary's available excess funds through intercompany loans to other subsidiaries for debt repayment, capital investment, or other cash requirements. Generally, each intercompany loan is denominated in the lender's local currency and the borrower enters into a forward exchange contract which effectively swaps the intercompany loan and related interest to its local currency.

        Because the Company's subsidiaries operate within their local economic environment, the Company believes it is appropriate to finance those operations with local currency borrowings to the extent practicable where debt financing is required. Considerations which influence the amount of such borrowings include long- and short-term business plans, tax implications, and the availability of borrowings with acceptable interest rates and terms. In those countries where the local currency is the designated functional currency, this strategy mitigates the risk of reported losses or gains in the event the foreign currency strengthens or weakens against the U.S. dollar. In those countries where the U.S. dollar is the designated functional currency, however, local currency borrowings expose the Company to reported losses or gains in the event the foreign currency strengthens or weakens against the U.S. dollar.

        The terms of the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement require that borrowings under the Agreement be denominated in U.S. dollars except for the C2 term loan which allows for €47.5 million borrowings. In order to manage the exposure to fluctuating foreign exchange rates created by U.S. dollar borrowings by the Company's international subsidiaries, certain subsidiaries have entered into currency swaps for the principal amount of their borrowings under the Agreement and for their interest payments due under the Agreement.

        At the end of 2004, the Company's subsidiary in Australia had agreements that swap a total of U.S. $455.0 million of borrowings into 702.0 million Australian dollars. These derivative instruments swap both the interest and principal from U.S. dollars to Australian dollars and also swap the interest

46



rate from a U.S.-based rate to an Australian-based rate. These agreements have various maturity dates ranging from April 2005 through March 2006.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and several European countries have also entered into short term forward exchange contracts which effectively swap additional intercompany and external borrowings by each subsidiary into its local currency. These contracts swap both the interest and principal amount of borrowings.

        The Company recognizes the above derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, and the Company accounts for them as fair value hedges. Accordingly, the changes in the value of the swaps are recognized in current earnings and are expected to substantially offset any exchange rate gains or losses on the related U.S. dollar borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount not offset was immaterial. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        In connection with debt refinancing late in December 2004, the Company's subsidiary in France borrowed approximately €91.0 million from Owens-Brockway Glass Container ("OBGC"), a U.S. subsidiary of the Company. In order to hedge the changes in the cash flows of the foreign currency interest and principal repayments, OBGC entered into a swap that converts the Euro coupon interest payments into a predetermined U.S. dollar coupon interest payment and also converts the final principal payment in December 2009 from €91 million to approximately $120.7 million U.S. dollars.

        The Company accounts for the above foreign currency exchange contract on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as, and meets the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is deemed to be ineffective is recognized in current earnings.

        The above foreign currency exchange contract is accounted for as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2004. Hedge accounting is only applied when the derivative is deemed to be highly effective at offsetting anticipated cash flows of the hedged transactions. For hedged forecasted transactions, hedge accounting will be discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable to occur, and any previously deferred gains or losses will be recorded to earnings immediately.

        The remaining portion of the Company's consolidated debt which was denominated in foreign currencies was not significant.

        The Company believes it does not have material foreign currency exchange rate risk related to local currency denominated financial instruments (i.e. cash, short-term investments, and long-term debt) of its subsidiaries outside the U.S.

Interest Rate Risk

        The Company's interest expense is most sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates applicable to its U.S. dollar indebtedness.

47



        The following table provides information about the Company's significant interest rate risk at December 31, 2004.

 
  Amount
  Fair value
  Hedge value
 
  (Dollars in millions)

Variable rate debt:                  
  Secured Credit Agreement, matures April 2007 and 2008:                  
    Revolving Credit Facility, interest at various rates Revolving Loans   $ 30.1   $ 30.1      
    Term Loans, interest at a Eurodollar based rate plus 2.75%                  
      A1 Term Loan     315.0     315.0      
      B1 Term Loan     226.8     226.8      
      C1 Term Loan     190.6     190.6      
      C2 Term Loan (€47.5 million)     64.7     64.7      
Fixed rate debt:                  
  Senior Secured Notes:                  
    8.875%, due 2009     1,000.0     1,087.5      
    7.75%, due 2011     450.0     489.4      
    8.75%, due 2012     625.0     703.1      
  Senior Notes:                  
    7.15%, due 2005     112.4     113.8      
    8.10%, due 2007     300.0     317.3   $ 298.2
    7.35%, due 2008     250.0     262.5     248.4
    8.25%, due 2013     450.0     496.1     440.0
    6.75%, due 2014     400.0     407.0      
    6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4     323.3      
  Senior Debentures:                  
    7.50%, due 2010     250.0     262.5     249.6
    7.80%, due 2018     250.0     258.8      
  Senior Subordinated Notes:                  
    10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4     18.3      
    9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6     0.6      

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements with a total notional amount of $1.25 billion that mature from 2007 through 2013. The swaps were executed in order to: (i) convert a portion of the senior notes and senior debentures fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt; (ii) maintain a capital structure containing appropriate amounts of fixed and floating-rate debt; and (iii) reduce net interest payments and expense in the near-term.

        The Company's fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges. Because the relevant terms of the swap agreements match the corresponding terms of the notes, there is no hedge ineffectiveness. Accordingly, as required by FAS No. 133 the Company recorded the net of the fair market values of the swaps as a long-term liability along with a corresponding net decrease in the carrying value of the hedged debt.

        Under the swaps the Company receives fixed rate interest amounts (equal to interest on the corresponding hedged note) and pays interest at a six-month U.S. LIBOR rate (set in arrears) plus a margin spread (see table below). The interest rate differential on each swap is recognized as an adjustment of interest expense during each six-month period over the term of the agreement.

48



        The following selected information relates to fair value swaps at December 31, 2004 (based on a projected U.S. LIBOR rate of 3.3688%):

 
  Amount
Hedged

  Receive
Rate

  Average
Spread

  Asset
(Liability)
Recorded

 
  Senior Notes due 2007   $ 300.0   8.10 % 4.5 % $ (1.8 )
  Senior Notes due 2008     250.0   7.35 % 3.5 %   (1.6 )
  Senior Debentures due 2010     250.0   7.50 % 3.2 %   (0.4 )
  Senior Notes due 2013     450.0   8.25 % 3.7 %   (10.0 )
   
         
 
Total   $ 1,250.0           $ (13.8 )
   
         
 

Commodity Risk

        The Company uses commodity futures contracts related to forecasted natural gas requirements. The objective of these futures contracts is to limit the fluctuations in prices paid for natural gas and the potential volatility in cash flows from future market price movements. The Company continually evaluates the natural gas market with respect to its future usage requirements. The Company generally evaluates the natural gas market for the next twelve to eighteen months and continually enters into commodity futures contracts in order to hedge a portion of its usage requirements through the next twelve to eighteen months. At December 31, 2004, the Company had entered into commodity futures contracts for approximately 78% (approximately 17,930,000 MM BTUs) of its expected North American natural gas usage for full year of 2005 and approximately 23% (approximately 5,280,000 MM BTUs) for the full year of 2006.

        As discussed further below, prior to December 31, 2004, the Company accounted for the above futures contracts on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that was designated as, and met the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that was deemed to be ineffective was recognized in current earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that the commodity futures contracts described above did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. The total unrealized pretax gain recorded in 2004 was $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax). This change had no effect upon the Company's cash flows.

Forward Looking Statements

        This document contains "forward looking" statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933. Forward-looking statements reflect the Company's current expectations and projections about future events at the time, and thus involve uncertainty and risk. It is possible the Company's future financial performance may differ from expectations due to a variety of factors including, but not limited to the following: (1) foreign currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, (2) changes in capital availability or cost, including interest rate fluctuations, (3) the general political, economic and competitive conditions in markets and countries where the Company has its operations, including disruptions in the supply chain, competitive pricing pressures, inflation or deflation, and changes in tax rates and laws, (4) consumer preferences for alternative forms of packaging, (5) fluctuations in raw material and labor costs, (6) availability of raw materials, (7) costs and availability of energy, (8) transportation costs, (9) consolidation among competitors and customers, (10) the ability of the Company to integrate

49



operations of acquired businesses and achieve expected synergies, (11) unanticipated expenditures with respect to environmental, safety and health laws, (12) the performance by customers of their obligations under purchase agreements, and (13) the timing and occurrence of events which are beyond the control of the Company, including events related to asbestos-related claims. It is not possible to foresee or identify all such factors. Any forward looking statements in this document are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by the Company in light of its experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance and actual results or developments may differ materially from expectations. While the Company continually reviews trends and uncertainties affecting the Company's results of operations and financial condition, the Company does not intend to update any particular forward looking statements contained in this document.

50



ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   52

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

54–55

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:

 

 
 
Consolidated Results of Operations

 

53
 
Consolidated Share Owners' Equity

 

56
 
Consolidated Cash Flows

 

57

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

58-105

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

 

106

51



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Share Owners of
Owens-Illinois, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Owens-Illinois, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of results of operations, share owners' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15.(A). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Owens-Illinois, Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2002 the Company changed its accounting for goodwill.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                        Ernst & Young LLP

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005

52


OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Dollars in millions, except per share amounts

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 6,128.4   $ 4,975.6   $ 4,621.2  
  Royalties and net technical assistance     21.1     17.5     17.4  
  Equity earnings     27.8     27.1     27.0  
  Interest     15.3     20.4     22.8  
  Other     70.8     25.2     42.8  
   
 
 
 
      6,263.4     5,065.8     4,731.2  

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery     4,918.4     3,967.9     3,572.9  
  Research and development     25.4     29.9     21.1  
  Engineering     33.6     34.7     36.5  
  Selling and administrative     402.3     320.9     287.9  
  Interest     474.9     429.8     372.2  
  Other     198.5     720.6     503.1  
   
 
 
 
      6,053.1     5,503.8     4,793.7  
   
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before items below     210.3     (438.0 )   (62.5 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     5.9     (133.7 )   (49.8 )
   
 
 
 
      204.4     (304.3 )   (12.7 )
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries     32.9     25.8     25.5  
   
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change     171.5     (330.1 )   (38.2 )
Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     64.0     (660.7 )   38.0  
Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (460.0 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 235.5   $ (990.8 ) $ (460.2 )
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock:                    
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.01   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 )
  Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.44     (4.50 )   0.26  
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (3.14 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 1.45   $ (6.89 ) $ (3.29 )
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock:                    
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.00   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 )
  Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.43     (4.50 )   0.26  
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (3.14 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 1.43   $ (6.89 ) $ (3.29 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

53



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in millions

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Assets            
Current assets:            
  Cash, including time deposits of $175.9 ($85.2 in 2003)   $ 277.9   $ 163.4
  Short-term investments     27.6     26.8
  Receivables, less allowances of $50.3 ($44.5 in 2003) for losses and discounts     821.3     657.6
  Inventories     1,117.7     855.1
  Prepaid expenses     156.3     137.0
  Assets of discontinued operations           281.9
   
 
    Total current assets     2,400.8     2,121.8

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity investments     117.1     145.3
  Repair parts inventories     192.2     176.8
  Prepaid pension     962.5     967.1
  Deposits, receivables, and other assets     557.3     373.9
  Goodwill     3,009.1     2,129.1
  Assets of discontinued operations           959.5
   
 
    Total other assets     4,838.2     4,751.7
Property, plant, and equipment:            
  Land, at cost     165.2     149.5
  Buildings and equipment, at cost:            
    Buildings and building equipment     945.0     770.8
    Factory machinery and equipment     4,821.2     3,916.6
    Transportation, office, and miscellaneous equipment     139.2     141.7
    Construction in progress     185.7     127.6
   
 
      6,256.3     5,106.2
  Less accumulated depreciation     2,758.6     2,448.4
   
 
    Net property, plant, and equipment     3,497.7     2,657.8
   
 
Total assets   $ 10,736.7   $ 9,531.3
   
 

54



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

Dollars in millions, except per share amounts

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Liabilities and Share Owners' Equity              
Current liabilities:              
  Short-term loans   $ 18.2   $ 28.6  
  Accounts payable     857.8     466.5  
  Salaries and wages     178.4     110.8  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     53.8     22.3  
  Current portion of asbestos-related liabilities     170.0     175.0  
  Other accrued liabilities     454.0     393.4  
  Long-term debt due within one year     174.3     63.8  
  Liabilities of discontinued operations           103.0  
   
 
 
  Total current liabilities     1,906.5     1,363.4  
Liabilities of discontinued operations           64.0  
Long-term debt     5,167.9     5,333.1  
Deferred taxes     183.3     57.4  
Nonpension postretirement benefits     285.6     284.8  
Other liabilities     883.3     635.4  
Asbestos-related liabilities     596.2     628.7  
Commitments and contingencies              
Minority share owners' interests     169.6     161.1  
Share owners' equity:              
  Convertible preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, liquidation preference $50 per share, 9,050,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     452.5     452.5  
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 163,502,417 shares issued and outstanding, less 12,586,053 treasury shares at December 31, 2004 (160,768,191 issued and outstanding less 12,914,262 treasury shares at December 31, 2003)     1.6     1.6  
  Capital in excess of par value     2,261.1     2,229.3  
  Treasury stock, at cost     (241.3 )   (247.6 )
  Retained deficit     (975.3 )   (1,189.3 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     45.7     (243.1 )
   
 
 
    Total share owners' equity     1,544.3     1,003.4  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and share owners' equity   $ 10,736.7   $ 9,531.3  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

55



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SHARE OWNERS' EQUITY

Dollars in millions, except per share amounts

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Convertible preferred stock                    
  Balance at beginning of year   $ 452.5   $ 452.5   $ 452.5  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     452.5     452.5     452.5  
   
 
 
 
Common stock                    
  Balance at beginning of year     1.6     1.6     1.6  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     1.6     1.6     1.6  
   
 
 
 
Capital in excess of par value                    
  Balance at beginning of year     2,229.3     2,224.9     2,217.3  
  Issuance of common stock     31.8     4.4     7.6  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     2,261.1     2,229.3     2,224.9  
   
 
 
 
Treasury stock                    
  Balance at beginning of year     (247.6 )   (247.6 )   (248.0 )
  Reissuance of common stock     6.3           0.4  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     (241.3 )   (247.6 )   (247.6 )
   
 
 
 
Retained deficit                    
  Balance at beginning of year     (1,189.3 )   (177.0 )   304.7  
  Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock—$2.375 per share     (21.5 )   (21.5 )   (21.5 )
  Net earnings (loss)     235.5     (990.8 )   (460.2 )
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     (975.3 )   (1,189.3 )   (177.0 )
   
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                    
  Balance at beginning of year     (243.1 )   (583.6 )   (576.3 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     317.4     361.0     79.5  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     45.7     (243.1 )   (583.6 )
   
 
 
 
Total share owners' equity   $ 1,544.3   $ 1,003.4   $ 1,670.8  
   
 
 
 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net earnings (loss)   $ 235.5   $ (990.8 ) $ (460.2 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     317.4     361.0     79.5  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Total comprehensive income (loss)   $ 524.3   $ (650.3 ) $ (467.5 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

56



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Operating activities:                    
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 171.5   $ (330.1 ) $ (38.2 )
  Non-cash charges (credits):                    
    Depreciation     436.0     391.9     353.4  
    Amortization of deferred costs     23.8     21.4     21.5  
    Amortization of deferred finance fees     15.0     14.4     16.1  
    Deferred tax credit     (93.3 )   (182.7 )   (114.1 )
    Write-down of equity investment           50.0        
    Restructuring costs and writeoffs of certain assets           115.5        
    Loss on sale of long-term notes receivable           37.4        
    Loss on sale of certain closures assets           41.3        
    Gains on asset sales     (51.6 )            
    Future asbestos-related costs     152.6     450.0     475.0  
    Other     (66.9 )   (50.3 )   (120.5 )
  Change in non-current operating assets     (9.8 )   (7.5 )   25.3  
  Asbestos-related payments     (190.1 )   (199.0 )   (221.1 )
  Asbestos-related insurance proceeds     2.2     6.6     24.8  
  Reduction of non-current liabilities     (25.6 )   (13.4 )   (8.4 )
  Change in components of working capital     180.9     (40.5 )   18.1  
   
 
 
 
  Cash provided by continuing operating activities     544.7     305.0     431.9  
  Cash provided by discontinued operating activities     65.2     48.1     171.2  
   
 
 
 
    Total cash provided by operating activities     609.9     353.1     603.1  

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment — continuing     (436.7 )   (344.4 )   (395.8 )
  Additions to property, plant and equipment — discontinued     (25.1 )   (87.1 )   (100.2 )
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (630.3 )         (17.6 )
  Proceeds from sale of long-term notes receivable           163.0        
  Net cash proceeds from divestitures and other     1,430.9     66.7     39.0  
   
 
 
 
    Cash provided by (utilized in) investing activities     338.8     (201.8 )   (474.6 )

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Additions to long-term debt     2,125.1     2,154.5     2,129.3  
  Repayments of long-term debt     (2,885.4 )   (2,063.4 )   (2,190.8 )
  Increase (decrease) in short-term loans     (23.2 )   (28.0 )   17.5  
  Net payments for debt-related hedging activity     (25.9 )   (123.1 )   (70.9 )
  Payment of finance fees and debt retirement costs     (34.4 )   (44.5 )   (27.7 )
  Convertible preferred stock dividends     (21.5 )   (21.5 )   (21.5 )
  Issuance of common stock     27.4     3.6     6.8  
   
 
 
 
    Cash utilized in financing activities     (837.9 )   (122.4 )   (157.3 )
    Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash     3.7     8.1     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
  Increase (decrease) in cash     114.5     37.0     (29.2 )
  Cash at beginning of year     163.4     126.4     155.6  
   
 
 
 
  Cash at end of year   $ 277.9   $ 163.4   $ 126.4  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

57



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tabular data dollars in millions, except share and per share amounts

1.    Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidated Statements

        The consolidated financial statements of Owens-Illinois, Inc. ("Company") include the accounts of its subsidiaries. Newly acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements from dates of acquisition. Results of operations for the divested blow-molded plastic container business have been presented as a discontinued operation.

        The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in which it has a significant ownership interest, generally 20% to 50%. Other investments are accounted for at cost.

Nature of Operations

        The Company is a leading manufacturer of glass container and plastics packaging products operating in two product segments. The Company's principal product lines in the Glass Containers product segment are glass containers for the food and beverage industries. Sales of the Glass Containers product segment were 88% of the Company's 2004 consolidated sales. The Company has glass container operations located in 22 countries, while the plastics packaging products operations are located in 5 countries. The principal markets and operations for the Company's glass products are in North America, Europe, South America, and Australia. The Company's principal product lines in the Plastics Packaging product segment include plastic healthcare containers and closures and prescription products. Major markets for the Company's plastics packaging products include the United States health care market.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, at which time the Company would revise its estimates accordingly. For further information on certain of the Company's significant estimates relative to contingent liabilities, see Note 19.

Cash

        The Company defines "cash" as cash and time deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts reported for cash, short-term investments and short-term loans approximate fair value. In addition, carrying amounts approximate fair value for certain long-term debt obligations subject to frequently redetermined interest rates. Fair values for the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations are generally based on published market quotations.

58



Derivative Instruments

        The Company uses interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and commodity futures contracts to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate, interest rate and commodity market volatility. Derivative financial instruments are included on the balance sheet at fair value. Whenever possible, derivative instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. If the underlying hedged transaction ceases to exist, all changes in fair value of the related derivatives that have not been settled are recognized in current earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and is not a party to leveraged derivatives. See Note 9 for additional information related to derivative instruments.

Inventory Valuation

        The Company values most U.S. inventories at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost or market. Other inventories are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs) or market.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is evaluated annually, as of October 1, for impairment or more frequently if an impairment indicator exists.

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

        Intangible assets are amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets based on undiscounted projected cash flows, excluding interest and taxes, when factors indicate that impairment may exist. If impairment exists, the asset is written down to fair value.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") is carried at cost and includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity of existing PP&E. In general, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Factory machinery and equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 5 to 25 years and buildings and building equipment over periods ranging from 10 to 50 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Costs assigned to PP&E of acquired businesses are based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.

59



Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes sales, net of estimated discounts and allowances, when the title to the products and risk of loss are transferred to customers. Provisions for rebates to customers are provided in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are included with manufacturing, shipping, and delivery costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes on Undistributed Earnings

        In general, the Company plans to continue to reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures accounted for by the equity method. Accordingly, taxes are provided only on that amount of undistributed earnings in excess of planned reinvestments.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The assets and liabilities of most subsidiaries and associates are translated at current exchange rates and any related translation adjustments are recorded directly in share owners' equity.

Accounts Receivable

        Receivables are stated at amounts estimated by management to be the net realizable value. The Company charges off accounts receivable when it becomes apparent based upon age or customer circumstances that amounts will not be collected.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is established through charges to the provision for bad debts. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical trends in collections and write-offs, management's judgment of the probability of collecting accounts and management's evaluation of business risk.

New Accounting Standards

        In December 2004, the FASB issued FAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, which requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. The statement requires a public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period (usually the vesting period). No compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service. The provisions of FAS No. 123R are effective as of the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting

60



period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company has not yet determined the impact of adopting FAS No. 123R.

Stock Options

        The Company has three nonqualified stock option plans, which are described more fully in Note 13. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions (intrinsic value method) of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." All options have been granted at prices equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the date granted. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense related to the stock option plans.

        If the Company had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as allowed by FAS No. 123, pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Net income (loss):                    
  As reported   $ 235.5   $ (990.8 ) $ (460.2 )
  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method, net of related tax effects     (4.1 )   (6.4 )   (9.1 )
   
 
 
 
  Pro forma   $ 231.4   $ (997.2 ) $ (469.3 )
   
 
 
 

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  As reported   $ 1.45   $ (6.89 ) $ (3.29 )
  Pro forma     1.42     (6.93 )   (3.35 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  As reported     1.43     (6.89 )   (3.29 )
  Pro forma     1.40     (6.93 )   (3.35 )

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Expected life of options   5 years   5 years   5 years  
Expected stock price volatility   73.9 % 72.7 % 71.5 %
Risk-free interest rate   2.7 % 3.1 % 4.5 %
Expected dividend yield   0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %

61


2.    Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Numerator:                    
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 171.5   $ (330.1 ) $ (38.2 )
  Convertible preferred stock dividends     (21.5 )   (21.5 )   (21.5 )
   
 
 
 
  Numerator for basic earnings (loss) per share—income (loss) available to common share owners   $ 150.0   $ (351.6 ) $ (59.7 )
   
 
 
 
Denominator:                    
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share—weighted average shares outstanding     147,963,416     146,913,819     146,615,931  
 
Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Stock options and other     1,716,175              
   
 
 
 
    Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share—adjusted weighted average shares and assumed exchanges of preferred stock for common stock     149,679,591     146,913,819     146,615,931  
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.01   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 )
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 1.00   $ (2.39 ) $ (0.41 )
   
 
 
 

        See Note 12 for additional information on Convertible Preferred Stock.

        The convertible preferred stock was not included in the computation of 2004 diluted earnings per share since the result would have been antidilutive. Options to purchase 5,067,104 weighted average shares of common stock which were outstanding during 2004 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, diluted earnings per share of common stock is equal to basic earnings per share of common stock due to the net loss.

62



3.    Changes in Components of Working Capital Related to Operations

        Changes in the components of working capital related to operations (net of the effects related to acquisitions and divestitures) were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Decrease (increase) in current assets:                    
  Short-term investments   $ (0.6 ) $ (9.1 ) $ (1.1 )
  Receivables     61.5     13.7     34.8  
  Inventories     106.7     (23.7 )   (70.4 )
  Prepaid expenses     36.4     2.0     (13.9 )
Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:                    
  Accounts payable     75.3     (13.3 )   56.0  
  Accrued liabilities     (107.7 )   (77.1 )   20.6  
  Salaries and wages     9.9     (15.1 )   2.8  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     (36.5 )   27.6     13.5  
   
 
 
 
    $ 145.0   $ (95.0 ) $ 42.3  
   
 
 
 
Continuing operations     180.9     (40.5 )   18.1  
Discontinued operations     (35.9 )   (54.5 )   24.2  
   
 
 
 
    $ 145.0   $ (95.0 ) $ 42.3  
   
 
 
 

4.    Inventories

        Major classes of inventory are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Finished goods   $ 929.9   $ 692.4
Work in process     6.4     9.0
Raw materials     100.1     87.4
Operating supplies     81.3     66.3
   
 
    $ 1,117.7   $ 855.1
   
 

        If the inventories which are valued on the LIFO method had been valued at standard costs, which approximate current costs, consolidated inventories would be higher than reported by $28.7 million and $19.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        Inventories which are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs) or market at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were approximately $922.4 million and $622.2 million, respectively.

63



5.    Equity Investments

        Summarized information pertaining to the Company's equity associates follows:

 
  2004
  2003
   
At end of year:                
  Equity in undistributed earnings:                
    Foreign   $ 18.9   $ 95.4    
    Domestic     17.6     13.9    
   
 
   
      Total   $ 36.5   $ 109.3    
   
 
   
 
Equity in cumulative translation adjustment

 

$


 

$

(38.2

)

 
   
 
   
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
For the year:                  
  Equity in earnings:                  
    Foreign   $ 17.8   $ 17.2   $ 17.5
    Domestic     10.0     9.9     9.5
   
 
 
      Total   $ 27.8   $ 27.1   $ 27.0
   
 
 
 
Dividends received

 

$

12.8

 

$

31.1

 

$

29.2
   
 
 

64


6.    Long-Term Debt

        The following table summarizes the long-term debt of the Company at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 
  2004
  2003
Secured Credit Agreement:            
  Revolving Credit Facility:            
    Revolving Loans   $ 30.1   $
  Term Loans:            
    A1 Term Loan     315.0     460.0
    B1 Term Loan     226.8     840.0
    C1 Term Loan     190.6      
    C2 Term Loan (€47.5 million)     64.7      
Senior Secured Notes:            
  8.875%, due 2009     1,000.0     1,000.0
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0     450.0
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0     625.0
Senior Notes:            
  7.85%, due 2004           36.5
  7.15%, due 2005     112.4     350.0
  8.10%, due 2007     298.2     301.3
  7.35%, due 2008     248.4     248.8
  8.25%, due 2013     440.0     450.0
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4      
Senior Debentures:            
  7.50%, due 2010     249.6     248.3
  7.80%, due 2018     250.0     250.0
Senior Subordinated Notes:            
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6      
Other     117.0     137.0
   
 
      5,342.2     5,396.9
  Less amounts due within one year     174.3     63.8
   
 
    Long-term debt   $ 5,167.9   $ 5,333.1
   
 

        On October 7, 2004, in connection with the sale of the Company's blow-molded plastic container operations, the Company's subsidiary borrowers entered into the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (the "Agreement"). The proceeds from the sale were used to repay C and D term loans and a portion of the B1 term loan outstanding under the previous agreement. At December 31, 2004, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement includes a $600.0 million revolving credit facility and a $315.0 million A1 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2007. It also includes a $226.8 million B1 term loan, and $190.6 million C1 term loan, and a €47.5 million C2 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2008. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement eliminated the provisions related to the C3 term loan that was canceled on August 19, 2004. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit

65



Agreement also permits the Company, at its option, to refinance certain of its outstanding notes and debentures prior to their scheduled maturity.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's subsidiary borrowers had unused credit of $404.8 million available under the Agreement.

        The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, at the borrower's option, the Base Rate or a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate. The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility also includes a margin linked to the Company's Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Agreement. The margin is limited to ranges of 2.25% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.25% to 1.75% for Base Rate loans. The interest rate on Overdraft Account loans is the Base Rate. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Agreement at December 31, 2004 was 5.09%. Including the effects of cross-currency swap agreements related to borrowings under the Agreement by the Company's Australian and European subsidiaries, as discussed in Note 9, the weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2004 was 5.40%. While no compensating balances are required by the Agreement, the Borrowers must pay a facility fee on the Revolving Credit Facility commitments of .50%.

        Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company's domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries, which have a book value of approximately $4.0 billion. Borrowings are also secured by a pledge of intercompany debt and equity in most of the Company's domestic subsidiaries and certain stock of certain foreign subsidiaries. All borrowings under the agreement are guaranteed by substantially all domestic subsidiaries of the Company for the term of the Agreement.

        The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains covenants and provisions that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness or amend certain debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into contingent obligations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. In addition, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and meet specified tests based upon financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including minimum fixed charge coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and specified capital expenditure tests.

        As part of the BSN Acquisition, the Company assumed the senior subordinated notes of BSN. The 10.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €140.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €147.7 million. The 9.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €160.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €168.0 million. The majority of these notes were repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2004 as discussed below.

        During December 2004, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Notes totaling $400.0 million and Senior Notes totaling €225.0 million. The notes bear interest at 6.75%, and are due December 1, 2014. Both series of notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries. The indentures for both series of notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 7.75%, 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $680.0 million in addition to borrowings under the

66



Agreement to purchase in a tender offer $237.6 million of the $350.0 million 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005, €159.6 million of the €160.0 million 9.25% BSN notes due 2009 and €127.3 million of the €140.0 million 10.25% BSN notes due 2009. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004 additional interest charges of $28.3 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees.

        During May 2003, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Secured Notes totaling $450.0 million and Senior Notes totaling $450.0 million. The notes bear interest at 7.75% and 8.25%, respectively, and are due May 15, 2011 and May 15, 2013, respectively. Both series of notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the assets of substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries are pledged as security for the Senior Secured Notes. The indentures for the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes and the 8.25% Senior Notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $880.0 million to purchase in a tender offer $263.5 million of the $300.0 million 7.85% Senior Notes due 2004 and repay borrowings under the previous credit agreement. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the second quarter of 2003 additional interest charges of $13.2 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million, of which $2.3 million was allocated to discontinued operations, for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the previous credit agreement.

        Annual maturities for all of the Company's long-term debt through 2009 are as follows: 2005, $174.3 million; 2006, $30.8 million; 2007, $670.9 million; 2008, $724.1 million; and 2009, $1,005.9 million.

        Interest paid in cash, including note repurchase premiums, aggregated $548.8 million for 2004, $458.8 million for 2003, and $372.1 million for 2002.

        Fair values at December 31, 2004, of the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations were as follows:

 
  Principal Amount
(millions of
dollars)

  Indicated
Market
Price

  Fair Value
(millions of
dollars)

  Hedge Value
(millions of
dollars)

Senior Secured Notes:                      
  8.875%, due 2009   $ 1,000.0   108.75   $ 1,087.5      
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0   108.75     489.4      
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0   112.50     703.1      
Senior Notes:                      
  7.15%, due 2005     112.4   101.25     113.8      
  8.10%, due 2007     300.0   105.75     317.3   $ 298.2
  7.35%, due 2008     250.0   105.00     262.5     248.4
  8.25%, due 2013     450.0   110.25     496.1     440.0
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0   101.75     407.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4   105.50     323.3      
Senior Debentures:                      
  7.50%, due 2010     250.0   105.00     262.5     249.6
  7.80%, due 2018     250.0   103.50     258.8      
Senior Subordinated Notes:                      
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4   105.13     18.3      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6   100.00     0.6      

67


7.    Operating Leases

        Rent expense attributable to all warehouse, office buildings and equipment operating leases was $89.8 million in 2004, $85.0 million in 2003, and $72.1 million in 2002. Minimum future rentals under operating leases are as follows: 2005, $88.5 million; 2006, $62.7 million; 2007, $43.2 million; 2008, $30.7 million; and 2009, $20.9 million; and 2010 and thereafter, $24.6 million.

8.    Foreign Currency Translation

        Aggregate foreign currency exchange gains (losses) included in other costs and expenses were $(9.5) million in 2004, $2.2 million in 2003, and $2.0 million in 2002.

9.    Derivative Instruments

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has the following derivative instruments related to its various hedging programs:

Fair Value Hedges of Debt

        The terms of the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement require that borrowings under the Agreement be denominated in U.S. dollars except for the C2 term loan which allows for €47.5 million borrowings. In order to manage the exposure to fluctuating foreign exchange rates created by U.S. dollar borrowings by the Company's international subsidiaries, certain subsidiaries have entered into currency swaps for the principal amount of their borrowings under the Agreement and for their interest payments due under the Agreement.

        At the end of 2004, the Company's subsidiary in Australia had agreements that swap a total of U.S. $455.0 million of borrowings into 702.0 million Australian dollars. These derivative instruments swap both the interest and principal from U.S. dollars to Australian dollars and also swap the interest rate from a U.S.-based rate to an Australian-based rate. These agreements have various maturity dates ranging from April 2005 through March 2006.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and several European countries have also entered into short term forward exchange contracts which effectively swap additional intercompany and external borrowings by each subsidiary into its local currency. These contracts swap both the interest and principal amount of borrowings.

        The Company recognizes the above derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, and the Company accounts for them as fair value hedges. Accordingly, the changes in the value of the swaps are recognized in current earnings and are expected to substantially offset any exchange rate gains or losses on the related U.S. dollar borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount not offset was immaterial. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts Designated as Cash Flow Hedges

        In connection with debt refinancing in late December 2004, the Company's subsidiary in France borrowed approximately €91 million from Owens-Brockway Glass Container ("OBGC"), a U.S. subsidiary of the Company. In order to hedge the changes in the cash flows of the foreign currency interest and principal repayments, OBGC entered into a swap that converts the Euro coupon interest payments into a predetermined U.S. dollar coupon interest payment and also converts the final principal payment in December 2009 from €91.0 million to approximately $120.7 million U.S. dollars.

68


        The Company accounts for the above foreign currency exchange contract on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as, and meets the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is deemed to be ineffective is recognized in current earnings. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        The above foreign currency exchange contract is accounted for as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2004. Hedge accounting is only applied when the derivative is deemed to be highly effective at offsetting anticipated cash flows of the hedged transactions. For hedged forecasted transactions, hedge accounting will be discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable to occur, and any previously deferred gains or losses will be recorded to earnings immediately.

        At December 31, 2004, the amount included in OCI related to this foreign currency exchange contract was not material. The ineffectiveness related to this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2004 was also not material.

Interest Rate Swaps Designated as Fair Value Hedges

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements with a total notional amount of $1.25 billion that mature from 2007 through 2013. The swaps were executed in order to: (i) convert a portion of the senior notes and senior debentures fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt; (ii) maintain a capital structure containing appropriate amounts of fixed and floating-rate debt; and (iii) reduce net interest payments and expense in the near-term.

        The Company's fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges. Because the relevant terms of the swap agreements match the corresponding terms of the notes, there is no hedge ineffectiveness. Accordingly, as required by FAS No. 133, the Company recorded the net of the fair market values of the swaps as a long-term liability along with a corresponding net decrease in the carrying value of the hedged debt. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        Under the swaps, the Company receives fixed rate interest amounts (equal to interest on the corresponding hedged note) and pays interest at a six-month U.S. LIBOR rate (set in arrears) plus a margin spread (see table below). The interest rate differential on each swap is recognized as an adjustment of interest expense during each six-month period over the term of the agreement.

69



        The following selected information relates to fair value swaps at December 31, 2004 (based on a projected U.S. LIBOR rate of 3.3688%):

 
  Amount
Hedged

  Receive
Rate

  Average
Spread

  Asset
(Liability)
Recorded

 
Senior Notes due 2007   $ 300.0   8.10 % 4.5 % $ (1.8 )
Senior Notes due 2008     250.0   7.35 % 3.5 %   (1.6 )
Senior Debentures due 2010     250.0   7.50 % 3.2 %   (0.4 )
Senior Notes due 2013     450.0   8.25 % 3.7 %   (10.0 )
   
         
 
Total   $ 1,250.0           $ (13.8 )
   
         
 

Natural Gas Hedges

        The Company uses commodity futures contracts related to forecasted natural gas requirements. The objective of these futures contracts is to limit the fluctuations in prices paid for natural gas and the potential volatility in cash flows from future market price movements. The Company continually evaluates the natural gas market with respect to its future usage requirements. The Company generally evaluates the natural gas market for the next twelve to eighteen months and continually enters into commodity futures contracts in order to hedge a portion of its usage requirements through the next twelve to eighteen months. At December 31, 2004, the Company had entered into commodity futures contracts for approximately 78% (approximately 17,930,000 MM BTUs) of its expected North American natural gas usage for full year of 2005 and approximately 23% (approximately 5,280,000 MM BTUs) for the full year of 2006.

        As discussed further below, prior to December 31, 2004, the Company accounted for the above futures contracts on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that was designated as, and met the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that was deemed to be ineffective was recognized in current earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that the commodity futures contracts described above did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. The total unrealized pretax gain recorded in 2004 was $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax). This change had no effect upon the Company's cash flows.

Other Hedges

        The Company's subsidiaries may enter into short-term forward exchange agreements to purchase foreign currencies at set rates in the future. These foreign currency forward exchange agreements are used to limit exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates for all significant planned purchases of fixed assets or commodities that are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries' functional currency. Subsidiaries may also use forward exchange agreements to offset the foreign currency risk for receivables and payables not denominated in, or indexed to, their functional

70



currencies. The Company records these short-term forward exchange agreements on the balance sheet at fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized in current earnings.

10.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The components of comprehensive income (loss) are: (a) net earnings (loss); (b) change in fair value of certain derivative instruments; (c) adjustment of minimum pension liabilities; and, (d) foreign currency translation adjustments. The net effect of exchange rate fluctuations generally reflects changes in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar against major foreign currencies between the beginning and end of the year.

        The following table lists the beginning balance, yearly activity and ending balance of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 
  Net Effect of
Exchange
Rate
Fluctuations

  Deferred
Tax Effect
for
Translation

  Change in
Minimum
Pension
Liability
(net of
tax)

  Change in
Certain
Derivative
Instruments
(net of tax)

  Total
Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
Balance on January 1, 2002   $ (600.8 ) $ 27.0   $   $ (2.5 ) $ (576.3 )
2002 Change     80.5     (1.0 )   (91.5 )   4.7     (7.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2002     (520.3 )   26.0     (91.5 )   2.2     (583.6 )
2003 Change     365.6     (4.6 )   (19.3 )   (1.2 )   340.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2003     (154.7 )   21.4     (110.8 )   1.0     (243.1 )
2004 Change     326.1     (8.7 )   (27.5 )   (1.1 )   288.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2004   $ 171.4   $ 12.7   $ (138.3 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 45.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The 2004 change includes $52.4 million related to the sales of the blow-molded plastics business and the 20% investment in Consol Glass.

        The change in minimum pension liability for 2002, 2003, and 2004 was net of tax of $39.2 million, $1.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The change in minimum pension liability for 2004 included $9.0 million ($12.6 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in prior years. The change in minimum pension liability for 2003 included $10.1 million ($14.7 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in 2002.

        The change in certain derivative instruments for 2002, 2003 and 2004 was net of tax of $2.5 million, $0.7 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

11.    Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect: (1) the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (2) carryovers and credits for income tax purposes. Significant components of

71



the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Accrued postretirement benefits   $ 93.4   $ 99.6  
  Asbestos-related liabilities     268.2     281.3  
  Tax loss and credit carryovers     471.0     433.8  
  Capital loss carryovers     405.2     29.5  
  Alternative minimum tax credits     21.7     22.7  
  Accrued liabilities     189.8     182.5  
  Other     31.2     28.5  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     1,480.5     1,077.9  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Property, plant and equipment     273.9     342.9  
  Prepaid pension costs     277.3     291.4  
  Insurance for asbestos-related costs     1.2     2.0  
  Inventory     33.4     30.5  
  Other     51.8     118.3  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     637.6     785.1  
  Valuation allowance     (731.2 )   (258.8 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 111.7   $ 34.0  
   
 
 

Total for continuing operations

 

 

 

 

$

85.5

 
Total for discontinued operations           (51.5 )
         
 
          $ 34.0  
         
 

        Deferred taxes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid expenses   $ 125.2   $ 112.3  
Deposits, receivables, and other assets     169.8     41.3  
Deferred tax liability     (183.3 )   (119.6 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 111.7   $ 34.0  
   
 
 
Total for continuing operations         $ 85.5  
Total for discontinued operations           (51.5 )
         
 
          $ 34.0  
         
 

72


        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Current:                    
  U.S. Federal   $   $   $  
  State     3.0     1.6     1.4  
  Foreign     101.6     55.3     74.9  
   
 
 
 
      104.6     56.9     76.3  
   
 
 
 
Deferred:                    
  U.S. Federal     (82.6 )   (174.7 )   (98.2 )
  State     (8.2 )   (6.1 )   8.7  
  Foreign     (20.5 )   (1.8 )   (10.9 )
   
 
 
 
      (111.3 )   (182.6 )   (100.4 )
   
 
 
 
Total:                    
  U.S. Federal     (82.6 )   (174.7 )   (98.2 )
  State     (5.2 )   (4.5 )   10.1  
  Foreign     81.1     53.5     64.0  
   
 
 
 
    $ (6.7 ) $ (125.7 ) $ (24.1 )
   
 
 
 
Total for continuing operations   $ 5.9   $ (133.7 ) $ (49.8 )
Total for discontinued operations     (12.6 )   8.0     25.7  
   
 
 
 
    $ (6.7 ) $ (125.7 ) $ (24.1 )
   
 
 
 

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes was calculated based on the following components of earnings (loss) before income taxes:

Continuing operations

  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Domestic   $ (203.8 ) $ (617.4 ) $ (338.2 )
Foreign     414.1     179.4     275.7  
   
 
 
 
    $ 210.3   $ (438.0 ) $ (62.5 )
   
 
 
 
Discontinued operations

  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 45.2   $ (670.4 ) $ 49.4
Foreign     6.2     17.7     14.3
   
 
 
    $ 51.4   $ (652.7 ) $ 63.7
   
 
 

        Income taxes paid (received) in cash were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Domestic   $ 1.9   $ 1.4   $ (9.0 )
Foreign     98.8     51.1     51.2  
   
 
 
 
    $ 100.7   $ 52.5   $ 42.2  
   
 
 
 

73


        A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes based on the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes is as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Pretax earnings (loss) from continuing operations at statutory U.S. Federal tax rate   $ 73.6   $ (153.3 ) $ (21.8 )
Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes due to:                    
  Write-down of equity investment           17.5        
  State taxes, net of federal benefit     (11.2 )   (3.1 )   2.8  
  Rate differences on international earnings     (25.0 )   (16.0 )   (26.6 )
  Ardagh note           11.1        
  Australian tax consolidation     (33.1 )            
  Adjustment for non-U.S. tax law changes           (7.6 )   (4.8 )
  Other items     1.6     17.7     0.6  
   
 
 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 5.9   $ (133.7 ) $ (49.8 )
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate     2.8 %   30.5 %   79.7 %
   
 
 
 

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has unused net operating losses, capital losses, and research tax credits expiring from 2007 to 2025.

        The Company also has unused alternative minimum tax credits which do not expire and which will be available to offset future U.S. Federal income tax.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's equity in the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which income taxes had not been provided approximated $1,191.4 million. It is not practicable to estimate the U.S. and foreign tax which would be payable should these earnings be distributed.

        The October 2004 sale of the blow-molded plastic business resulted in a substantial capital loss, only a small portion of which was utilized to offset otherwise taxable capital gains. Because of the significant amount and limited life of the remaining unused capital loss, a full valuation allowance of approximately $375 million was established to offset the tax benefit. The remaining increase in the valuation allowance was primarily due to an allowance of approximately $85 million established in the allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A. Including the amount related to BSN, the components of the valuation allowance that were established in allocations of the costs of acquisitions totaled approximately $150 million. Any future reductions of these components will result in reductions of goodwill.

        In 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the trustee of an insolvent Canadian entity. At the conclusion of its insolvency proceedings, the entity was merged with the Company's Canadian operating subsidiary, thereby establishing a loss that can be carried forward and applied against future taxable earnings of the Company's Canadian manufacturing operations. Based on its historical and projected taxable earnings in Canada, the Company provided a valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in Canada, including the tax loss carryforwards. The Company presently intends to reverse a portion of the valuation allowance each year related to loss carryforwards that are utilized during the year.

74



12.    Convertible Preferred Stock

        Annual cumulative dividends of $2.375 per share are payable in cash quarterly. The convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed, into shares of common stock of the Company at an initial conversion rate of 0.9491 shares of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock, subject to adjustment based on certain events. The convertible preferred stock may be redeemed only in shares of common stock of the Company at the option of the Company at predetermined redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to the redemption date.

        Holders of the convertible preferred stock have no voting rights, except as required by applicable law and except that among other things, whenever accrued and unpaid dividends on the convertible preferred stock are equal to or exceed the equivalent of six quarterly dividends payable on the convertible preferred stock such holders will be entitled to elect two directors to the Company's board of directors until the dividend arrearage has been paid or amounts have been set apart for such payment. In addition, certain changes that would be materially adverse to the rights of holders of the convertible preferred stock cannot be made without the vote of holders of two-thirds of the outstanding convertible preferred stock. The convertible preferred stock is senior to the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation events.

13.    Stock Options and Other Stock Based Compensation

        The Company has three nonqualified stock option plans: (1) the Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc.; (2) the Stock Option Plan for Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc. and (3) 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. No options may be exercised in whole or in part during the first year after the date granted. In general, subject to accelerated exercisability provisions related to the performance of the Company's common stock or change of control, 50% of the options become exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the date of the option grant, with the remaining 50% becoming exercisable on the sixth anniversary date of the option grant. In general, options expire following termination of employment or the day after the tenth anniversary date of the option grant. All options have been granted at prices equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the date granted. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense related to the stock option plans.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions described in the accounting policies note on stock options.

75



        Stock option activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted
Average
Fair
Value

Options outstanding at January 1, 2002   9,420,289   $ 20.51      
  Granted   1,116,311     10.44   $ 6.49
  Exercised   (605,480 )   7.54      
  Canceled   (83,265 )   22.04      
   
 
     
Options outstanding at December 31, 2002   9,847,855     20.15      
  Granted   930,800     9.98   $ 6.15
  Exercised   (182,955 )   6.85      
  Canceled   (198,284 )   20.66      
   
 
     
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003   10,397,416     19.46      
  Granted   1,162,000     13.41   $ 8.30
  Exercised   (2,239,874 )   10.26      
  Canceled   (858,042 )   20.77      
   
 
     
Options outstanding at December 31, 2004   8,461,500   $ 20.94      
   
 
     
Options exercisable at:                
  December 31, 2004   6,141,175   $ 22.74      
  December 31, 2003   5,030,410   $ 19.51      
  December 31, 2002   3,691,381   $ 13.39      
   
 
     
Shares available for option grant at:                
  December 31, 2004   4,632,810            
  December 31, 2003   5,083,627            
  December 31, 2002   6,164,635            
   
           

        The following table summarizes significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2004, and related weighted average price and life information:

 
  Options Outstanding
   
   
 
  Options Exercisable
 
   
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)

   
Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Options
Outstanding

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Options
Exercisable

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$  5.69 to $16.98   4,542,190   6.6   $ 11.59   2,858,845   $ 10.57
$18.53 to $31.63   2,426,260   3.7   $ 26.90   1,789,280   $ 28.02
$34.88 to $41.50   1,493,050   3.4   $ 39.69   1,493,050   $ 39.69
   
           
     
    8,461,500             6,141,175      
   
           
     

        During 2004, 2003 and 2002 the Company awarded shares of restricted stock to certain key employees under the 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. and, in 2004, to non-management directors under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan for Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc. Shares granted to employees vest upon retirement. Granted but unvested shares are forfeited upon

76



termination of employment, unless certain retirement criteria are met. Shares granted to directors vest on the later of the three-year anniversary of the grant date or the end of the director's then current term on the board.

        The fair value of the shares is equal to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. The fair value of the restricted shares is amortized ratably over the vesting period. The following table summarizes total restricted shares issued and the total expense recognized for each of the years ended December 31:

Year ended
December 31,

  Total
Shares
Granted

  Weighted
Average
Fair
Value

  Total
Expense

2004   487,622   $ 13.73   $ 3.9
2003   303,000     9.93     2.6
2002   275,000     10.22     2.1

14.    Pension Benefit Plans

        Net (expense) credits to results of operations for all of the Company's pension plans and certain deferred compensation arrangements amounted to ($27.0) million in 2004, $17.8 million in 2003, and $68.0 million in 2002.

        The Company has defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees located in the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Germany and France. Benefits generally are based on compensation for salaried employees and on length of service for hourly employees. The Company's policy is to fund pension plans such that sufficient assets will be available to meet future benefit requirements. The Company's defined benefit pension plans use a December 31 measurement date. The following tables relate to the Company's principal defined benefit pension plans.

        The changes in the pension benefit obligations for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 3,090.0   $ 2,752.4  

Change in benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Service cost     56.9     48.8  
  Interest cost     197.0     179.1  
  Actuarial loss, including effect of changing discount rates     190.4     211.4  
  Acquisitions     448.8        
  Divestitures     (35.2 )      
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Benefit payments     (281.2 )   (219.4 )
  Plan amendments     (44.6 )   0.7  
  Foreign currency translation     119.3     110.6  
  Other     5.4     1.3  
   
 
 
    Net increase in benefit obligations     664.5     337.6  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 3,754.5   $ 3,090.0  
   
 
 

77


        The changes in the fair value of the pension plans' assets for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Fair value at beginning of year   $ 2,869.9   $ 2,483.9  

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actual gain on plan assets     482.4     483.2  
  Acquisitions     285.1        
  Benefit payments     (281.2 )   (219.4 )
  Employer contributions     63.8     35.1  
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Foreign currency translation     82.4     82.0  
   
 
 
    Net increase in fair value of assets     640.2     386.0  
   
 
 
Fair value at end of year   $ 3,510.1   $ 2,869.9  
   
 
 

        The funded status of the pension plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Plan assets at fair value   $ 3,510.1   $ 2,869.9  
Projected benefit obligations     3,754.5     3,090.0  
   
 
 
  Plan assets less than projected benefit obligations     (244.4 )   (220.1 )

Net unrecognized items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actuarial loss     1,080.0     1,157.7  
  Prior service cost     (5.5 )   45.2  
   
 
 
      1,074.5     1,202.9  
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ 830.1   $ 982.8  
   
 
 

        The net amount recognized is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid pension   $ 962.5   $ 967.1  
Accrued pension, included with other liabilities     (205.5 )   (45.4 )
Minimum pension liability, included with other liabilities     (134.7 )   (107.3 )
Intangible asset, included with deposits and other assets     12.2     12.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     195.6     156.0  
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ 830.1   $ 982.8  
   
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $3,470.2 million and $2,823.8 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

78


        The components of the net pension credit for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Service cost   $ 56.9   $ 48.8   $ 38.8  
Interest cost     197.0     179.1     172.4  
Expected asset return     (289.5 )   (275.1 )   (303.4 )
Amortization:                    
  Prior service cost     6.0     6.8     7.6  
  Loss     38.3     10.5     1.1  
   
 
 
 
    Net amortization     44.3     17.3     8.7  
   
 
 
 
Net expense (credit)   $ 8.7   $ (29.9 ) $ (83.5 )
   
 
 
 
Total for continuing operations   $ 6.3   $ (29.9 ) $ (79.0 )
Total for discontinued operations     2.4           (4.5 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 8.7   $ (29.9 ) $ (83.5 )
   
 
 
 

        The following selected information is for plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Projected benefit obligations   $ 1,317.3   $ 3,090.0
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     2,869.9

        The following information is for plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Accumulated benefit obligations   $ 1,197.9   $ 632.3
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     479.9

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount rate   5.52 % 6.10 %
Rate of compensation increase   4.40 % 4.71 %

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Discount rate   6.10 % 6.52 % 6.95 %
Rate of compensation increase   4.71 % 4.72 % 4.78 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets   8.35 % 8.71 % 9.64 %

        Future benefits are assumed to increase in a manner consistent with past experience of the plans, which, to the extent benefits are based on compensation, includes assumed salary increases as

79



presented above. Amortization included in net pension expense (credits) is based on the average remaining service of employees.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded an additional minimum pension liability for the pension plan in the United Kingdom in addition to the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the minimum pension liability by $25.3 million, reduced the intangible asset by $1.7 million, and increased accumulated other comprehensive income by $27.0 million.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company adjusted the minimum pension liability for the pension plan in Canada from the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the intangible asset by $0.4 million and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income by $0.4 million. The minimum pension liability was not materially decreased.

        For 2004, the Company's weighted average expected long-term rate of return on assets was 8.35%. In developing this assumption, the Company evaluated input from its third party pension plan asset managers, including their review of asset class return expectations and long-term inflation assumptions. The Company also considered its historical 10-year average return (through December 31, 2003), which was in line with the expected long-term rate of return assumption for 2004.

        The weighted average actual asset allocations and weighted average target allocation ranges by asset category for the Company's pension plan assets were as follows:

 
  Actual Allocation
   
 
Asset Category

  Target Allocation Ranges
 
  2004
  2003
 
Equity securites   61 % 68 % 56–66 %
Debt securities   29 % 24 % 26–36 %
Real estate   7 % 7 % 2–12 %
Other   3 % 1 % 0–2 %
   
 
     
Total   100 % 100 %    
   
 
     

        It is the Company's policy to invest pension plan assets in a diversified portfolio consisting of an array of asset classes within the above target asset allocation ranges. The investment risk of the assets is limited by appropriate diversification both within and between asset classes. The assets for both the U.S. and non-U.S. plans are primarily invested in a broad mix of domestic and international equities, domestic and international bonds, and real estate, subject to the target asset allocation ranges. The assets are managed with a view to ensuring that sufficient liquidity will be available to meet expected cash flow requirements.

        Plan assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 included 487,236 and 14,423,621 shares, respectively, of the Company's common stock, which amounted to $11.0 million or 0.4% of total plan assets as of December 31, 2004 and $171.5 million or 6.0% of total plan assets as of December 31, 2003.

        The Company expects to contribute $37.3 million to its defined benefit pension plans in 2005.

80



        The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)
   
  Amount
2005       $ 227.1
2006         236.6
2007         234.6
2008         234.6
2009         241.1
2010–2014         1,285.7

        The Company also sponsors several defined contribution plans for all salaried and hourly U.S. employees. Participation is voluntary and participants' contributions are based on their compensation. The Company matches contributions of participants, up to various limits, in substantially all plans. Company contributions to these plans amounted to $7.1 million in 2004, $6.8 million in 2003, and $7.5 million in 2002.

15.    Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

        The Company provides certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits covering substantially all U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees, substantially all employees in Canada and in the Netherlands. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of creditable service.

        The changes in the postretirement benefit obligations for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 380.8   $ 352.3  
Change in benefit obligations:              
  Service cost     4.3     3.6  
  Interest cost     21.0     23.3  
  Actuarial loss, including the effect of changing discount rates     5.3     25.1  
  Acquisitions     21.0        
  Plan amendments     (63.7 )      
  Benefit payments     (33.8 )   (32.7 )
  Foreign currency translation     6.0     9.4  
  Other         (0.2 )
   
 
 
    Net change in benefit obligations     (39.9 )   28.5  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 340.9   $ 380.8  
   
 
 

81


        The funded status of the postretirement benefit plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Projected postretirement benefit obligations   $ 340.9   $ 380.8  
Net unrecognized items:              
  Prior service credit     45.2     4.7  
  Actuarial loss     (100.5 )   (100.7 )
   
 
 
      (55.3 )   (96.0 )
   
 
 
Nonpension accumulated postretirement benefit obligations   $ 285.6   $ 284.8  
   
 
 

        The components of the net postretirement benefit cost for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Service cost   $ 4.3   $ 3.6   $ 2.7  
Interest cost     21.0     23.3     22.6  
Amortization:                    
  Prior service credit     (6.8 )   (13.0 )   (13.0 )
  Loss     4.7     3.7     2.3  
   
 
 
 
    Net amortization     (2.1 )   (9.3 )   (10.7 )
   
 
 
 
Net postretirement benefit cost   $ 23.2   $ 17.6   $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 
Total for continuing operations     21.3     17.3     13.5  
Total for discontinued operations     1.9     0.3     1.1  
   
 
 
 
    $ 23.2   $ 17.6   $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 

        The weighted average discount rate used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 5.67% and 6.21% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The weighted average discount rate used to determine net postretirement benefit cost was 6.21%, 6.72%, and 7.18% at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

        The weighted average assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31 were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   9.19 % 10.56 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)   5.66 % 5.93 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2009   2009  

82


        Assumed health care cost trend rates affect the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 
  1-Percentage-
Point Increase

  1-Percentage-
Point Decrease

 
Effect on total of service and interest cost   $ 2.2   $ (1.7 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligations     22.3     (17.4 )

        Amortization included in net postretirement benefit cost is based on the average remaining service of employees.

        The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)

  Amount
2005   $ 32.3
2006     24.1
2007     23.6
2008     23.1
2009     22.9
2010–2014     117.5

        Benefits provided by the Company for certain hourly retirees are determined by collective bargaining. Most other domestic hourly retirees receive health and life insurance benefits from a multi-employer trust established by collective bargaining. Payments to the trust as required by the bargaining agreements are based upon specified amounts per hour worked and were $7.6 million in 2004, $8.7 million in 2003, and $8.9 million in 2002. Postretirement health and life benefits for retirees of foreign subsidiaries are generally provided through the national health care programs of the countries in which the subsidiaries are located.

        Effective July 1, 2004, the Company amended its U.S. salaried postretirement medical plan to align benefits with those of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. The effect of the amendment reduced the 2004 expense by approximately $5.3 million.

16.    Other Revenue

        Other revenue in 2004 includes a gain of $20.6 million ($14.5 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property and a gain of $31.0 million ($13.1 million after tax) for a restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business.

17.    Other Costs and Expenses

        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 included a pretax charge of $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax) to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs as a result of the findings from the annual review of asbestos-related liabilities.

83



        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 included pretax charges of $694.2 million ($490.5 after tax) related to the following:

    On July 11, 2003, the Company received payments totaling 100 million British pounds sterling (US$163.0 million) in connection with the sale to Ardagh Glass Limited of certain long-term notes receivable. The notes were received from Ardagh in 1999 by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, United Glass Limited, in connection with its sale of Rockware, a United Kingdom glass container manufacturer obtained in the 1998 acquisition of the worldwide glass and plastics packaging businesses of BTR plc. The notes were due in 2006 and interest had previously been paid in kind through periodic increases in outstanding principal balances. The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to reduce outstanding borrowings under the Agreement. The notes were sold at a discount of approximately 22.6 million British pounds sterling which resulted in a loss of US$37.4 million (US$37.4 million after tax).

    During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed the sale of its assets related to the production of plastic trigger sprayers and finger pumps. Included in the sale were manufacturing facilities in Bridgeport, Connecticut and El Paso, Texas, in addition to related production assets at the Erie, Pennsylvania plant. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded a loss of $41.3 million ($25.8 million after tax) in the third and fourth quarters of 2003. The net cash proceeds from the sale of approximately $44 million, including liquidation of related working capital, were used to reduce debt.

    The Company's decision to sell the long-term notes receivable and its assets related to the production of plastic trigger sprayers and finger pumps is consistent with its objectives to improve liquidity and to focus on its core businesses.

    In August of 2003, the Company initiated a review of its Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region. The review was completed during the fourth quarter of 2003. The Company used a combination of estimated divestment cash flows, which included bid prices from potential purchasers, and partial liquidation values for certain assets to determine the net realizable values of the assets. The Company compared the estimated net realizable values to the book values of the asset and determined that an asset impairment existed. As a result, the Company recorded a charge of $43.0 million ($30.1 million after tax) to write-down the assets to realizable values. Certain of the plastics businesses in the Asia Pacific region operate in highly competitive markets leading to reduced profit margins. In addition, the Company's PET container business has lost a significant amount of business in the past few years. The reduced business and overall excess capacity in the industry has caused a reduction in the overall value of the business. The Company has entered into an agreement to sell a significant portion of its Asia Pacific plastic business for approximately $60 million (excluding PET container operations). The sale of this business is subject to certain regulatory and other approvals.

    During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company determined that the value of its 25% investment in a North American soda ash mining operation was impaired and not likely to recover. Increasing global competition and recent development of foreign sources of soda ash have created significant excess capacity in that industry. The resulting competitive environment caused management of the soda ash mining operation to significantly lower its projections of earnings and cash flows. Following an evaluation of future estimated earnings and cash flows, the Company determined that its carrying value should be written down to estimated fair value

84


      and recorded a $50 million charge in the fourth quarter which substantially reduced the carrying value of this equity method investment.

    During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed its annual review of asbestos-related liabilities and as a result recorded a charge of $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax) to increase the reserve for future asbestos-related liabilities.

    In August 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Hayward, California glass container factory. Production at the factory was suspended in June following a major leak in its only glass furnace. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $28.5 million ($17.8 million after tax) in the third quarter of 2003.

      The closing of this factory resulted in the elimination of approximately 170 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The Company expects that a substantial portion of the closing costs will be paid out by the end of 2005.

    In November 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Milton, Ontario glass container factory. This closing was part of an effort to bring capacity and inventory levels in line with anticipated demand. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $20.1 million ($19.5 million after tax) in the fourth quarter of 2003.

      The closing of this factory in November 2003 resulted in the elimination of approximately 150 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The Company expects that the majority of the closing costs will be paid out by the end of 2005.

    In December 2003, the Company announced the permanent closing of its Perth, Australia glass container factory. This closing was part of an effort to reduce overall capacity in Australia and bring inventory levels in line with anticipated demand. The Perth plant's western location and small size contributed to the plant being a higher cost facility that was no longer economically feasible to operate. As a result, the Company recorded a capacity curtailment charge of $23.9 million ($17.4 million after tax) in other costs and expenses in the results of operations for 2003.

      The closing of this factory in December 2003 resulted in the elimination of approximately 107 jobs and a corresponding reduction in the Company's workforce. The majority of the closing costs were paid out by the end of 2004.

        Selected information related to the above glass container factory closings is as follows:

 
  Hayward
  Milton
  Perth
  Total
 
Plant closing charges   $ 28.5   $ 20.1   $ 23.9   $ 72.5  
Write-down of assets to net realizable value     (12.2 )   (6.4 )   (14.0 )   (32.6 )
Net cash paid     (4.1 )   (1.7 )   (4.5 )   (10.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2003     12.2     12.0     5.4     29.6  
Net cash paid     (2.7 )   (4.4 )   (4.3 )   (11.4 )
Other, principally translation     (1.4 )   (2.8 )   (0.7 )   (4.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2004   $ 8.1   $ 4.8   $ 0.4   $ 13.3  
   
 
 
 
 

85


        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 included a charge of $475.0 million related to the increase of the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related indemnity payments and legal fees.

18.    Additional Interest Charges from Early Extinguishment of Debt

        During 2004, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $28.3 million ($18.5 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $7.1 million ($2.5 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's bank credit agreement. During 2003, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $13.2 million ($8.2 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million ($2.5 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's previous bank credit agreement. During 2002, the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees related to indebtedness repaid prior to its scheduled maturity. As a result, the Company recorded additional interest charges totaling $15.4 million ($9.6 million after tax). The 2002 charges had been previously reported as extraordinary charges, net of income taxes, and were reclassified, as detailed above, to interest expense and provision for income taxes in accordance with FAS No. 145. Amounts above included the following for discontinued operations: 2004—$1.9 million ($1.3 million after tax), 2003—$2.3 million ($1.6 million after tax), 2002—$6.3 million ($3.9 million after tax).

19.    Contingencies

        The Company is one of a number of defendants in a substantial number of lawsuits filed in numerous state and federal courts by persons alleging bodily injury (including death) as a result of exposure to dust from asbestos fibers. From 1948 to 1958, one of the Company's former business units commercially produced and sold approximately $40 million of a high-temperature, calcium-silicate based pipe and block insulation material containing asbestos. The Company exited the pipe and block insulation business in April 1958. The traditional asbestos personal injury lawsuits and claims relating to such production and sale of asbestos material typically allege various theories of liability, including negligence, gross negligence and strict liability and seek compensatory and in some cases, punitive damages in various amounts (herein referred to as "asbestos claims").

        The following table shows the approximate number of plaintiffs and claimants involved in asbestos claims pending at the beginning of, disposed of and filed during, and pending at the end of, each of the years listed (eliminating duplicate filings):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Pending at beginning of year   29,000   24,000   27,000
Disposed   9,000   21,000   24,000
Filed   15,000   26,000   21,000
   
 
 
Pending at end of year   35,000   29,000   24,000
   
 
 

        Based on an analysis of the claims and lawsuits pending as of December 31, 2004, approximately 94% of plaintiffs and claimants either do not specify the monetary damages sought, or in the case of court filings, claim an amount sufficient to invoke the jurisdictional minimum of the trial court. Approximately 5% of plaintiffs specifically plead damages of $15 million or less than 1% of plaintiffs

86



specifically plead damages greater than $15 million but less than $100 million. Fewer than 1% of plaintiffs specifically plead damages $100 million or greater but less than $123 million.

        As indicated by the foregoing summary, current pleading practice permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages. This variability, together with the actual experience discussed further below of litigating or resolving through settlement hundreds of thousands of asbestos claims and lawsuits over an extended period, demonstrates that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value. Rather, the amount potentially recoverable for a specific claimant is determined by other factors such as the claimant's severity of disease, product identification evidence against specific defendants, the defenses available to those defendants, the specific jurisdiction in which the claim is made, the claimant's history of smoking or exposure to other possible disease-causative factors, and the various other matters discussed further below.

        In addition to the pending claims set forth above, the Company has claims-handling agreements in place with many plaintiffs' counsel throughout the country. These agreements require evaluation and negotiation regarding whether particular claimants qualify under the criteria established by such agreements. The criteria for such claims include verification of a compensable illness and a reasonable probability of exposure to a product manufactured by the Company's former business unit during its manufacturing period ending in 1958. Some plaintiffs' counsel have historically withheld claims under these agreements for later presentation while focusing their attention on active litigation in the tort system. The Company believes that as of December 31, 2004 there are approximately 22,000 claims against other defendants and which are likely to be asserted some time in the future against the Company. These claims are not included in the totals set forth above. The Company further believes that the bankruptcies of additional co-defendants, as discussed below, resulted in an acceleration of the presentation and disposition of a number of these previously withheld preexisting claims under such agreements, which claims would otherwise have been presented and disposed of over the next several years. This acceleration is reflected in an increased number of pending asbestos claims and, to the extent disposed, contributed to additional asbestos-related payments.

        The Company is also a defendant in other asbestos-related lawsuits or claims involving maritime workers, medical monitoring claimants, co-defendants and property damage claimants. Based upon its past experience, the Company believes that these categories of lawsuits and claims will not involve any material liability and they are not included in the above description of pending matters or in the following description of disposed matters.

        Since receiving its first asbestos claim, the Company. as of December 31, 2004, has disposed of the asbestos claims of approximately 315,000 plaintiffs and claimants at an average indemnity payment per claim of approximately $6,200. Certain of these dispositions have included deferred amounts payable over periods ranging up to seven years. Deferred amounts payable totaled approximately $91 million at December 31, 2004 ($87 million at December 31, 2003) and are included in the foregoing average indemnity payment per claim. The Company's indemnity payments for these claims have varied on a per claim basis, and are expected to continue to vary considerably over time. As discussed above, a part of the Company's objective is to achieve, where possible, resolution of asbestos claims pursuant to claims-handling agreements. Under such agreements, qualification by meeting certain illness and exposure criteria has tended to reduce the number of claims presented to the Company that would ultimately be dismissed or rejected due to the absence of impairment or product exposure evidence.

87



The Company expects that as a result, although aggregate spending may be lower, there may be an increase in the per claim average indemnity payment involved in such resolution.

        The Company believes that its ultimate asbestos-related liability (i.e., its indemnity payments or other claim disposition costs plus related legal fees) cannot be estimated with certainty. Beginning with the initial liability of $975 million established in 1993, the Company has accrued a total of approximately $2.85 billion through 2004, before insurance recoveries, for its asbestos-related liability. The Company's ability to reasonably estimate its liability has been significantly affected by the volatility of asbestos-related litigation in the United States, the expanding list of non-traditional defendants that have been sued in this litigation and found liable for substantial damage awards, the continued use of litigation screenings to generate new lawsuits, the large number of claims asserted or filed by parties who claim prior exposure to asbestos materials but have no present physical impairment as a result of such exposure, and the growing number of co-defendants that have filed for bankruptcy.

        The Company has continued to monitor trends which may affect its ultimate liability and has continued to analyze the developments and variables affecting or likely to affect the resolution of pending and future asbestos claims against the Company. The Company expects that the total asbestos-related cash payments will be moderately lower in 2005 compared to 2004 and will continue to decline thereafter as the preexisting but presently unasserted claims withheld under the claims handling agreements are presented to the Company and as the number of potential future claimants continues to decrease. The material components of the Company's accrued liability are based on amounts estimated by the Company in connection with its comprehensive review and consist of the following: (i) the reasonably probable contingent liability for asbestos claims already asserted against the Company, (ii) the contingent liability for preexisting but unasserted asbestos claims for prior periods arising under its administrative claims-handling agreements with various plaintiffs' counsel, (iii) the contingent liability for asbestos claims not yet asserted against the Company, but which the Company believes it is reasonably probable will be asserted in the next several years, to the degree that an estimation as to future claims is possible, and (iv) the legal defense costs likely to be incurred in connection with the foregoing types of claims.

        The significant assumptions underlying the material components of the Company's accrual are:

    a)
    the extent to which settlements are limited to claimants who were exposed to the Company's asbestos-containing insulation prior to its exit from that business in 1958;

    b)
    the extent to which claims are resolved under the Company's administrative claims agreements or on terms comparable to those set forth in those agreements;

    c)
    the extent of decrease or increase in the inventory of pending serious disease cases;

    d)
    the extent to which the Company is able to successfully defend itself at trial;

    e)
    the extent of actions by courts to eliminate, reduce or permit the diversion of financial resources for unimpaired claimants and so-called forum shopping;

    f)
    the extent to which additional defendants with substantial resources and assets are required to participate significantly in the resolution of future asbestos lawsuits and claims;

    g)
    the number and timing of co-defendant bankruptcies; and

    h)
    the extent to which the resolution of co-defendant bankruptcies divert resources to unimpaired claimants.

88


        The Company conducts a comprehensive review of its asbestos-related liabilities and costs annually in connection with finalizing and reporting its annual results of operations, unless significant changes in trends or new developments warrant an earlier review. If the results of an annual comprehensive review indicate that the existing amount of the accrued liability is insufficient to cover its estimated future asbestos-related costs, then the Company will record an appropriate charge to increase the accrued liability. The Company believes that an estimation of the reasonably probable amount of the contingent liability for claims not yet asserted against the Company is not possible beyond a period of several years. Therefore, while the results of future annual comprehensive reviews cannot be determined, the Company expects the addition of one year to the estimation period will result in an annual charge.

        In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recorded a charge of $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax) to increase its accrued liability for asbestos-related costs. The factors and developments that particularly affected the determination of this increase included the following: (i) the significant increase in new claim filings in 2003, which the Company believes was caused by anticipation of tort reform legislation in Mississippi and Texas; (ii) the elimination of certain co-defendants from the litigation through consensually structured ("prepackaged") bankruptcy filings; (iii) the number of pending serious disease cases and the relatively flat trend line in new filings of serious disease cases; and (iv) the limited success achieved by the Company and its co-defendants in eliminating forum shopping, unimpaired claim filings, and other litigation abuses.

        In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax) to increase its accrued liability for asbestos-related costs. This amount was significantly reduced from the 2003 charge due in part to the Company's decision to conduct a comprehensive review annually. The factors and developments that particularly affected the determination of this increase included the following: (i) the modest 4.5% decline in yearly cash outlays; (ii) the significant decline in new claim filings against the Company including a decline in filings of serious disease cases; (iii) the Company's successful litigation record during the year, including a California appellate decision upholding its position regarding its nonliability for post-1958 claims; (iv) significant judicial reform in Mississippi (where approximately 40% of the lawsuits against the Company are pending) and advantageous legislative changes in Ohio affecting unimpaired claimants; and (v) a significant Federal circuit court decision overturning a co-defendant's prepackaged bankruptcy reorganization.

        In April 1999, Crown Cork & Seal Technologies Corporation ("CCS") filed suit against Continental PET Technologies, Inc. ("CPT"), then a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that certain plastic containers manufactured by CPT, primarily multi-layer PET containers with barrier properties, infringe CCS's U.S. Patent 5,021,515 relating to an oxygen scavenging material. In connection with the initial public offering of Constar International Inc. ("Constar"), CCS contributed to Constar the patent involved in the suit against CPT. As a result, Constar was substituted for CCS as the plaintiff in the suit.

        In November 2004, the Company finalized a settlement of this litigation. The settlement involves the grant of a license to the Company and to CPT of the technology in dispute, in return for a payment to Constar of $25.1 million, which approximated the amount accrued by the Company for this expected resolution. The Company believes it has meritorious third party reimbursement claims relating to a substantial portion of this settlement and intends to pursue such claims.

        On November 15, 2004, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery by a shareholder, Joseph Sitorsky, pursuant to Section 220 of the Delaware General

89



Corporation Law, captioned Sitorsky v. Owens-Illinois, Inc. Mr. Sitorsky seeks an order compelling the Company to produce several categories of documents concerning advisory fees paid to KKR Associates, L.P., the BSN Acquisition, the Plastics Sale, due diligence in connection with the Company's contract with software vendor, Model N, an alleged affiliate of KKR Associates, L.P., and executive compensation. The Company believes that Mr. Sitorsky has not made a proper demand under Section 220 or otherwise established a right to compel review of the Company's documents, and the Company intends to defend the action vigorously.

        Other litigation is pending against the Company, in many cases involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to the business of the Company and in others presenting allegations that are nonroutine and involve compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims as well as other types of relief.

        The ultimate legal and financial liability of the Company with respect to the lawsuits and proceedings referred to above, in addition to other pending litigation, cannot be estimated with certainty. The Company's reported results of operations for 2004 were materially affected by the $152.6 million fourth quarter charge and asbestos-related payments continue to be substantial. Any future additional charge would likewise materially affect the Company's results of operations for the period in which it is recorded. Also, the continued use of significant amounts of cash for asbestos-related costs has affected and will continue to affect the Company's cost of borrowing and its ability to pursue global or domestic acquisitions. However, the Company believes that its operating cash flows and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to pay its obligations for asbestos-related costs and to fund its working capital and capital expenditure requirements on a short-term and long-term basis.

20.    Segment Information

        The Company operates in the rigid packaging industry. The Company has two reportable product segments within the rigid packaging industry: (1) Glass Containers and (2) Plastics Packaging. The Glass Containers segment includes operations in North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, and South America. Following the sale of a substantial portion of the Company's blow-molded plastic container operations which was completed on October 7, 2004, the Plastics Packaging segment consists of two business units—Healthcare Packaging and Closures and Specialty Products.

        The Company's measure of profit for its reportable segments is Segment Operating Profit, which consists of consolidated earnings from continuing operations before interest income, interest expense, provision for income taxes and minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries and excludes amounts related to certain items that management considers not representative of ongoing operations. The Company's management uses Segment Operating Profit, in combination with selected cash flow information, to evaluate performance and to allocate resources.

        Segment Operating Profit for product segments includes an allocation of some corporate expenses based on both a percentage of sales and direct billings based on the costs of specific services provided. For the Company's U.S. pension plans, net periodic pension cost (credit) has been allocated to product segments. The information below is presented on a continuing operations basis, and therefore, the prior period amounts have been restated to remove the discontinued operations. See Note 22 for more information. Certain amounts from prior year have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

90


        Financial information regarding the Company's product segments is as follows:

 
  Glass
Containers

  Plastics
Packaging

  Total
Product
Segments

  Eliminations
and Other
Retained

  Consolidated
Totals

 
Net sales:                                
  2004   $ 5,366.1   $ 762.3   $ 6,128.4         $ 6,128.4  
  2003     4,182.9     792.7     4,975.6           4,975.6  
  2002     3,875.2     746.0     4,621.2           4,621.2  
Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004   $ 759.6   $ 115.0   $ 874.6   $ (102.2 ) $ 772.4  
  2003     658.8     98.7     757.5     (91.9 )   665.6  
  2002     709.0     136.0     845.0     (83.1 )   761.9  
Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004:                                
  Gain on the sale of certain real property   $ 20.6         $ 20.6         $ 20.6  
  Italian Specialty Glass gain     31.0           31.0           31.0  
  Mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts     4.9           4.9           4.9  
  Charge for asbestos-related costs                     $ (152.6 )   (152.6 )
  Restructuring of a life insurance program                       (6.4 )   (6.4 )
  2003:                                
  Write-down of equity investment     (50.0 )         (50.0 )         (50.0 )
  Charge for asbestos-related costs                       (450.0 )   (450.0 )
  Capacity curtailment charges     (72.5 )         (72.5 )         (72.5 )
  Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region         $ (43.0 )   (43.0 )         (43.0 )
  Loss on the sale of certain closures assets           (41.3 )   (41.3 )         (41.3 )
  Loss on the sale of notes receivable     (37.4 )         (37.4 )         (37.4 )
  2002:                                
  Charge for asbestos-related costs                       (475.0 )   (475.0 )

Depreciation and amortization expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2004   $ 407.5   $ 55.4   $ 462.9   $ 11.9   $ 474.8  
  2003     351.3     62.9     414.2     13.5     427.7  
  2002     319.1     61.2     380.3     10.7     391.0  

Total assets(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2004   $ 8,579.4   $ 789.3   $ 9,368.7   $ 1,368.0   $ 10,736.7  
  2003     6,277.2     895.8     7,173.0     2,358.3     9,531.3  
  2002     5,851.6     1,013.1     6,864.7     3,004.6     9,869.3  
                                 

91



Capital expenditures(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2004                                
  Continuing   $ 405.7   $ 30.4   $ 436.1   $ 0.6   $ 436.7  
  Discontinued           25.1     25.1           25.1  
2003                                
  Continuing     296.8     50.2     347.0     (2.6 )   344.4  
  Discontinued           87.1     87.1           87.1  
2002                                
  Continuing     319.2     72.0     391.2     4.6     395.8  
  Discontinued           100.2     100.2           100.2  

(1)
Assets of discontinued operations for 2003 and 2002 are included in eliminations and other retained.

(2)
Excludes property, plant and equipment acquired through acquisitions.

        Financial information regarding the Company's geographic segments is as follows:

 
  North
America

  Europe
  Asia
Pacific

  South
America

  Total
Geographic
Segments

 
Net sales:                                
  2004   $ 2,551.6   $ 2,138.8   $ 870.9   $ 567.1   $ 6,128.4  
  2003     2,492.9     1,197.0     798.8     486.9     4,975.6  
  2002     2,512.5     953.1     694.2     461.4     4,621.2  

Segment Operating Profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2004   $ 365.1   $ 242.3   $ 142.1   $ 125.1   $ 874.6  
  2003     379.2     164.5     118.9     94.9     757.5  
  2002     513.6     115.0     127.0     89.4     845.0  
Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004:                                
  Gain on the sale of certain real property         $ 20.6               $ 20.6  
  Italian Specialty Glass gain           31.0                 31.0  
  Mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts   $ 4.9                       4.9  
  2003:                                
  Write-down of equity investment     (50.0 )                     (50.0 )
  Capacity curtailment charge     (48.6 )       $ (23.9 )         (72.5 )
  Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region                 (43.0 )         (43.0 )
  Loss on the sale of certain closures assets     (41.3 )                     (41.3 )
  Loss on the sale of notes receivable           (37.4 )               (37.4 )

92


        The Company's net property, plant and equipment by geographic segment are as follows (includes assets of discontinued operations in 2003 and 2002):

 
  United
States

  Foreign
  Total
2004   $ 988.1   $ 2,509.6   $ 3,497.7
2003     1,614.9     1,772.1     3,387.0
2002     1,729.7     1,594.4     3,324.1

        The Company's net sales by geographic segment are as follows:

 
  United
States

  Foreign
  Total
2004   $ 2,194.5   $ 3,933.9   $ 6,128.4
2003     2,156.8     2,818.8     4,975.6
2002     2,191.2     2,430.0     4,621.2

        Operations in individual countries outside the United States that accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net sales from continuing operations were in Italy (2004—10.7%, 2003—11.7%, and 2002—10.2%) and Australia (2004—10.6%, 2003—12.0%, and 2002—11.3%).

        Reconciliations to consolidated totals are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales for reportable segments   $ 6,128.4   $ 4,975.6   $ 4,621.2  
  Royalties and net technical assistance     21.1     17.5     17.4  
  Equity earnings     27.8     27.1     27.0  
  Interest income     15.3     20.4     22.8  
  Other revenue     70.8     25.2     42.8  
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 6,263.4   $ 5,065.8   $ 4,731.2  
   
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Profit to earnings (loss) before income taxes, minority share owners' interest in earnings of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of accounting change:                    
  Segment Operating Profit for reportable segments   $ 874.6   $ 757.5   $ 845.0  
  Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit     56.5     (244.2 )      
  Eliminations and other retained items, excluding certain items below     (102.2 )   (91.9 )   (83.1 )
  Items excluded from eliminations and other retained items     (159.0 )   (450.0 )   (475.0 )
  Interest expense     (474.9 )   (429.8 )   (372.2 )
  Interest income     15.3     20.4     22.8  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 210.3   $ (438.0 ) $ (62.5 )
   
 
 
 

93


21.    Goodwill

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

 
  Glass
Containers

  Plastics
Packaging

  Total
 
Balance as of January 1, 2002   $ 1,503.6   $ 1,491.7   $ 2,995.3  
Write-down of goodwill           (460.0 )   (460.0 )
Translation effects     101.0     1.0     102.0  
Other changes, principally adjustments to purchase price     48.0     5.9     53.9  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002     1,652.6     1,038.6     2,691.2  
Write-down of goodwill—discontinued operations           (670.0 )   (670.0 )
Translation effects     285.5           285.5  
Other changes, principally adjustments to acquisition-related deferred tax assets     (27.0 )   0.5     (26.5 )
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003     1,911.1     369.1     2,280.2  
Goodwill acquired during the year     696.0           696.0  
Translation effects     165.6           165.6  
Sale of discontinued operations           (151.1 )   (151.1 )
Other changes     18.4           18.4  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004   $ 2,791.1   $ 218.0   $ 3,009.1  
   
 
 
 

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed an impairment test under FAS No. 142 using the business enterprise value ("BEV") of each reporting unit. BEVs were calculated as of the measurement date, January 1, 2002, by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer. The BEV of each reporting unit was then compared to the book value of each reporting unit as of the measurement date to assess whether an impairment existed under FAS No. 142. Based on this comparison, the Company determined that an impairment existed in its consumer products reporting unit of the Plastics Packaging segment. Following a review of the valuation of the assets of the consumer products reporting unit, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $460.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill. As required by FAS No. 142, the transitional impairment loss has been recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting.

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed its annual impairment testing and determined that an impairment existed in the goodwill of its consumer products reporting unit. The consumer products unit operates in a highly competitive and fragmented industry. During the course of 2003, a number of the product lines within this reporting unit experienced price reductions, principally as a result of the Company's strategy to preserve and expand market share. The reduced pricing, along with continued capital expenditures, caused the Company to lower its earnings and cash flow projections for the consumer products reporting unit for several years following the measurement date (October 1, 2003) resulting in an estimated fair value for the unit that was lower than its book value. Following a review of the valuation of the unit's identifiable assets, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company completed its annual impairment testing and determined that no impairment existed.

94


22.    Discontinued Operations

        On October 7, 2004, the Company announced that it had completed the sale of its blow-molded plastic container operations in North America, South America and Europe, to Graham Packaging Company.

        Cash proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion were used to repay term loans under the Company's bank credit facility, which was amended to permit the sale. The sale agreement included a post-closing purchase price adjustment based on changes in certain working capital components and certain other assets and liabilities of the business. Because the level of working capital declined during the several months prior to closing, primarily due to seasonal factors, the Company expects that an amount will be payable to Graham Packaging under this price adjustment provision. The process for determining the amount payable to Graham Packaging has not been completed, however, the Company expects that it will not have a material effect upon results of operations or cash flows.

        Included in the sale were 24 plastics manufacturing plants in the U.S., two in Mexico, three in Europe and two in South America, serving consumer products companies in the food, beverage, household, chemical and personal care industries. The blow-molded plastic container operations were part of the consumer products business unit of the plastics packaging segment.

        As required by FAS No. 144, the Company has presented the results of operations for the blow-molded plastic container business in the Consolidated Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as a discontinued operation. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations based on debt that was required to be repaid from the proceeds. Amounts for the prior periods have been reclassified to conform to this presentation.

        The following summarizes the revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations as reported in the condensed consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Revenues:                  
Net sales   $ 875.3   $ 1,083.4   $ 1,019.2
Other revenue     7.7     9.0     9.7
   
 
 
      883.0     1,092.4     1,028.9
Costs and expenses:                  
Manufacturing, shipping and delivery     754.6     949.3     840.5
Research, development and engineering     16.0     20.2     22.4
Selling and administrative     23.7     33.8     30.7
Interest     45.1     60.8     64.9
Other     22.9     681.0     6.7
   
 
 
      862.3     1,745.1     965.2
   
 
 
Earnings (loss) before items below     20.7     (652.7 )   63.7
Provision for income taxes     27.1     8.0     25.7
Gain on sale of discontinued operations     70.4            
   
 
 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations   $ 64.0   $ (660.7 ) $ 38.0
   
 
 

95


        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of goodwill in the consumer products reporting unit, all of which was attributable to the discontinued operations.

        The sale of the blow-molded plastic business resulted in a substantial capital loss, primarily related to previous goodwill write downs that were not deductible when recorded. The gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $70.4 million includes a credit for income taxes of $39.7 million, representing the tax benefit from offsetting a portion of the loss against otherwise taxable capital gains.

        The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 included the following assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations:

 
  Balance at
December 31, 2003

Assets:      
Inventories   $ 155.0
Accounts receivable     112.1
Other current assets     14.8
   
  Total current assets     281.9
Goodwill     151.1
Other long-term assets     79.2
Net property, plant and equipment     729.2
   
Total assets   $ 1,241.4
   
Liabilities:      
Accounts payable and other current liabilities   $ 103.0
Other long-term liabilities     64.0
   
Total liabilities   $ 167.0
   

23.    Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        On June 21, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A. ("BSN") from Glasspack Participations (the "Acquisition"). Total consideration for the Acquisition was approximately $1.3 billion, including the assumption of approximately $650 million of debt, a portion of which was refinanced in connection with the Acquisition. BSN was the second largest glass container manufacturer in Europe with manufacturing facilities in France, Spain, Germany and the Netherlands. The Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the Company's Second Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (see Note 6). In order to secure the European Commission's approval, the Company committed to divest the Barcelona, Spain, and Corsico, Italy glass plants. The Company completed the sale of these plants in January 2005 and received cash proceeds of approximately €138.2 million.

        The Acquisition was part of the Company's overall strategy to improve its presence in the European market in order to better serve the needs of its customers throughout the European region and to take advantage of synergies in purchasing and cost reductions. This integration strategy should lead to significant improvement in earnings from the European operations by the end of 2006. Certain

96



actions contemplated by the integration strategy may require additional accruals that will increase goodwill or result in additional charges to operations. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has determined to reduce capacity in one of the acquired plants. During the first half of 2005, the Company expects to conclude the evaluation of its acquired capacity.

        The total purchase cost of approximately $1.3 billion will be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values. Such allocations will be based upon valuations which have not been finalized. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase consideration included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, is preliminary and includes €577.6 million ($786.6 million at December 31, 2004 exchange rate) of goodwill representing the unallocated portion of the purchase price. The Company expects that the valuation process will be completed no later than the second quarter of 2005. The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004, included six months and ten days of BSN operations.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on June 21, 2004, translated from Euros into dollars at the exchange rate on that date. The initial purchase price allocations may be adjusted within one year of the purchase date for changes in estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 
  June 21, 2004
 
Inventories   $ 294.7  
Accounts receivable     197.8  
Other current assets (excluding cash acquired)     31.8  
   
 
  Total current assets     524.3  
Goodwill     696.0  
Other long-term assets     121.5  
Net property, plant and equipment     670.9  
   
 
Assets acquired   $ 2,012.7  
Accounts payable and other current liabilities     (410.6 )
Other long-term liabilities     (334.6 )
   
 
Aggregate purchase costs   $ 1,267.5  
   
 

        The assets above include $71.1 million of estimated intangible assets related to customer relationships, which will be amortized over the next 8 to 12 years. The liabilities above include $72.7 million for the initial estimated costs of certain actions discussed above, substantially all of which relates to employee termination costs and related fringe benefits.

97


24.    Pro Forma Information—Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        Had the Acquisition described in Note 23 and the related financing described in Note 6 occurred at the beginning of each respective period, pro forma consolidated net sales, net earnings, and net earnings per share of common stock would have been as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Net sales   $ 6,128.4   $ 752.5         $ 6,880.9
   
 
       
Earnings from continuing operations   $ 171.5   $ 17.6   $ (6.4 ) $ 182.7
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share of common stock   $ 1.00               $ 1.08
   
             
 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
Net sales   $ 4,975.6   $ 1,417.5         $ 6,393.1  
   
 
       
 
Loss from continuing                          
operations   $ (330.1 ) $ 28.9   $ (18.5 ) $ (319.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
Diluted loss from continuing operations per share of common stock   $ (2.39 )             $ (2.32 )
   
             
 

        The 2004 earnings included the step-up effect of the finished goods inventory acquired in the Acquisition that reduced gross profit by approximately $31.1 million. The 2004 and 2003 earnings include estimated amortization related to the $71.1 million of intangible assets recorded for customer relationships. At average exchange rates for each respective year, the pro forma amortization of the intangible asset was $4.0 million (net of tax) for 2004 and $3.6 million (net of tax) for 2003.

25.    Accounts Receivable Securitization Program

        As part of the acquisition of BSN, the Company acquired a trade accounts receivable securitization program through a BSN subsidiary, BSN Glasspack Services. The program was entered into by BSN in order to provide lower interest costs on a portion of its financing. In November 2000, BSN created a securitization program for its trade receivables through a sub-fund (the "fund") created in accordance with French Law. This securitization program, co-arranged by Credit Commercial de France (HSBC-CCF), and Gestion et Titrisation Internationales ("GTI") and managed by GTI, provides for an aggregate securitization volume of up to €210 million.

        Under the program, BSN Glasspack Services is permitted to sell receivables to the fund until November 5, 2006. According to the program, subject to eligibility criteria, certain, but not all, receivables held by the BSN Glasspack Services are sold to the fund on a weekly basis. The purchase price for the receivables is determined as a function of the book value and the term of each receivable and a Euribor three-month rate increased by a 1.51% margin. A portion of the purchase price for the

98



receivables is deferred and paid by the fund to BSN Glasspack Services only when receivables are collected or at the end of the program. This deferred portion varies based on the status and updated collection history of BSN Glasspack Services' receivable portfolio.

        The transfer of the receivables to the fund is deemed to be a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. The fund assumes all collection risk on the receivables and the transferred receivables have been isolated from BSN Glasspack Services and are no longer controlled by BSN Glasspack Services. The total securitization program cannot exceed €210 million ($286.0 million at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, the Company had $207.0 million of receivables that were sold in this program. For the period from June 21, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the Company received $795.9 million from the sale of receivables to the fund and paid interest of approximately $3.6 million.

        BSN Glasspack Services continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the fund. This service rendered to the fund is invoiced to the fund at a normal market rate.

26.    Financial Information for Subsidiary Guarantors and Non-Guarantors

        The following presents condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, segregating: (1) Owens-Illinois, Inc., the issuer of five series of senior notes and debentures (the "Parent"); (2) the two subsidiaries which have guaranteed the senior notes and debentures on a subordinated basis (the "Guarantor Subsidiaries"); and (3) all other subsidiaries (the "Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries"). The Guarantor Subsidiaries are 100% owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company and their guarantees are full, unconditional and joint and several. They have no operations and function only as intermediate holding companies.

        Wholly-owned subsidiaries are presented on the equity basis of accounting. Certain reclassifications have been made to conform all of the financial information to the financial presentation on a consolidated basis. The principal eliminations relate to investments in subsidiaries and inter-company balances and transactions.

99


 
  December 31, 2004
Balance Sheet

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
Current assets:                              
  Accounts receivable   $   $   $ 821.3   $   $ 821.3
  Inventories                 1,117.7           1,117.7
  Other current assets     59.5           402.3           461.8
   
 
 
 
 
Total current assets     59.5         2,341.3         2,400.8
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries     3,202.5     2,044.2           (5,246.7 )  
Goodwill                 3,009.1           3,009.1
Other non-current assets     206.8           1,702.0     (79.7 )   1,829.1
   
 
 
 
 
Total other assets     3,409.3     2,044.2     4,711.1     (5,326.4 )   4,838.2
Property, plant and equipment, net                 3,497.7           3,497.7
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 3,468.8   $ 2,044.2   $ 10,550.1   $ (5,326.4 ) $ 10,736.7
   
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:                              
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $   $   $ 1,544.0   $   $ 1,544.0
  Current portion of asbestos liability     170.0                       170.0
  Short-term loans and long-term debt due within one year     112.4           192.5     (112.4 )   192.5
   
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     282.4         1,736.5     (112.4 )   1,906.5
Long-term debt     1,045.9           5,172.0     (1,050.0 )   5,167.9
Asbestos-related liabilities     596.2                       596.2
Other non-current liabilities and minority interests                 1,601.5     (79.7 )   1,521.8
Capital structure     1,544.3     2,044.2     2,040.1     (4,084.3 )   1,544.3
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and share owners' equity   $ 3,468.8   $ 2,044.2   $ 10,550.1   $ (5,326.4 ) $ 10,736.7
   
 
 
 
 

100


 
  December 31, 2003
Balance Sheet

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
Current assets:                              
  Accounts receivable   $   $   $ 657.6   $   $ 657.6
  Inventories                 855.1           855.1
  Other current assets     61.3           265.9           327.2
  Assets of discontinued operations                 281.9           281.9
   
 
 
       
Total current assets     61.3         2,060.5         2,121.8
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries     2,957.0     1,522.1           (4,479.1 )  
Goodwill                 2,131.2           2,131.2
Other non-current assets     5.6           1,657.5           1,663.1
  Assets of discontinued operations                 957.4           957.4
   
 
 
 
 
Total other assets     2,962.6     1,522.1     4,746.1     (4,479.1 )   4,751.7
Property, plant and equipment, net                 2,657.8           2,657.8
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 3,023.9   $ 1,522.1   $ 9,464.4   $ (4,479.1 ) $ 9,531.3
   
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:                              
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $   $   $ 993.0   $   $ 993.0
  Current portion of asbestos liability     175.0                       175.0
  Short-term loans and long-term debt due within one year     36.5           92.4     (36.5 )   92.4
  Liabilities of discontinued operations                 103.0           103.0
   
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     211.5         1,188.4     (36.5 )   1,363.4
Liabilities of discontinued operations                 64.0           64.0
Long-term debt     1,398.4           5,333.1     (1,398.4 )   5,333.1
Asbestos-related liabilities     628.7                       628.7
Other non-current liabilities and minority interests     (218.1 )         1,356.8           1,138.7
Capital structure     1,003.4     1,522.1     1,522.1     (3,044.2 )   1,003.4
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and share owners' equity   $ 3,023.9   $ 1,522.1   $ 9,464.4   $ (4,479.1 ) $ 9,531.3
   
 
 
 
 

101


 
  Year ended December 31, 2004
Results of Operations

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
Net sales   $   $   $ 6,128.4   $   $ 6,128.4
External interest income                 15.3           15.3
Intercompany interest income     113.7     113.7           (227.4 )  
Equity earnings from subsidiaries     256.4     256.4           (512.8 )  
Other equity earnings                 27.8           27.8
Other revenue                 91.9           91.9
   
 
 
 
 
  Total revenue     370.1     370.1     6,263.4     (740.2 )   6,263.4
Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery                 4,918.4           4,918.4
Research, engineering, selling, administrative, and other     152.6           507.2           659.8
External interest expense     113.7           361.2           474.9
Intercompany interest expense           113.7     113.7     (227.4 )  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total costs and expense     266.3     113.7     5,900.5     (227.4 )   6,053.1
Earnings from continuing operations before items below     103.8     256.4     362.9     (512.8 )   210.3
Provision for income taxes     (67.7 )         73.6           5.9
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries                 32.9           32.9
   
 
 
 
 
Earnings from continuing operations     171.5     256.4     256.4     (512.8 )   171.5
Net earnings of discontinued operations     64.0     64.0     64.0     (128.0 )   64.0
   
 
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 235.5   $ 320.4   $ 320.4   $ (640.8 ) $ 235.5
   
 
 
 
 

102


 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
Results of Operations

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Net sales   $   $   $ 4,975.6   $   $ 4,975.6  
External interest income                 20.4           20.4  
Intercompany interest income     120.3     120.3           (240.6 )    
Equity earnings from subsidiaries     (37.6 )   (37.6 )         75.2      
Other equity earnings                 27.1           27.1  
Other revenue                 42.7           42.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenue     82.7     82.7     5,065.8     (165.4 )   5,065.8  
Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery                 3,967.9           3,967.9  
Research, engineering, selling, administrative, and other     450.0           656.1           1,106.1  
External interest expense     120.3           309.5           429.8  
Intercompany interest expense           120.3     120.3     (240.6 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total costs and expense     570.3     120.3     5,053.8     (240.6 )   5,503.8  
Loss from continuing operations before items below     (487.6 )   (37.6 )   12.0     75.2     (438.0 )
Benefit for income taxes     (157.5 )         23.8           (133.7 )
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries                 25.8           25.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations     (330.1 )   (37.6 )   (37.6 )   75.2     (330.1 )
Net loss of discontinued operations     (660.7 )   (660.7 )   (660.7 )   1,321.4     (660.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (990.8 ) $ (698.3 ) $ (698.3 ) $ 1,396.6   $ (990.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

103


 
  Year ended December 31, 2002
 
Results of Operations

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Net sales   $   $   $ 4,621.2   $   $ 4,621.2  
External interest income                 22.8           22.8  
Intercompany interest income     147.9     132.5           (280.4 )    
Equity earnings from subsidiaries     270.6     270.6           (541.2 )    
Other equity earnings                 27.0           27.0  
Other revenue                 60.2           60.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenue     418.5     403.1     4,731.2     (821.6 )   4,731.2  
Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery                 3,572.9           3,572.9  
Research, engineering, selling, administrative, and other     475.0           373.6           848.6  
External interest expense     147.9           224.3           372.2  
Intercompany interest expense           132.5     147.9     (280.4 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total costs and expense     622.9     132.5     4,318.7     (280.4 )   4,793.7  
Loss from continuing operations before items below     (204.4 )   270.6     412.5     (541.2 )   (62.5 )
Benefit for income taxes     (166.2 )         116.4           (49.8 )
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries                 25.5           25.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of of accounting change     (38.2 )   270.6     270.6     (541.2 )   (38.2 )
Net loss of discontinued operatons     38.0     38.0     38.0     (76.0 )   38.0  
Cumulative effect of accounting change     (460.0 )   (460.0 )   (460.0 )   920.0     (460.0 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (460.2 ) $ (151.4 ) $ (151.4 ) $ 302.8   $ (460.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
Cash Flows

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (173.6 ) $   $ 783.5   $   $ 609.9  
Cash provided by investing activities                 338.8           338.8  
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities     173.6           (1,011.5 )         (837.9 )
Effect of exchange rate change on cash                 3.7           3.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash             114.5         114.5  
Cash at beginning of period                 163.4           163.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash at end of period   $   $   $ 277.9   $   $ 277.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 

104


 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
Cash Flows

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (192.4 ) $   $ 545.5   $   $ 353.1  
Cash used in investing activities                 (201.8 )         (201.8 )
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities     192.4           (314.8 )         (122.4 )
Effect of exchange rate change on cash                 8.1           8.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash             37.0         37.0  
Cash at beginning of period                 126.4           126.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash at end of period   $   $   $ 163.4   $   $ 163.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2002
 
Cash Flows

  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (196.3 ) $   $ 799.4   $   $ 603.1  
Cash used in investing activities                 (474.6 )         (474.6 )
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities     196.3           (353.6 )         (157.3 )
Effect of exchange rate change on cash                 (0.4 )         (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash             (29.2 )       (29.2 )
Cash at beginning of period                 155.6           155.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash at end of period   $   $   $ 126.4   $   $ 126.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 

105


    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

        The following tables present selected financial data by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 
  2004(a)
 
  First
Quarter(b)

  Second
Quarter(b)

  Third
Quarter(b)

  Fourth
Quarter

  Year
to Date

Net sales   $ 1,267.6   $ 1,417.3   $ 1,717.8   $ 1,725.7   $ 6,128.4
   
 
 
 
 
Gross profit   $ 257.4   $ 284.0   $ 339.1   $ 329.5   $ 1,210.0
   
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations(c)     47.2     83.9     73.1     (32.7 )   171.5
Net earnings (loss)of discontinued operations     7.6     (1.3 )   3.3     54.4     64.0
   
 
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 54.8   $ 82.6   $ 76.4   $ 21.7   $ 235.5
   
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock(d):                              
  Basic:                              
    Earnings (loss) from continuing operations   $ 0.28   $ 0.53   $ 0.46   $ (0.26 ) $ 1.01
    Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.05     (0.01 )   0.02     0.36     0.44
   
 
 
 
 
  Net earnings   $ 0.33   $ 0.52   $ 0.48   $ 0.10   $ 1.45
   
 
 
 
 
Diluted:                              
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations   $ 0.28   $ 0.53   $ 0.45   $ (0.25 ) $ 1.00
  Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.05     (0.01 )   0.02     0.36     0.43
   
 
 
 
 
  Net earnings   $ 0.33   $ 0.52   $ 0.47   $ 0.11   $ 1.43
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
Amounts related to the Company's plastic blow-molded container business have been reclassified to discontinued operations as a result of the October 2004 sale of that business.

(b)
During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that certain commodity futures contracts did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. As a result, the mark to market gains on certain contracts that previously were deferred through September 30, 2004, are reflected as increases in net earnings for each of the first three quarters of 2004 compared to amounts originally reported for those periods.

(c)
Amount for the first quarter includes a gain of $8.9 million ($5.8 million after tax) from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts. The after-tax effect of this adjustment is an increase in earnings per share of $0.04 compared to amounts originally reported.

    Amount for the second quarter includes a gain of $20.6 million ($14.5 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property. The after-tax effect of this gain is an increase in earnings per share of $0.10.

    Amount for the second quarter includes a gain of $0.9 million ($0.6 million after tax) from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts. The after-tax effect of this adjustment resulted in no increase in earnings per share compared to amounts originally reported.

106



    Amount for the third quarter includes a gain of $11.3 million ($7.4 million after tax) from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts. The after-tax effect of this adjustment is an increase in earnings per share of $0.05 compared to amounts originally reported.

    Amount for the fourth quarter includes a gain of $31.0 million ($13.1 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property. The after-tax effect of this gain is an increase in earnings per share of $0.09.

    Amount for fourth quarter includes charges totaling $206.0 million ($121.0 million after tax) for the following:(1) $152.6 million ($84.9 million after tax) to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; (2) $28.0 million ($18.3 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums; (3) $16.2 million ($10.6 million after tax) from the mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts; (4) $6.4 million ($5.4 million after tax) for restructuring a life insurance program in order to comply with recent statutory and tax regulation changes; and (5) $2.8 million ($1.8 million after tax) for write-off of finance fees related to debt that was repaid prior to its maturity. The after tax effect of these charges is a reduction in earnings per share of $0.80.

    Amount for the fourth quarter includes a benefit of $33.1 million for a tax consolidation in the Australian glass business. The after-tax effect of this benefit is an increase in earnings per share of $0.22.

(d)
Earnings per share are computed independently for each period presented. As such, the sums of the amounts calculated separately for each quarter do not equal the year-to-date amount.

 
  2003(e)
 
 
  First
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Fourth
Quarter

  Year
to Date

 
Net sales   $ 1,123.4   $ 1,274.7   $ 1,313.4   $ 1,264.1   $ 4,975.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit   $ 209.8   $ 264.1   $ 294.8   $ 239.0   $ 1,007.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations(f)     29.1     5.2     27.7     (392.1 )   (330.1 )
Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     5.3     11.8     1.2     (679.0 )   (660.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 34.4   $ 17.0   $ 28.9     (1,071.1 ) $ (990.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock:                                
  Basic:                                
    Earnings (loss) from continuing operations   $ 0.16   $   $ 0.15   $ (2.70 ) $ (2.39 )
    Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.04     0.08     0.01     (4.63 )   (4.50 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net earnings (loss)   $ 0.20   $ 0.08   $ 0.16   $ (7.33 ) $ (6.89 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Diluted:                                
      Earnings (loss) from continuing operations   $ 0.16   $   $ 0.15   $ (2.70 ) $ (2.39 )
      Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     0.04     0.08     0.01     (4.63 )   (4.50 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 0.20   $ 0.08   $ 0.16   $ (7.33 ) $ (6.89 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

107


(e)
Amounts related to the Company's plastic blow-molded container business have been reclassified to discontinued operations as a result of the October 2004 sale of that business.

(f)
Amount for the second quarter includes charges of $13.2 million ($8.2 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums, $1.3 million ($0.9 million after tax) for the write-off of finance fees related to debt that was repaid prior to its maturity and $37.4 million ($37.4 million after tax) for the loss on the sale of long-term notes receivable. The after-tax effect of these charges is a reduction in earnings per share of $0.32.

    Amount for the third quarter includes charges of $37.4 million ($23.4 million after tax) for the estimated loss on the sale of the specialty closure assets and $28.5 million ($17.8 million after tax) for the permanent closure of the Hayward, California glass container factory. The after-tax effect of these two charges is a reduction in earnings per share of $0.28.

    Amount for fourth quarter includes charges totaling $590.9 million ($411.9 million after tax) for the following: (1) $50.0 million write-down of an equity investment in a soda ash mining operation;(2) $450.0 million ($292.5 million after tax) to increase the reserve for estimated future asbestos-related costs; (3) $43.0 million ($30.1 million after tax) for the write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region; (4) $23.9 million ($17.4 million after tax) for the shutdown of the Perth, Australia glass container factory; (5) $20.1 million ($19.5 million after tax) for the shutdown of the Milton, Ontario glass container factory; and (6) $3.9 million ($2.4 million after tax) for an additional loss on the sale of certain closures assets. The after tax effect of these charges is a reduction in earnings per share of $2.81.

108



ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.


ITEM 9.(A).    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company's Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Also, the Company has investments in certain unconsolidated entities. As the Company does not control or manage these entities, its disclosure controls and procedures with respect to such entities are necessarily substantially more limited than those maintained with respect to its consolidated subsidiaries.

        As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the foregoing, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

        There has been no change in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal controls over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        The management of Owens-Illinois Inc. (the Company), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. However, all internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and reporting.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment management used the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in "Internal Control—Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO framework).

        The scope of management's assessment as of December 31, 2004 did not include an assessment of the internal control over financial reporting for BSN Glasspack, which was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination on June 21, 2004. The acquired business represents 21% of the Company's 2004 consolidated total assets and 12.5% of the Company's 2004 consolidated net sales. The scope of management's assessment on internal control over financial reporting for fiscal 2005 will include the acquired BSN Glasspack operations.

        Based on this assessment, using the criteria above, management concluded that the Company's system of internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004.

        Owens Illinois' independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, that audited the Company's consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on management's assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting which is included below.

109



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Share Owners of
Owens-Illinois, Inc.

        We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Owens-Illinois, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Owens-Illinois Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of BSN Glasspack, which is included in the consolidated financial statements of Owens-Illinois, Inc. and constituted 21% of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2004 and 12.5% of consolidated net sales for the year then ended. Management did not include an assessment of the internal control over financial reporting for BSN Glasspack because it was acquired in a business combination on June 21, 2004.

        In our opinion, management's assessment that Owens-Illinois Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Owens-Illinois, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the COSO criteria .

110



        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Owens-Illinois, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of results of operations, share owners' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 and our report dated March 15, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                        Ernst & Young LLP

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005

111



PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Information with respect to non-officer directors is included in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled "Election of Directors" and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

        Information with respect to executive officers is included herein on pages 17 - 19.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        The Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which will be applicable to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the principal accounting officer, is available on the Investor Relations section of the Company's website ( www.o-i.com ). A copy of the Code is also available in print to share owners upon request, addressed to the Corporate Secretary at Owens-Illinois, Inc., One SeaGate, Toledo, Ohio 43666. The Company intends to post amendments to or waivers from its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (to the extent applicable to the Company's directors, executive officers or principal financial officers) at this location on its website.


ITEM 11. AND 13.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The section entitled "Director and Executive Compensation and Other Information," exclusive of the subsections entitled "Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" and "Performance Graph," which is included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" which is included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 
  Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
   
   
  (c)
 
  (a)
   
 
  (b)
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

 
  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights(1)

Plan Category

  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   8,461,500   $ 20.94   4,632,810
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders        
   
 
 
Total   8,461,500   $ 20.94   4,632,810
   
 
 

(1)
Represents options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. There are no outstanding warrants or rights.


ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services is included in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

112



PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

ITEM 15.(A).    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        Index of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules Covered by Report of Independent Auditors.

 
  Page
(i) Registrant    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

52

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

54-55

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

 
 
Consolidated Results of Operations

 

53
  Consolidated Share Owners' Equity   56
  Consolidated Cash Flows   57

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

58–105

Exhibit Index

 

115–120
Financial Statement Schedule

  Schedule Page
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:    
 
II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Consolidated)

 

S-1

All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule.

 

 

(ii) Separate Financial Statements of Affiliates Whose Securities Are Pledged As Collateral

 

120


ITEM 15.(B).    REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

        On October 14, 2004, the Registrant filed a Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 2.01 and 9.01) which included a press release dated October 7, 2004 announcing that the Company had completed the sale of its blow-molded plastic container operations in North America, South America and Europe, to Graham Packaging Company. The Form 8-K also contained pro forma financial information pursuant to paragraph (b) (1) of Item 9.01. The Form 8-K also contained material agreements pursuant to Item 1.01.

        On October 20, 2004, the Registrant furnished a Form 8-K (Item 2.02) which included a press release dated October 19, 2004 setting forth its results of operations for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.

        On October 26, 2004, the Registrant furnished a Form 8-K (Item 7.01) which included a press release dated October 25, 2004 announcing that the Company will participate in an investor conference on October 26, 2004.

        On November 16, 2004, the Registrant furnished a Form 8-K (Item 7.01) which included a press release dated November 15, 2004 announcing that that it commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of its outstanding 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005 in the aggregate principal amount of $350 million and that BSN Glasspack S.A., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of the approximately 140 million euros of outstanding 10 1 / 4 % Senior

113



Subordinated Notes due 2009 of BSN Financing Co. S.A. and any and all of the approximately 160 million euros of outstanding 9 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 of BSN Glasspack Obligation S.A.

        On November 22, 2004, the Registrant filed a Form 8-K (Items 8.01 and 9.01) which included restated financial and other data for the blow-molded plastics operations that were sold on October 7, 2004. It also included an updated business description and updated Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

        On December 7, 2004, the Registrant filed a Form 8-K (Items 1.01, 8.01 and 9.01) announcing on December 1, 2004, the Company entered into a Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 1, 2004, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee, with respect to the Indenture dated as of May 20, 1998, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee with respect to the 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005. The Company also announced that on December 2, 2004, the Company had entered into an an Underwriting Agreement dated December 2, 2004, among the Company, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., acting severally on behalf of itself and on behalf of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and each of OII Associates, L.P., OII Associates II, L.P. and KKR Partners II, L.P. with respect to the sale by the Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters of 31,500,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

114



ITEM 15.(C).    EXHIBIT INDEX

S-K Item 601 No.

 
  Document
3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form S-2, File No. 33-43224, and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2   Bylaws of Owens-Illinois, Inc., as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form S-2, File No. 33-43224, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1   Indenture dated as of May 15, 1997, between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 16, 1997, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.2   Officers' Certificate, dated May 16, 1997, establishing the terms of the 8.10% Senior Notes due 2007; including the Form of 8.10% Senior Note due 2007 (filed as Exhibits 4.3 and 4.5, respectively, to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 16, 1997, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.3   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2001 among Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (May 15, 1997 Indenture) (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.4   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 27, 2003, among Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (May 15, 1997 Indenture) (filed as Exhibit 4.12 to Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. registration statement on Form S-4 dated June 24, 2003, File No. 333-106399, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.5   Indenture dated as of May 20, 1998, between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.6   Officers' Certificate, dated May 20, 1998, establishing the terms of the 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005; including the Form of 7.15% Senior Note due 2005 (filed as Exhibits 4.2 and 4.6, respectively, to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.7   Officers' Certificate, dated May 20, 1998, establishing the terms of the 7.35% Senior Notes due 2008; including the Form of 7.35% Senior Note due 2008 (filed Exhibits 4.3 and 4.7, respectively, to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.8   Officers' Certificate, dated May 20, 1998, establishing the terms of the 7.50% Senior Notes due 2010; including the Form of 7.50% Senior Note due 2010 (filed as Exhibits 4.4 and 4.8, respectively, to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.9   Officers' Certificate, dated May 20, 1998, establishing the terms of the 7.80% Senior Notes due 2018; including the Form of 7.80% Senior Note due 2018 (filed as Exhibits 4.5 and 4.9, respectively, to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 8-K filed May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.10   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2001 among Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (May 20, 1998 Indenture) (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
       

115


4.11   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2004 among Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois Inc.'s Form 8-K dated December 1, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.12   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof of Convertible Preferred Stock of Owens-Illinois, Inc., dated May 15, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to Owens-Illinois Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 20, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.13   Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2004, by and among the Borrowers named therein, Owens-Illinois General, Inc., as Borrower's Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, and the other Agents, Arrangers and Lenders named therein (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Owens-Illinois Inc.'s Form 8-K dated October 7, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference)
4.14   Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003, by and among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and any other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.20 to Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. registration statement on Form S-4 dated June 24, 2003, File No. 333-106399, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.15   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, by and among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and any other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.16   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003, between Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc., and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and any other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.21 to Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. registration statement on Form S-4 dated June 24, 2003, File No. 333-106399, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.17   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc., and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) and any other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.18   Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2003, between Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., each of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. signatory thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) (filed as Exhibit 4.22 to Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. registration statement on Form S-4 dated June 24, 2003, File No. 333-106399, and incorporated herein by reference).
       

116


4.19   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2004, between Owens-Illinois Group, Inc., each of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. signatory thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent (as defined therein) (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.20   Indenture, dated as of January 24, 2002, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form S-4, File No. 333-85690, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.21   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 24, 2002, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form S-4, File No. 333-85690, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.22   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 5, 2002, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois Group Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.23   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 13, 2002, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form S-4, File No. 333-103263, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.24   Additional Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2002, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form S-4, File No. 333-103263, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.25   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 6, 2003, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.26   Indenture, dated as of May 6, 2003, among Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
4.27   Form of Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2004, by and among Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.'s Form 8-K dated December 1, 2004, File No. 33-13061, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.1   Lease Agreement dated as of May 21, 1980, between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Leyden Associates Limited Partnership (filed as Exhibit 5 to Owens-Illinois Inc.'s Registration Statement, File No. 2-68022, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2*   Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
       

117


10.3*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.4*   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.5*   Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.6*   Form of Employment Agreement between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and various Employees (filed as Exhibit 10(m) to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1987, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.7*   Second Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8*   First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9*   Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10*   Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10.11*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for use under the Second Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12*   Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Performance Award Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Performance Award Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14*   Owens-Illinois, Inc. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.15*   First Amendment to Owens-Illinois, Inc. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.16*   Second Amendment to Owens-Illinois, Inc. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
       

118


10.17*   Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.18*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form S-8, File No. 333-47691, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20*   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form S-8, File No. 333-47691, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21*   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.22*   Amendment to Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.23*   Form of Phantom Stock Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.24*   Amendment to Form of Phantom Stock Agreement for use under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25*   Owens-Illinois, Inc. Executive Deferred Savings Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.26*   Employment agreement between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Steven R. McCracken dated March 31, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27*   Amendment dated March 10, 2005 to the employment agreement between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Steven R. McCracken dated March 31, 2004 (filed herewith).
10.28*   Restricted Stock Agreement under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Steven R. McCracken dated March 31, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.29*   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. between Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Steven R. McCracken dated March 31, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
       

119


10.30*   2004 Equity Incentive Plan for Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed as Exhibi 10.1 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.31*   Owens-Illinois, Inc. Incentive Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Owens-Illinois, Inc.'s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-9576, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.32*   Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan (filed herewith).
10.33*   Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees (filed herewith).
10.34*   Second Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan (filed herewith).
12   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (filed herewith).
21   Subsidiaries of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (filed herewith).
23   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).
24   Owens-Illinois, Inc. Power of Attorney (filed herewith).
31.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
31.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
32.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350 (filed herewith).
32.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350 (filed herewith).

*
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(c).


ITEM 15.(D).    SEPARATE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AFFILIATES WHOSE SECURITIES ARE PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL.

1)
Financial statements of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. and subsidiaries including consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, net parent investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

2)
Financial statements of Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. and subsidiaries including consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, net parent investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

3)
Financial statements of OI Plastic Products FTS, Inc. and subsidiaries including consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, net parent investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

120



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Share Owner of
Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of results of operations, net Parent investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2002 the Company changed its accounting for goodwill.

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005

121



CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 4,409.0   $ 4,058.9  
  Other revenue     131.6     86.5     104.4  
   
 
 
 
      5,653.9     4,495.5     4,163.3  
Costs and expenses:                    
  Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery     4,455.3     3,549.6     3,178.3  
  Research and development     15.2     15.7     9.7  
  Engineering     34.1     35.5     37.4  
  Selling and administrative     267.2     197.8     175.6  
  Net intercompany interest     0.6     30.6     88.6  
  Other interest expense     403.7     352.9     257.6  
  Other     48.1     219.3     22.9  
   
 
 
 
      5,224.2     4,401.4     3,770.1  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before items below     429.7     94.1     393.2  
Provision for income taxes     109.1     48.2     105.8  
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries     33.0     25.8     25.5  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before cumulative effect of accounting change     287.6     20.1     261.9  
Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (47.0 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 20.1   $ 214.9  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

122



OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in millions

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Assets            

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash, including time deposits of $149.0 ($77.6 in 2003)   $ 251.6   $ 150.6
  Receivables including amount from related parties of $0.1 ($9.5 in 2003), less allowances of $29.0 ($23.6 in 2003) for losses and discounts     761.0     628.3
  Inventories     1,051.7     779.9
  Prepaid expenses     62.9     38.5
   
 
    Total current assets     2,127.2     1,597.3

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity investments     106.9     131.0
  Repair parts inventories     185.2     171.2
  Prepaid pension     18.5     22.3
  Deposits, receivables, and other assets     384.4     325.4
  Goodwill     2,799.6     1,919.6
   
 
    Total other assets     3,494.6     2,569.5

Property, plant, and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Land, at cost     155.0     137.9
  Buildings and equipment, at cost:            
    Buildings and building equipment     804.2     637.4
    Factory machinery and equipment     4,273.5     3,385.0
    Transportation, office, and miscellaneous equipment     103.3     102.2
    Construction in progress     167.7     110.7
   
 
      5,503.7     4,373.2
  Less accumulated depreciation     2,352.5     2,063.0
   
 
    Net property, plant, and equipment     3,151.2     2,310.2
   
 
Total assets   $ 8,773.0   $ 6,477.0
   
 

123


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Liabilities and Net Parent Investment              

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Short-term loans   $ 18.2   $ 28.6  
  Accounts payable including amount to related parties of $0.5 ($25.1 in 2003)     774.7     427.1  
  Salaries and wages     158.0     101.6  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     48.9     19.1  
  Other accrued liabilities     286.7     266.5  
  Long-term debt due within one year     61.8     27.2  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     1,348.3     870.1  

External long-term debt

 

 

4,111.0

 

 

3,934.0

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

209.6

 

 

152.6

 

Other liabilities

 

 

845.5

 

 

560.0

 

Minority share owners' interests

 

 

170.1

 

 

161.6

 

Net Parent investment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Investment by and advances from Parent     2,020.6     997.0  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     67.9     (198.3 )
   
 
 
    Total net Parent investment     2,088.5     798.7  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and net Parent investment   $ 8,773.0   $ 6,477.0  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

124



OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Investment by and advances to Parent                    
  Balance at beginning of year   $ 997.0   $ 2,154.0   $ 2,276.1  
  Net intercompany transactions     736.0     (1,177.1 )   (337.0 )
  Net earnings     287.6     20.1     214.9  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     2,020.6     997.0     2,154.0  
   
 
 
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Balance at beginning of year     (198.3 )   (541.0 )   (547.9 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     294.8     363.2     93.7  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     67.9     (198.3 )   (541.0 )
   
 
 
 
Total net Parent investment   $ 2,088.5   $ 798.7   $ 1,613.0  
   
 
 
 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 20.1   $ 214.9  
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     294.8     363.2     93.7  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Total comprehensive income   $ 553.8   $ 362.8   $ 221.8  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

125



OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Operating activities:                    
  Net earnings before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 287.6   $ 20.1   $ 261.9  
  Non-cash charges (credits):                    
    Depreciation     384.0     341.3     302.3  
    Amortization of deferred costs     35.2     34.2     32.2  
    Deferred tax provision (credit)     11.4     (3.0 )   45.1  
    Restructuring costs and writeoffs of certain assets           165.5        
    Loss on sale of long-term notes receivable           37.4        
    Gains on asset sales     (51.6 )            
    Other     (70.0 )   (53.9 )   (104.1 )
  Change in non-current operating assets     12.9     (17.5 )   (6.3 )
  Change in non-current liabilities     (10.1 )   (8.2 )   (6.5 )
  Change in components of working capital     181.6     (41.2 )   36.1  
   
 
 
 
    Cash provided by operating activities     781.0     474.7     560.7  

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment     (407.6 )   (312.2 )   (341.6 )
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (630.3 )         (15.3 )
  Proceeds from sale on long-term notes receivable           163.0        
  Net cash proceeds from divestitures and other     257.8     20.4     17.3  
   
 
 
 
    Cash utilized in investing activities     (780.1 )   (128.8 )   (339.6 )

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Additions to long-term debt     2,114.6     2,154.4     2,129.2  
  Repayments of long-term debt     (2,611.1 )   (1,133.2 )   (2,002.0 )
  Increase (decrease) in short-term loans     (23.2 )   (28.0 )   17.4  
  Net change in intercompany debt     675.8     (1,127.2 )   (295.2 )
  Net payments for debt-related hedging activity     (25.9 )   (123.2 )   (70.9 )
  Payment of finance fees     (34.4 )   (43.8 )   (27.7 )
   
 
 
 
  Cash provided by (utilized in) financing activities     95.8     (301.0 )   (249.2 )
  Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash     4.3     7.9     1.2  
   
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash     101.0     52.8     (26.9 )
Cash at beginning of year     150.6     97.8     124.7  
   
 
 
 
Cash at end of year   $ 251.6   $ 150.6   $ 97.8  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

126



OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular data dollars in millions)

1.    Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidated Statements

        The consolidated financial statements of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. ("Company") include the accounts of its subsidiaries. Newly acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements from dates of acquisition.

        The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in which it has a significant ownership interest, generally 20% to 50%. Other investments are accounted for at cost.

Relationship with Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. and Owens-Illinois, Inc.

        The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. ("OI Group") and an indirect subsidiary of and Owens-Illinois, Inc. ("OI Inc."). Although OI Inc. does not conduct any operations, it has substantial obligations related to outstanding indebtedness, dividends for preferred stock and asbestos-related payments. OI Inc. relies primarily on distributions from its direct and indirect subsidiaries to meet these obligations.

        For federal and certain state income tax purposes, the taxable income of the Company is included in the consolidated tax returns of OI Inc. and income taxes are allocated to the Company on a basis consistent with separate returns.

Nature of Operations

        The Company is a leading manufacturer of glass container products. The Company's principal product lines in the Glass Containers product segment are glass containers for the food and beverage industries. The Company has glass container operations located in 22 countries. The principal markets and operations for the Company's glass products are in North America, Europe, South America, and Australia. One customer accounted for 11.5% and 12.8% of the Company's sales in 2003, and 2002 respectively.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, at which time the Company would revise its estimates accordingly.

Cash

        The Company defines "cash" as cash and time deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts reported for cash, short-term investments and short-term loans approximate fair value. In addition, carrying amounts approximate fair value for certain long-term debt obligations subject to frequently redetermined interest rates. Fair values for the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations are generally based on published market quotations.

127



Derivative Instruments

        The Company uses interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and commodity futures contracts to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate, interest rate and commodity market volatility. Derivative financial instruments are included on the balance sheet at fair value. Whenever possible, hedging instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. If the underlying hedged transaction ceases to exist, all changes in fair value of the related derivatives that have not been settled are recognized in current earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and is not a party to leveraged derivatives. See Note 8 for additional information related to derivative instruments.

Inventory Valuation

        The Company values most U.S. inventories at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost or market. Other inventories are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs) or market.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is evaluated annually, as of October 1, for impairment or more frequently if an impairment indicator exists.

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

        Intangible assets are amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. The Company evaluates the recoverability of amortizable intangible assets and other long-lived assets based on undiscounted projected cash flows, excluding interest and taxes, when factors indicate that impairment may exist. If impairment exists, the asset is written down to fair value.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") is carried at cost and includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity of existing PP&E. In general, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Factory machinery and equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 5 to 25 years and buildings and building equipment over periods ranging from 10 to 50 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Costs assigned to PP&E of acquired businesses are based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes sales, net of estimated discounts and allowances, when the title to the products and risk of loss are transferred to customers. Provisions for rebates to customers are provided in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

128



Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are included with manufacturing, shipping, and delivery costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes on Undistributed Earnings

        In general, the Company plans to continue to reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures accounted for by the equity method. Accordingly, taxes are provided only on that amount of undistributed earnings in excess of planned reinvestments.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The assets and liabilities of most subsidiaries and associates are translated at current exchange rates and any related translation adjustments are recorded directly in net Parent investment. Assets and liabilities will be translated at current exchange rates with any related translation adjustments being recorded directly to net Parent investment.

Accounts Receivable

        Receivables are stated at amounts estimated by management to be the net realizable value. The Company charges off accounts receivable when it becomes apparent based upon age or customer circumstances that amounts will not be collected.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is established through charges to the provision for bad debts. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical trends in collections and write-offs, management's judgment of the probability of collecting accounts and management's evaluation of business risk.

Participation in OI Inc. Stock Option Plans

        The Company participates in the stock option plans of OI Inc. under which employees of the Company may be granted options to purchase common shares of OI Inc. No options may be exercised in whole or in part during the first year after the date granted. In general, subject to certain accelerated exercisability provisions, 50% of the options become exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the date of the option grant, with the remaining 50% becoming exercisable on the sixth anniversary date of the option grant. In general, options expire following termination of employment or the day after the tenth anniversary date of the option grant.

        All options have been granted at prices equal to the market price of OI Inc.'s common stock on the date granted. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense related to the stock option plans. OI Inc. has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."

        A substantial number of the options have been granted to key employees of another subsidiary of OI Inc., some of whose compensation costs are included in an allocation of costs to all operating subsidiaries of OI Inc., including the Company. It is not practical to determine an amount of additional

129



compensation allocable to the Company if OI Inc. had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as allowed by FAS No. 123.

2.    Changes in Components of Working Capital Related to Operations

        Changes in the components of working capital related to operations (net of the effects related to acquisitions and divestitures) were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Decrease (increase) in current assets:                    
  Receivables   $ 75.7   $ 42.9   $ (28.1 )
  Inventories     83.8     (29.1 )   (49.5 )
  Prepaid expenses     32.4     2.7     (10.0 )
Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:                    
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     36.1     (64.2 )   106.4  
  Salaries and wages     (0.9 )   (6.2 )   4.5  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     (45.5 )   12.7     12.8  
   
 
 
 
    $ 181.6   $ (41.2 ) $ 36.1  
   
 
 
 

3.    Inventories

        Major classes of inventory are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Finished goods   $ 890.6   $ 650.7
Work in process     6.4     7.9
Raw materials     77.5     64.6
Operating supplies     77.2     56.7
   
 
    $ 1,051.7   $ 779.9
   
 

        If the inventories which are valued on the LIFO method had been valued at standard costs, which approximate current costs, consolidated inventories would be higher than reported by $15.1 million and $17.2 million, at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        Inventories which are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs), or market at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were approximately $917.4 million and $617.0 million, respectively.

130



4.    Equity Investments.

        Summarized information pertaining to the Company's equity associates follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
At end of year:              
  Equity in undistributed earnings:              
    Foreign   $ 12.9   $ 88.3  
    Domestic     17.6     13.9  
   
 
 
      Total   $ 30.5   $ 102.2  
   
 
 
Equity in cumulative translation adjustment   $   $ (38.2 )
   
 
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
For the year:                  
  Equity in earnings:                  
    Foreign   $ 15.2   $ 15.1   $ 8.5
    Domestic     10.9     9.9     17.6
   
 
 
      Total   $ 26.1   $ 25.0   $ 26.1
   
 
 
  Dividends received   $ 12.8   $ 31.1   $ 29.0
   
 
 

131


5.    External Long-Term Debt

        The following table summarizes the external long-term debt of the Company at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 
  2004
  2003
Secured Credit Agreement:            
  Revolving Credit Facility:            
    Revolving Loans   $ 30.1   $
  Term Loans            
    A1 Term Loan     315.0     460.0
    B1 Term Loan     226.8     840.0
    C1 Term Loan     190.6      
    C2 Term Loan (€47.5 million)     64.7      
Senior Secured Notes:            
  8.875%, due 2009     1,000.0     1,000.0
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0     450.0
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0     625.0
Senior Notes:            
  8.25%, due 2013     444.1     450.0
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4      
Senior Subordinated Notes:            
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6      
Other     102.1     136.2
   
 
      4,172.8     3,961.2
 
Less amounts due within one year

 

 

61.8

 

 

27.2
   
 
    External long-term debt   $ 4,111.0   $ 3,934.0
   
 

        On October 7, 2004, in connection with the sale of OI Inc.'s blow-molded plastic container operations, the Company's subsidiary borrowers entered into the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (the "Agreement"). The proceeds from the sale were used to repay C and D term loans and a portion of the B1 term loan outstanding under the previous agreement. At December 31, 2004, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement includes a $600.0 million revolving credit facility and a $315.0 million A1 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2007. It also includes a $226.8 million B1 term loan, and $190.6 million C1 term loan, and a €47.5 million C2 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2008. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement eliminated the provisions related to the C3 term loan that was canceled on August 19, 2004. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement also permits the Company, at its option, to refinance certain of its outstanding notes and debentures prior to their scheduled maturity.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's subsidiary borrowers had unused credit of $404.8 million available under the Agreement.

132



        The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, at the borrower's option, the Base Rate or a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate. The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility also includes a margin linked to the Company's Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Agreement. The margin is limited to ranges of 2.25% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.25% to 1.75% for Base Rate loans. The interest rate on Overdraft Account loans is the Base Rate. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Agreement at December 31, 2004 was 5.09%. Including the effects of cross-currency swap agreements related to borrowings under the Agreement by the Company's Australian and European subsidiaries, as discussed in Note 9, the weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2004 was 5.40%. While no compensating balances are required by the Agreement, the Borrowers must pay a facility fee on the Revolving Credit Facility commitments of .50%.

        Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company, its domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries, which have a book value of approximately $3.3 billion. Borrowings are also secured by a pledge of intercompany debt and equity in most of the Company's domestic subsidiaries and certain stock of certain foreign subsidiaries. All borrowings under the agreement are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries for the term of the Agreement.

        The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains covenants and provisions that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness or amend certain debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into contingent obligations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. In addition, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and meet specified tests based upon financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including minimum fixed charge coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and specified capital expenditure tests.

        As part of the BSN Acquisition, the Company assumed the senior subordinated notes of BSN. The 10.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €140.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €147.7 million. The 9.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €160 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €168.0 million. The majority of these notes were repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2004 as discussed below.

        During December 2004, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Notes totaling $400.0 million and Senior Notes totaling €225.0 million. The notes bear interest at 6.75%, and are due December 1, 2014. Both series of notes are guaranteed by OI Group and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries. The indentures for both series of notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 7.75%, 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $680.0 million in addition to borrowings under the Agreement to purchase in a tender offer $237.6 million of the $350.0 million of OI Inc.'s 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005, €159.6 million of the €160.0 million 9.25% BSN notes due 2009 and €127.3 million of the €140.0 million 10.25% BSN notes due 2009. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related

133



tender offer, the Company recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004 additional interest charges of $22.8 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees.

        During May 2003, a subsidiary of the Company issued Senior Secured Notes totaling $450.0 million and Senior Notes totaling $450.0 million. The notes bear interest at 7.75% and 8.25%, respectively, and are due May 15, 2011 and May 15, 2013, respectively. Both series of notes are guaranteed by OI Group and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the assets of substantially all of OI Group's domestic subsidiaries are pledged as security for the Senior Secured Notes. The indentures for the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes and the 8.25% Senior Notes have substantially the same restrictions as the 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes. The issuing subsidiary used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $880.0 million to purchase in a tender offer $263.5 million of OI Inc.'s $300.0 million 7.85% Senior Notes due 2004 and to repay borrowings under the previous credit agreement. Concurrently, available credit under the previous credit agreement was reduced to approximately $1.9 billion. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the second quarter of 2003 additional interest charges of $12.6 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the previous credit agreement.

        Annual maturities for all of the Company's long-term debt through 2009 are as follows: 2005, $61.8 million; 2006, $30.7 million; 2007, $370.7 million; 2008, $474.0 million; and 2009, $1005.9 million.

        Interest paid in cash, including note repurchase premiums, aggregated $434.7 million for 2004, $324.8 million for 2003, and $204.1 million for 2002.

        Fair values at December 31, 2004, of the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations were as follows:

 
  Principal Amount
(millions of
dollars)

  Indicated
Market
Price

  Fair Value
(millions of
dollars)

  Hedge Value
(millions of
dollars)

Senior Secured Notes:                      
  8.875%, due 2009   $ 1,000.0   108.75   $ 1,087.5      
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0   108.75     489.4      
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0   112.50     703.1      
Senior Notes:                      
  8.25%, due 2013     450.0   110.25     496.1   $ 444.1
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0   101.75     407.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4   105.50     323.3      
Senior Subordinated Notes:                      
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4   105.13     18.3      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6   100.00     0.6      

6.    Guarantees of Debt

        OI Group and the Company guarantee OI Inc.'s senior notes and debentures on a subordinated basis. The fair value of the OI Inc. debt being guaranteed was $1,214.9 at December 31, 2004.

134



7.    Operating Leases

        Rent expense attributable to all warehouse, office buildings, and equipment operating leases was $66.3 million in 2004, $68.8 million in 2003, and $54.7 million in 2002. Minimum future rentals under operating leases are as follows: 2005, $68.2 million; 2006, $47.2 million; 2007, $38.3 million; 2008, $26.6 million; and 2009, $20.7 million; and 2010 and thereafter, $24.6 million.

8.    Foreign Currency Translation

        Aggregate foreign currency exchange gains (losses) included in other costs and expenses were $(1.4) million in 2004, $2.2 million in 2003, and $0.4 million in 2002.

9.    Derivative Instruments

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has the following derivative instruments related to its various hedging programs:

Fair Value Hedges of Debt

        The terms of the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement require that borrowings under the Agreement be denominated in U.S. dollars except for the C2 term loan which allows for €47.5 million borrowings. In order to manage the exposure to fluctuating foreign exchange rates created by U.S. dollar borrowings by the Company's international subsidiaries, certain subsidiaries have entered into currency swaps for the principal amount of their borrowings under the Agreement and for their interest payments due under the Agreement.

        At the end of 2004, the Company's subsidiary in Australia had agreements that swap a total of U.S. $455 million of borrowings into 702 million Australian dollars. These derivative instruments swap both the interest and principal from U.S. dollars to Australian dollars and also swap the interest rate from a U.S.-based rate to an Australian-based rate. These agreements have various maturity dates ranging from April 2005 through March 2006.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and several European countries have also entered into short term forward exchange contracts which effectively swap additional intercompany and external borrowings by each subsidiary into its local currency. These contracts swap both the interest and principal amount of borrowings.

        The Company recognizes the above derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, and the Company accounts for them as fair value hedges. Accordingly, the changes in the value of the swaps are recognized in current earnings and are expected to substantially offset any exchange rate gains or losses on the related U.S. dollar borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount not offset was immaterial. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts Designated as Cash Flow Hedges

        In connection with debt refinancing in late December 2004, the Company's subsidiary in France borrowed approximately €91 million from Owens-Brockway Glass Container ("OBGC"), a U.S. subsidiary of the Company. In order to hedge the changes in the cash flows of the foreign currency interest and principal repayments, OBGC entered into a swap that converts the Euro coupon interest payments into a predetermined U.S. dollar coupon interest payment and also converts the final principal payment in December 2009 from €91 million to approximately $120.7 million U.S. dollars.

135



        The Company accounts for the above foreign currency exchange contract on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as, and meets the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is deemed to be ineffective is recognized in current earnings. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        The above foreign currency exchange contract is accounted for as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2004. Hedge accounting is only applied when the derivative is deemed to be highly effective at offsetting anticipated cash flows of the hedged transactions. For hedged forecasted transactions, hedge accounting will be discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable to occur, and any previously deferred gains or losses will be recorded to earnings immediately.

        At December 31, 2004, the amount included in OCI related to this foreign currency exchange contract was not material. The ineffectiveness related to this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2004 was also not material.

Interest Rate Swaps Designated a Fair Value Hedges

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements with a total notional amount of $1.25 billion that mature from 2007 through 2013. The swaps were executed in order to: (i) convert a portion of the senior notes and senior debentures fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt; (ii) maintain a capital structure containing appropriate amounts of fixed and floating-rate debt; and (iii) reduce net interest payments and expense in the near-term.

        The Company's fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges. Because the relevant terms of the swap agreements match the corresponding terms of the notes, there is no hedge ineffectiveness. Accordingly, as required by FAS No. 133, the Company recorded the net of the fair market values of the swaps as a long-term liability along with a corresponding net decrease in the carrying value of the hedged debt. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        Under the swaps, the Company receives fixed rate interest amounts (equal to interest on the corresponding hedged note) and pays interest at a six-month U.S. LIBOR rate (set in arrears) plus a margin spread (see table below). The interest rate differential on each swap is recognized as an adjustment of interest expense during each six-month period over the term of the agreement.

136



        The following selected information relates to fair value swaps at December 31, 2004 (based on a projected U.S. LIBOR rate of 3.3688%):

 
  Amount
Hedged

  Average
Receive
Rate

  Average
Spread

  Asset
(Liability)
Recorded

 
OI Inc. public notes swapped by the company through intercompany loans:                      
  Senior Notes due 2007   $ 300.0   8.10 % 4.5 % $ (1.8 )
  Senior Notes due 2008     250.0   7.35 % 3.5 %   (1.6 )
  Senior Debentures due 2010     250.0   7.50 % 3.2 %   (0.4 )

Notes issued by OBGC:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Senior Notes due 2013

 

 

450.0

 

8.25

%

3.7

%

 

(5.9

)
   
         
 
Total   $ 1,250.0           $ (9.7 )
   
         
 

Natural Gas Hedges

        The Company uses commodity futures contracts related to forecasted natural gas requirements. The objective of these futures contracts is to limit the fluctuations in prices paid for natural gas and the potential volatility in cash flows from future market price movements. The Company continually evaluates the natural gas market with respect to its future usage requirements. The Company generally evaluates the natural gas market for the next twelve to eighteen months and continually enters into commodity futures contracts in order to hedge a portion of its usage requirements through the next twelve to eighteen months. At December 31, 2004, the Company had entered into commodity futures contracts for approximately 78% (approximately 17,930,000 MM BTUs) of its expected North American natural gas usage for full year of 2005 and approximately 23% (approximately 5,280,000 MM BTUs) for the full year of 2006.

        As discussed further below, prior to December 31, 2004, the Company accounted for the above futures contracts on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that was designated as, and met the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that was deemed to be ineffective was recognized in current earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that the commodity futures contracts described above did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. The total unrealized pretax gain recorded in 2004 was $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax). This change had no effect upon the Company's cash flows.

Other Hedges

        The Company's subsidiaries may enter into short-term forward exchange agreements to purchase foreign currencies at set rates in the future. These foreign currency forward exchange agreements are

137



used to limit exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates for all significant planned purchases of fixed assets or commodities that are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries' functional currency. Subsidiaries may also use forward exchange agreements to offset the foreign currency risk for receivables and payables not denominated in, or indexed to, their functional currencies. The Company records these short-term forward exchange agreements on the balance sheet at fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized in current earnings.

10.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The components of comprehensive income (loss) are: (a) net earnings (loss); (b) change in fair value of certain derivative instruments; (c) adjustment of minimum pension liabilities; and, (d) foreign currency translation adjustments. The net effect of exchange rate fluctuations generally reflects changes in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar against major foreign currencies between the beginning and end of the year.

        The following table lists the beginning balance, yearly activity and ending balance of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 
  Net Effect of
Exchange
Rate
Fluctuations

  Deferred Tax
Effect for
Translation

  Change in
Minimum
Pension
Liability,
Net of Tax

  Change in Certain
Derivative
Instruments,
Net of Tax

  Total
Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
Balance on January 1, 2002   $ (572.4 ) $ 27.0         $ (2.5 ) $ (547.9 )
2002 Change     94.7     (1.0 ) $ (91.5 )   4.7     6.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2002     (477.7 )   26.0     (91.5 )   2.2     (541.0 )
2003 Change     367.7     (4.5 )   (19.3 )   (1.2 )   342.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2003     (110.0 )   21.5     (110.8 )   1.0     (198.3 )
2004 Change     303.5     (8.7 )   (27.5 )   (1.1 )   266.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2004   $ 193.5   $ 12.8   $ (138.3 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 67.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The change in minimum pension liability for 2002, 2003, and 2004 was net of tax of $39.2 million and $1.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The change in minimum pension liability for 2004 included $9.0 million ($12.6 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in prior years. The change in minimum pension liability for 2003 included $10.1 million ($14.7 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in 2002.

        The change in certain derivative instruments for 2002, 2003 and 2004 was net of tax of $2.5 million, $0.7 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

138


11.    Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect: (1) the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (2) carryovers and credits for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Tax loss carryovers   $ 251.0   $ 201.4  
  Capital loss carryovers     30.7     29.5  
  Accrued postretirement benefits     18.1     17.5  
  Other, principally accrued liabilities     203.3     185.6  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     503.1     434.0  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Property, plant and equipment     224.8     196.4  
  Inventory     32.4     27.5  
  Other     53.1     82.2  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     310.3     306.1  
Valuation allowance     (320.8 )   (229.5 )
   
 
 
    Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (128.0 ) $ (101.6 )
   
 
 

        Deferred taxes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid expenses   $ 36.2   $ 9.7  
Deposits, receivables, and other assets     45.4     41.3  
Deferred tax liability     (209.6 )   (152.6 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (128.0 ) $ (101.6 )
   
 
 

139


        The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Current:                    
  U.S. Federal   $     $     $    
  State     0.2     0.3     0.2  
  Foreign     97.5     50.9     65.8  
   
 
 
 
      97.7     51.2     66.0  
   
 
 
 
Deferred:                    
  U.S. Federal     18.5     0.2     44.2  
  State     13.1     (1.8 )   5.3  
  Foreign     (20.2 )   (1.4 )   (9.7 )
   
 
 
 
      11.4     (3.0 )   39.8  
   
 
 
 
Total:                    
  U.S. Federal     18.5     0.2     44.2  
  State     13.3     (1.5 )   5.5  
  Foreign     77.3     49.5     56.1  
   
 
 
 
    $ 109.1   $ 48.2   $ 105.8  
   
 
 
 

        The provision for income taxes was calculated based on the following components of earnings (loss) before income taxes:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 25.3   $ (88.2 ) $ 119.6
Foreign     404.4     182.3     273.6
   
 
 
    $ 429.7   $ 94.1   $ 393.2
   
 
 

        Income taxes paid in cash were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 0.2   $ 0.4   $
Foreign     95.8     45.1     39.2
   
 
 
    $ 96.0   $ 45.5   $ 39.2
   
 
 

140


        A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes based on the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes is as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Pretax earnings at statutory U.S. Federal tax rate   $ 150.4   $ 33.0   $ 137.6  
Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes due to:                    
  Write-down of equity investment           25.0        
  State taxes, net of federal benefit     13.6     (1.0 )   3.2  
  Rate differences on international earnings     (24.6 )   (12.4 )   (29.6 )
  Australian tax consolidation     (33.1 )            
  Loss on Ardagh note sale           11.2        
  Adjustment for non-U.S. tax law changes           (9.1 )   (4.8 )
  Other items     2.8     1.5     (0.6 )
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 109.1   $ 48.2   $ 105.8  
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate     25.4 %   51.1 %   26.9 %
   
 
 
 

        The Company is included in OI Inc.'s consolidated tax returns. OI Inc. has net operating losses, capital losses, alternative minimum tax credits, and research and development credits available to offset future U.S. Federal income tax.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's equity in the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which income taxes had not been provided approximated $1,186.0 million. It is not practicable to estimate the U.S. and foreign tax which would be payable should these earnings be distributed.

        In 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the trustee of an insolvent Canadian entity. At the conclusion of its insolvency proceedings, the entity was merged with the Company's Canadian operating subsidiary, thereby establishing a loss that can be carried forward and applied against future taxable earnings of the Company's Canadian manufacturing operations. Based on its historical and projected taxable earnings in Canada, the Company provided a valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in Canada, including the tax loss carryforwards. The Company presently intends to reverse a portion of the valuation allowance each year related to loss carryforwards that are utilized during the year.

12.    Related Party Transactions

        Charges for administrative services are allocated to the Company by OI Inc. based on an annual utilization level. Such services include compensation and benefits administration, payroll processing, use of certain general accounting systems, auditing, income tax planning and compliance, and treasury services. Management believes that such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company

141



than those that could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The following information summarizes the Company's significant related party transactions:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Revenues:                  
  Sales to affiliated companies   $ 4.7   $ 0.8   $ 0.6
   
 
 
Expenses:                  
  Administrative services     15.6     17.7     19.4
  Corporate management fee     18.0     16.6     16.7
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 33.6   $ 34.3   $ 36.1
   
 
 

        The above expenses are recorded in the statement of operations as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  Cost of sales   $ 13.7   $ 15.7   $ 17.3
  Selling, general, and adminstrative expenses     19.9     18.6     18.8
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 33.6   $ 34.3   $ 36.1
   
 
 

        Intercompany interest is charged to the Company from OI Inc. based on intercompany debt balances. An interest rate is calculated monthly based on OI Inc's total consolidated monthly external debt balance and the related interest expense, including finance fee amortization and commitment fees. The calculated rate (9.4% at December 31, 2004) is applied monthly to the intercompany debt balance to determine intercompany interest expense.

13.    Pension Benefit Plans

        The Company participates in OI Inc.'s defined benefit pension plans for substantially all employees located in the United States. Benefits generally are based on compensation for salaried employees and on length of service for hourly employees. OI Inc.'s policy is to fund pension plans such that sufficient assets will be available to meet future benefit requirements. Independent actuaries determine pension costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc. included in the plans; however, accumulated benefit obligation information and plan assets pertaining to each subsidiary have not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated benefit obligation and the plan assets related to the pension plans for domestic employees have been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc. Net credits to results of operations for the Company's allocated portion of the domestic pension costs amounted to $20.8 million in 2004, $40.1 million in 2003, and $71.2 million in 2002.

        OI Inc. also sponsors several defined contribution plans for all salaried and hourly U.S. employees of the Company. Participation is voluntary and participants' contributions are based on their compensation. OI Inc. matches contributions of participants, up to various limits, in substantially all plans. OI Inc. charges the Company for its share of the match. The Company's share of the contributions to these plans amounted to $4.9 million in 2004, $4.3 million in 2003, and $4.9 million in 2002.

142



        The Company's subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Germany and France also have pension plans covering substantially all employees. The following tables relate to the Company's principal defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Germany and France (the International Pension Plans).

        The International Pension Plans use a December 31 measurement date.

        The changes in the International Pension Plans benefit obligations for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 791.5   $ 636.2  

Change in benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Service cost     20.3     14.6  
  Interest cost     57.0     39.2  
  Actuarial loss, including the effect of changing in discount rates     57.2     30.4  
  Acquisitions     448.8        
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Benefit payments     (71.8 )   (46.6 )
  Plan amendments     (12.7 )      
  Foreign currency translation     119.3     110.6  
  Other           2.0  
   
 
 
    Net increase in benefit obligations     625.8     155.3  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 1,417.3   $ 791.5  
   
 
 

        The changes in the fair value of the International Pension Plans' assets for the year were as follows (certain amounts from prior year have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Fair value at beginning of year   $ 577.3   $ 441.5  

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actual gain on plan assets     72.8     61.0  
  Acquisitions     285.1        
  Benefit payments     (71.8 )   (46.6 )
  Employer contributions     55.0     34.3  
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Foreign currency translation     82.4     82.0  
   
 
 
    Net increase in fair value of assets     431.2     135.8  
   
 
 
Fair value at end of year   $ 1,008.5   $ 577.3  
   
 
 

143


        The funded status of the International Pension Plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Plan assets at fair value   $ 1,008.5   $ 577.3  
Projected benefit obligations     1,417.3     791.5  
   
 
 
  Plan assets less than projected benefit obligations     (408.8 )   (214.2 )

Net unrecognized items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actuarial loss     289.4     239.3  
  Prior service cost     5.5     12.9  
   
 
 
      294.9     252.2  
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (113.9 ) $ 38.0  
   
 
 

        The net amount recognized is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid pension   $ 18.5   $ 22.3  
Accrued pension, included with other liabilities     (205.5 )   (45.4 )
Minimum pension liability, included with other liabilities     (134.7 )   (107.3 )
Intangible asset, included with deposits and other assets     12.2     12.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     195.6     156.0  
   
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ (113.9 ) $ 38.0  
   
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,286.3 million and $716.2 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The components of the International Pension Plans' net pension expense were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Service cost   $ 20.3   $ 14.6   $ 11.2  
Interest cost     57.0     39.2     32.6  
Expected asset return     (62.5 )   (46.7 )   (44.4 )

Amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Prior service cost     1.6     1.4     1.3  
  Loss     7.9     0.3        
   
 
 
 
    Net amortization     9.5     1.7     1.3  
   
 
 
 
Net expense   $ 24.3   $ 8.8   $ 0.7  
   
 
 
 

144


        The following information is for plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Accumulated benefit obligations   $ 1,317.3   $ 632.3
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     479.9

        The following information is for plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Accumulated benefit obligations   $ 1,197.9   $ 632.3
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     479.9

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount rate   5.15 % 5.68 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.41 % 3.86 %

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Discount rate   5.68 % 5.76 % 5.88 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.86 % 3.79 % 3.97 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets   7.35 % 7.56 % 7.98 %

        Future benefits are assumed to increase in a manner consistent with past experience of the plans, which, to the extent benefits are based on compensation, includes assumed salary increases as presented above. Amortization included in net pension credits is based on the average remaining service of employees.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded an additional minimum pension liability for the pension plan in the United Kingdom in addition to the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the minimum pension liability by $25.3 million, reduced the intangible asset by $1.7 million, and increased accumulated other comprehensive income by $27.0 million.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company adjusted the minimum pension liability for the pension plan in Canada from the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the intangible asset by $0.4 million and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income by $0.4 million. The minimum pension liability was not materially decreased.

        For 2004, the Company's weighted average expected long-term rate of return on assets was 7.35%. In developing this assumption, the Company evaluated input from its third party pension plan asset managers, including their review of asset class return expectations and long-term inflation assumptions. The Company also considered its historical 10-year average return (through December 31, 2003), which was in line with the expected long-term rate of return assumption for 2004.

145



        The weighted average actual asset allocations and weighted average target allocation ranges by asset category for the Company's pension plan assets were as follows:

 
  Actual Allocation

   
 
Asset Category

  Target
Allocation
Ranges

 
  2004
  2003
 
Equity securites   61 % 68 % 56–66 %
Debt securities   29 % 24 % 26–36 %
Real estate   7 % 7 % 2–12 %
Other   3 % 1 % 0–2 %
   
 
     
Total   100 % 100 %    
   
 
     

        It is the Company's policy to invest pension plan assets in a diversified portfolio consisting of an array of asset classes within the above target asset allocation ranges. The investment risk of the assets is limited by appropriate diversification both within and between asset classes. The assets are primarily invested in a broad mix of domestic and international equities, domestic and international bonds, and real estate, subject to the target asset allocation ranges. The assets are managed with a view to ensuring that sufficient liquidity will be available to meet expected cash flow requirements.

        The Company expects to contribute $35.3 million to its defined benefit pension plans in 2005. The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)

  Amount
2005   $ 59.9
2006     70.7
2007     69.1
2008     69.4
2009     73.4
2010–2014     431.2

14.    Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

        OI Inc. provides certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits covering substantially all U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees and substantially all employees in Canada and the Netherlands. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of creditable service. Independent actuaries determine postretirement benefit costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc.; however, accumulated postretirement benefit obligation information pertaining to each subsidiary has not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation has been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc.

146


        The Company's net periodic postretirement benefit cost, as allocated by OI Inc., for domestic employees was $25.9 million, $26.7 million, and $31.4 million at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Canada and the Netherlands also have postretirement benefit plans covering substantially all employees. The following tables relate to the Company's postretirement benefit plan in Canada and the Netherlands (the International Postretirement Benefit Plans).

        The changes in the International Postretirement Benefit Plans obligations were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 55.3   $ 40.4  

Change in benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Service cost     1.5     1.0  
  Interest cost     3.9     3.0  
  Actuarial loss, including the effect of changing discount rates     1.8     3.1  
  Acquisitions     20.9        
  Benefit payments     (2.0 )   (1.4 )
  Foreign currency translation     6.0     9.4  
  Other           (0.2 )
   
 
 
    Net change in benefit obligations     32.1     14.9  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 87.4   $ 55.3  
   
 
 

        The funded status of the International Postretirement Benefit Plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Projected postretirement benefit obligations   $ 87.4   $ 55.3  
Net unrecognized items:              
  Actuarial loss     (5.7 )   (3.6 )
   
 
 
Nonpension accumulated postretirement benefit obligations   $ 81.7   $ 51.7  
   
 
 

        The Company's nonpension postretirement benefit obligations are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        The components of International Postretirement Benefit Plans net postretirement benefit cost were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Service cost   $ 1.5   $ 1.0
Interest cost     3.9     3.0
Amortization:            
  Loss     0.1      
   
 
Net postretirement benefit cost   $ 5.5   $ 4.0
   
 

147


        The weighted average discount rate used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 5.4% and 6.0% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The weighted average discount rate used to determine net postretirement benefit cost was 6.0% at December 31, 2004, and 6.5% at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        The weighted average assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31 were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   6.84 % 8.00 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)   4.67 % 5.50 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2009   2009  

        Assumed health care cost trend rates affect on the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 
  1-Percentage-
Point Increase

  1-Percentage-
Point Decrease

 
Effect on total of service and interest cost   $ 1.0   $ (0.9 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligations     11.4     (8.5 )

        The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)

  Amount
2005   $ 2.9
2006     3.1
2007     3.3
2008     3.5
2009     3.9
2010–2014     22.7

        Benefits provided by OI Inc. for certain hourly retirees of the Company are determined by collective bargaining. Most other domestic hourly retirees receive health and life insurance benefits from a multi-employer trust established by collective bargaining. Payments to the trust as required by the bargaining agreements are based upon specified amounts per hour worked and were $5.7 million in 2004, $6.0 million in 2003, and $6.2 million in 2002. Postretirement health and life benefits for retirees of foreign subsidiaries are generally provided through the national health care programs of the countries in which the subsidiaries are located.

15.    Other Revenue

        Other revenue in 2004 includes a gain of $20.6 million ($14.5 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property and a gain of $31.0 million ($13.1 million after tax) for a restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business.

148



16.    Other Costs and Expenses

        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 included pretax charges of $202.9 million ($172.2 after tax) related to the following:

149


 
  Hayward
  Milton
  Perth
  Total
 
Plant closing charges   $ 28.5   $ 20.1   $ 23.9   $ 72.5  
Write-down of assets to net realizable value     (12.2 )   (6.4 )   (14.0 )   (32.6 )
Net cash paid     (4.1 )   (1.7 )   (4.5 )   (10.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2003     12.2     12.0     5.4     29.6  

Net cash paid

 

 

(2.7

)

 

(4.4

)

 

(4.3

)

 

(11.4

)
Other, principally translation     (1.4 )   (2.8 )   (0.7 )   (4.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2004   $ 8.1   $ 4.8   $ 0.4   $ 13.3  
   
 
 
 
 

150


17.    Contingencies

        Litigation is pending against the Company, in many cases involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to the business of the Company and in others presenting allegations that are nonroutine and involve compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims as well as other types of relief. The ultimate legal and financial liability of the Company in respect to this pending litigation cannot be estimated with certainty. However, the Company believes, based on its examination and review of such matters and experience to date, that such ultimate liability will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition.

18.    Geographic Information

        The Company operates in the rigid packaging industry. The Company has one primary reportable product segment within the rigid packaging industry: Glass Containers. The Glass Containers segment includes operations in North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, and South America.

        The Company currently evaluates performance and allocates resources based on earnings before interest income, interest expense, provision for income taxes, minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of accounting change ("Operating Profit") excluding amounts related to certain items that management considers not representative of ongoing operations and, ("Segment Operating Profit"). Net sales as shown in the geographic segment information are based on the location of the Company's affiliate which recorded the sales.

        Financial information regarding the Company's geographic segments is as follows:

 
  North
America

  Europe
  Asia
Pacific

  South
America

  Total
Geographic
Segments

 
Net sales:                                
  2004   $ 1,926.1   $ 2,164.1   $ 870.9   $ 561.2   $ 5,522.3  
  2003     1,876.7     1,245.3     798.8     488.2     4,409.0  
  2002     1,911.4     994.0     694.2     459.3     4,058.9  
Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004   $ 253.5   $ 244.1   $ 142.1   $ 124.0   $ 763.7  
  2003     276.4     170.2     118.9     96.2     661.7  
  2002     385.8     115.9     127.0     90.1     718.8  
Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004:                                
    Gain on sale of certain real property         $ 20.6               $ 20.6  
    Italian Specialty Glass gain           31.0                 31.0  
    Mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts   $ 4.9                       4.9  
  2003:                                
    Capacity curtailment charge     (48.6 )       $ (23.9 )         (72.5 )
    Write-down of equity investment     (50.0 )                     (50.0 )
    Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region                 (43.0 )         (43.0 )
    Loss on the sale of notes receivable           (37.4 )               (37.4 )

151


        One customer accounted for 11.5%, and 12.8% of the Company's sales in 2003, and 2002 respectively.

        Operations in individual countries outside the United States that accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net sales were in Italy (2004—11.9%, 2003—13.2%, and 2002—11.6%) and Australia (2004—11.7%, 2003—13.6%, and 2002—12.8%).

        The Company's net fixed assets by location are as follows:

 
  United
States

  Foreign
  Total
2004   $ 648.4   $ 2,502.8   $ 3,151.2
2003     589.7     1,720.5     2,310.2
2002     615.9     1,546.6     2,162.5

        Reconciliations to consolidated totals are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 4,409.0   $ 4,058.9  
  Royalties and net technical assistance     20.9     17.9     18.0  
  Equity earnings     26.1     25.0     26.1  
  Interest     13.8     18.8     20.6  
  Other     70.8     24.8     39.7  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 5,653.9   $ 4,495.5   $ 4,163.3  
   
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Profit to earnings before income taxes, minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of accounting change:                    
  Segment Operating Profit   $ 763.7   $ 661.7   $ 718.8  
  Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit     56.5     (202.9 )      
  Interest expense     (404.3 )   (383.5 )   (346.2 )
  Interest income     13.8     18.8     20.6  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 429.7   $ 94.1   $ 393.2  
   
 
 
 

19.    Additional Interest Charges from Early Extinguishment of Debt

        During 2004, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $22.8 million ($14.9 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and $7.1 million ($4.7 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's bank credit agreement. During 2003, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $12.6 million ($7.9 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million ($2.5 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's previous bank credit agreement. During 2002, the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees related to indebtedness repaid prior to its scheduled maturity. As a result, the Company recorded additional interest charges totaling $15.4 million ($9.6 million after tax). These 2002 charges had been previously reported as extraordinary charges, net

152



of income taxes, and were reclassified to interest expense and provision for income taxes in accordance with FAS No. 145.

20.    Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        On June 21, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A. ("BSN") from Glasspack Participations (the "Acquisition"). Total consideration for the Acquisition was approximately $1.3 billion, including the assumption of approximately $650 million of debt, a portion of which was refinanced in connection with the acquisition. BSN was the second largest glass container manufacturer in Europe with manufacturing facilities in France, Spain, Germany and the Netherlands. The Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the Company's Second Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (see Note 6). In order to secure the European Commission's approval, the Company committed to divest the Barcelona, Spain, and Corsico, Italy glass plants. The Company completed the sale of these plants in January 2005 and received cash proceeds of approximately €138.2 million.

        The Acquisition was part of the Company's overall strategy to improve its presence in the European market in order to better serve the needs of its customers throughout the European region and to take advantage of synergies in purchasing and cost reductions. This integration strategy should lead to significant improvement in earnings from the European operations by the end of 2006. Certain actions contemplated by the integration strategy may require additional accruals that will increase goodwill or result in additional charges to operations. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has determined to reduce capacity in one of the acquired plants. During the first half of 2005, the Company expects to conclude the evaluation of its acquired capacity.

        The total purchase cost of approximately $1.3 billion will be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values. Such allocations will be based upon valuations which have not been finalized. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase consideration included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, is preliminary and includes €577.6 million ($786.6 million at December 31, 2004 exchange rate) of goodwill representing the unallocated portion of the purchase price. The Company expects that the valuation process will be completed no later than the second quarter of 2005. The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004, included six months and ten days of BSN operations.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on June 21, 2004, translated from Euros into dollars at the exchange rate on that date. The

153



initial purchase price allocations may be adjusted within one year of the purchase date for changes in estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 
  June 21,
2004

 
Inventories   $ 294.7  
Accounts receivable     197.8  
Other current assets (excluding cash acquired)     31.8  
   
 
  Total current assets     524.3  

Goodwill

 

 

696.0

 
Other long-term assets     121.5  
Net property, plant and equipment     670.9  
   
 
Assets acquired   $ 2,012.7  

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

(410.6

)
Other long-term liabilities     (334.6 )
   
 
Aggregate purchase costs   $ 1,267.5  
   
 

        The assets above include $71.1 million of estimated intangible assets related to customer relationships, which will be amortized over the next 8 to 12 years. The liabilities above include $72.7 million for the initial estimated costs of certain actions discussed above, substantially all of which relates to employee termination costs and related fringe benefits.

21.    Pro Forma Information—Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        Had the Acquisition described in Note 20 and the related financing described in Note 5 occurred at the beginning of each respective period, pro forma consolidated net sales and net earnings, and would have been as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 752.5         $ 6,274.8
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 17.6   $ (6.4 ) $ 298.8
   
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Net sales   $ 4,409.0   $ 1,417.5         $ 5,826.5
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 20.1   $ 28.9   $ (18.5 ) $ 30.5
   
 
 
 

        The 2004 earnings included the step-up effect of the finished goods inventory acquired in the Acquisition that reduced gross profit by approximately $31.1 million. The 2004 and 2003 earnings include estimated amortization related to the $71.1 million of intangible assets recorded for customer

154



relationships. At average exchange rates for each respective year, the pro forma amortization of the intangible asset was $4.0 million (net of tax) for 2004 and $3.6 million (net of tax) for 2003.

22.    Accounts Receivable Securitization Program

        As part of the acquisition of BSN, the Company acquired a trade accounts receivable securitization program through a BSN subsidiary, BSN Glasspack Services. The program was entered into by BSN in order to provide lower interest costs on a portion of its financing. In November 2000, BSN created a securitization program for its trade receivables through a sub-fund (the "fund") created in accordance with French Law. This securitization program, co-arranged by Credit Commercial de France (HSBC-CCF), and Gestion et Titrisation Internationales ("GTI") and managed by GTI, provides for an aggregate securitization volume of up to €210 million.

        Under the program, BSN Glasspack Services is permitted to sell receivables to the fund until November 5, 2006. According to the program, subject to eligibility criteria, certain, but not all, receivables held by the BSN Glasspack Services are sold to the fund on a weekly basis. The purchase price for the receivables is determined as a function of the book value and the term of each receivable and a Euribor three-month rate increased by a 1.51% margin. A portion of the purchase price for the receivables is deferred and paid by the fund to BSN Glasspack Services only when receivables are collected or at the end of the program. This deferred portion varies based on the status and updated collection history of BSN Glasspack Services' receivable portfolio.

        The transfer of the receivables to the fund is deemed to be a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. The fund assumes all collection risk on the receivables and the transferred receivables have been isolated from BSN Glasspack Services and are no longer controlled by BSN Glasspack Services. The total securitization program cannot exceed €210 million ($286.0 million at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, the Company had $207.0 million of receivables that were sold in this program. For the period from June 21, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the Company received $795.9 million from the sale of receivables to the fund and paid interest of approximately $3.6 million.

        BSN Glasspack Services continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the fund. This service rendered to the fund is invoiced to the fund at a normal market rate.

155



23.    Goodwill

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2002   $ 1,556.2  
Write-down of goodwill     (47.0 )
Translation effects     101.8  
Other changes, principally adjustments to purchase price     50.1  
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002     1,661.1  
Translation effects     285.5  
Other changes, principally adjustments to acquisition-related deferred tax assets     (27.0 )
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003     1,919.6  
Goodwill acquired during the year     696.0  
Translation effects     165.6  
Other changes     18.4  
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004   $ 2,799.6  
   
 

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed an impairment test under FAS No. 142 using the business enterprise value ("BEV") of each reporting unit. BEVs were calculated as of the measurement date, January 1, 2002, by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer. The BEV of each reporting unit was then compared to the book value of each reporting unit as of the measurement date to assess whether an impairment existed under FAS No. 142. Although the Company is principally a manufacturer of glass container products, it does own certain small entities which are part of OI Inc.'s consumer plastic products reporting unit. The Company determined that an impairment existed in the consumer plastic products reporting unit. Following a review of the valuation of the assets of the consumer plastic products reporting unit, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $47.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill. As required by FAS No. 142, the transitional impairment loss has been recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting.

156



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Share Owner of
Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of results of operations, net Parent investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2002 the Company changed its accounting for goodwill.

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005

157



CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC.

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 4,409.0   $ 4,058.9  
  Other revenue     131.6     86.5     104.4  
   
 
 
 
      5,653.9     4,495.5     4,163.3  
Costs and expenses:                    
  Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery     4,455.3     3,549.6     3,178.3  
  Research and development     15.2     15.7     9.7  
  Engineering     34.1     35.5     37.4  
  Selling and administrative     267.2     197.8     175.6  
  Net intercompany interest     0.6     30.6     88.6  
  Other interest expense     403.7     352.9     257.6  
  Other     48.1     219.3     22.9  
   
 
 
 
      5,224.2     4,401.4     3,770.1  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before items below     429.7     94.1     393.2  
Provision for income taxes     109.1     48.2     105.8  
Minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries     33.0     25.8     25.5  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before cumulative effect of accounting change     287.6     20.1     261.9  
Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (47.0 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 20.1   $ 214.9  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

158



OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in millions

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Assets            
Current assets:            
  Cash, including time deposits of $149.0 ($77.6 in 2003)   $ 251.6   $ 150.6
  Receivables including amount from related parties of $0.1 ($9.5 in 2003), less allowances of $29.0 ($23.6 in 2003) for losses and discounts     761.0     628.3
  Inventories     1,051.7     779.9
  Prepaid expenses     62.9     38.5
   
 
    Total current assets     2,127.2     1,597.3

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity investments     106.9     131.0
  Repair parts inventories     185.2     171.2
  Prepaid pension     18.5     22.3
  Deposits, receivables, and other assets     384.4     325.4
  Goodwill     2,799.6     1,919.6
   
 
    Total other assets     3,494.6     2,569.5

Property, plant, and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Land, at cost     155.0     137.9
  Buildings and equipment, at cost:            
    Buildings and building equipment     804.2     637.4
    Factory machinery and equipment     4,273.5     3,385.0
    Transportation, office, and miscellaneous equipment     103.3     102.2
    Construction in progress     167.7     110.7
   
 
      5,503.7     4,373.2
  Less accumulated depreciation     2,352.5     2,063.0
   
 
    Net property, plant, and equipment     3,151.2     2,310.2
   
 
Total assets   $ 8,773.0   $ 6,477.0
   
 

159


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Dollars in millions

 
Liabilities and Net Parent Investment              

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Short-term loans   $ 18.2   $ 28.6  
  Accounts payable including amount to related parties of $0.5 ($25.1 in 2003)     774.7     427.1  
  Salaries and wages     158.0     101.6  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     48.9     19.1  
  Other accrued liabilities     286.7     266.5  
  Long-term debt due within one year     61.8     27.2  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     1,348.3     870.1  
External long-term debt     4,111.0     3,934.0  
Deferred taxes     209.6     152.6  
Other liabilities     845.5     560.0  
Minority share owners' interests     170.1     161.6  
Net Parent investment:              
  Investment by and advances from Parent     2,020.6     997.0  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     67.9     (198.3 )
   
 
 
    Total net Parent investment     2,088.5     798.7  
   
 
 
  Total liabilities and net Parent investment   $ 8,773.0   $ 6,477.0  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

160



OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC.

CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Investment by and advances to Parent                    
  Balance at beginning of year   $ 997.0   $ 2,154.0   $ 2,276.1  
  Net intercompany transactions     736.0     (1,177.1 )   (337.0 )
  Net earnings     287.6     20.1     214.9  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     2,020.6     997.0     2,154.0  
   
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss                    
  Balance at beginning of year     (198.3 )   (541.0 )   (547.9 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     294.8     363.2     93.7  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     67.9     (198.3 )   (541.0 )
   
 
 
 
Total net Parent investment   $ 2,088.5   $ 798.7   $ 1,613.0  
   
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income (loss)                    
  Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 20.1   $ 214.9  
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     294.8     363.2     93.7  
  Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax     (27.5 )   (19.3 )   (91.5 )
  Change in fair value of certain derivative instruments, net of tax     (1.1 )   (1.2 )   4.7  
   
 
 
 
    Total comprehensive income   $ 553.8   $ 362.8   $ 221.8  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

161



OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
   
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Operating activities:                    
 
Net earnings before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

287.6

 

$

20.1

 

$

261.9

 
  Non-cash charges (credits):                    
    Depreciation     384.0     341.3     302.3  
    Amortization of deferred costs     35.2     34.2     32.2  
    Deferred tax provision (credit)     11.4     (3.0 )   45.1  
    Restructuring costs and writeoffs of certain assets           165.5        
    Loss on sale of long-term notes receivable           37.4        
    Gains on asset sales     (51.6 )            
    Other     (70.0 )   (53.9 )   (104.1 )
  Change in non-current operating assets     12.9     (17.5 )   (6.3 )
  Change in non-current liabilities     (10.1 )   (8.2 )   (6.5 )
  Change in components of working capital     181.6     (41.2 )   36.1  
   
 
 
 
    Cash provided by operating activities     781.0     474.7     560.7  
Investing activities:                    
 
Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

 

(407.6

)

 

(312.2

)

 

(341.6

)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (630.3 )         (15.3 )
  Proceeds from sale on long-term notes receivable           163.0        
  Net cash proceeds from divestitures and other     257.8     20.4     17.3  
   
 
 
 
    Cash utilized in investing activities     (780.1 )   (128.8 )   (339.6 )
Financing activities:                    
 
Additions to long-term debt

 

 

2,114.6

 

 

2,154.4

 

 

2,129.2

 
  Repayments of long-term debt     (2,611.1 )   (1,133.2 )   (2,002.0 )
  Increase (decrease) in short-term loans     (23.2 )   (28.0 )   17.4  
  Net change in intercompany debt     675.8     (1,127.2 )   (295.2 )
  Net payments for debt-related hedging activity     (25.9 )   (123.2 )   (70.9 )
  Payment of finance fees     (34.4 )   (43.8 )   (27.7 )
   
 
 
 
  Cash provided by (utilized in) financing activities     95.8     (301.0 )   (249.2 )
  Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash     4.3     7.9     1.2  
   
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash     101.0     52.8     (26.9 )
Cash at beginning of year     150.6     97.8     124.7  
   
 
 
 
Cash at end of year   $ 251.6   $ 150.6   $ 97.8  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

162



OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular data dollars in millions)

1.    Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidated Statements

        The consolidated financial statements of Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. ("Company") include the accounts of its subsidiaries. Newly acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements from dates of acquisition.

        The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in which it has a significant ownership interest, generally 20% to 50%. Other investments are accounted for at cost.

Relationship with Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc., Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. and Owens-Illinois, Inc.

        The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc. ("OB Packaging"), and an indirect subsidiary of Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. ("OI Group") and Owens-Illinois, Inc. ("OI Inc."). Although OI Inc. does not conduct any operations, it has substantial obligations related to outstanding indebtedness, dividends for preferred stock and asbestos-related payments. OI Inc. relies primarily on distributions from its direct and indirect subsidiaries to meet these obligations.

        For federal and certain state income tax purposes, the taxable income of the Company is included in the consolidated tax returns of OI Inc. and income taxes are allocated to the Company on a basis consistent with separate returns.

Nature of Operations

        The Company is a leading manufacturer of glass container products. The Company's principal product lines in the Glass Containers product segment are glass containers for the food and beverage industries. The Company has glass container operations located in 22 countries. The principal markets and operations for the Company's glass products are in North America, Europe, South America, and Australia. One customer accounted for 11.5% and 12.8% of the Company's sales in 2003, and 2002 respectively.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, at which time the Company would revise its estimates accordingly.

Cash

        The Company defines "cash" as cash and time deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts reported for cash, short-term investments and short-term loans approximate fair value. In addition, carrying amounts approximate fair value for certain long-term debt obligations subject to frequently redetermined interest rates. Fair values for the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations are generally based on published market quotations.

163



Derivative Instruments

        The Company uses interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and commodity futures contracts to manage risks generally associated with foreign exchange rate, interest rate and commodity market volatility. Derivative financial instruments are included on the balance sheet at fair value. Whenever possible, hedging instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. If the underlying hedged transaction ceases to exist, all changes in fair value of the related derivatives that have not been settled are recognized in current earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and is not a party to leveraged derivatives. See Note 8 for additional information related to derivative instruments.

Inventory Valuation

        The Company values most U.S. inventories at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost or market. Other inventories are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs) or market.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is evaluated annually, as of October 1, for impairment or more frequently if an impairment indicator exists.

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

        Intangible assets are amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. The Company evaluates the recoverability of amortizable intangible assets and other long-lived assets based on undiscounted projected cash flows, excluding interest and taxes, when factors indicate that impairment may exist. If impairment exists, the asset is written down to fair value.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") is carried at cost and includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity of existing PP&E. In general, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Factory machinery and equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 5 to 25 years and buildings and building equipment over periods ranging from 10 to 50 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Costs assigned to PP&E of acquired businesses are based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes sales, net of estimated discounts and allowances, when the title to the products and risk of loss are transferred to customers. Provisions for rebates to customers are provided in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

164



Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are included with manufacturing, shipping, and delivery costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes on Undistributed Earnings

        In general, the Company plans to continue to reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures accounted for by the equity method. Accordingly, taxes are provided only on that amount of undistributed earnings in excess of planned reinvestments.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The assets and liabilities of most subsidiaries and associates are translated at current exchange rates and any related translation adjustments are recorded directly in net Parent investment. Assets and liabilities will be translated at current exchange rates with any related translation adjustments being recorded directly to net Parent investment.

Accounts Receivable

        Receivables are stated at amounts estimated by management to be the net realizable value. The Company charges off accounts receivable when it becomes apparent based upon age or customer circumstances that amounts will not be collected.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is established through charges to the provision for bad debts. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical trends in collections and write-offs, management's judgment of the probability of collecting accounts and management's evaluation of business risk.

Participation in OI Inc. Stock Option Plans

        The Company participates in the stock option plans of OI Inc. under which employees of the Company may be granted options to purchase common shares of OI Inc. No options may be exercised in whole or in part during the first year after the date granted. In general, subject to certain accelerated exercisability provisions, 50% of the options become exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the date of the option grant, with the remaining 50% becoming exercisable on the sixth anniversary date of the option grant. In general, options expire following termination of employment or the day after the tenth anniversary date of the option grant.

        All options have been granted at prices equal to the market price of OI Inc.'s common stock on the date granted. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense related to the stock option plans. OI Inc. has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."

        A substantial number of the options have been granted to key employees of another subsidiary of OI Inc., some of whose compensation costs are included in an allocation of costs to all operating subsidiaries of OI Inc., including the Company. It is not practical to determine an amount of additional

165



compensation allocable to the Company if OI Inc. had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as allowed by FAS No. 123.

2.    Changes in Components of Working Capital Related to Operations

        Changes in the components of working capital related to operations (net of the effects related to acquisitions and divestitures) were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Decrease (increase) in current assets:                    
  Receivables   $ 75.7   $ 42.9   $ (28.1 )
  Inventories     83.8     (29.1 )   (49.5 )
  Prepaid expenses     32.4     2.7     (10.0 )
Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:                    
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     36.1     (64.2 )   106.4  
  Salaries and wages     (0.9 )   (6.2 )   4.5  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     (45.5 )   12.7     12.8  
   
 
 
 
    $ 181.6   $ (41.2 ) $ 36.1  
   
 
 
 

3.    Inventories

        Major classes of inventory are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Finished goods   $ 890.6   $ 650.7
Work in process     6.4     7.9
Raw materials     77.5     64.6
Operating supplies     77.2     56.7
   
 
    $ 1,051.7   $ 779.9
   
 

        If the inventories which are valued on the LIFO method had been valued at standard costs, which approximate current costs, consolidated inventories would be higher than reported by $15.1 million and $17.2 million, at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        Inventories which are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs), or market at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were approximately $917.4 million and $617.0 million, respectively.

166


4.    Equity Investments

        Summarized information pertaining to the Company's equity associates follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
At end of year:              
  Equity in undistributed earnings:              
    Foreign   $ 12.9   $ 88.3  
    Domestic     17.6     13.9  
   
 
 
Total   $ 30.5   $ 102.2  
   
 
 
Equity in cumulative translation adjustment   $   $ (38.2 )
   
 
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
For the year:                  
  Equity in earnings:                  
    Foreign   $ 15.2   $ 15.1   $ 8.5
    Domestic     10.9     9.9     17.6
   
 
 
      Total   $ 26.1   $ 25.0   $ 26.1
   
 
 
Dividends received   $ 12.8   $ 31.1   $ 29.0
   
 
 

167


5.    External Long-Term Debt

        The following table summarizes the external long-term debt of the Company at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 
  2004
  2003
Secured Credit Agreement:            
  Revolving Credit Facility:            
    Revolving Loans   $ 30.1   $
  Term Loans            
    A1 Term Loan     315.0     460.0
    B1 Term Loan     226.8     840.0
    C1 Term Loan     190.6      
    C2 Term Loan (€47.5 million)     64.7      
Senior Secured Notes:            
  8.875%, due 2009     1,000.0     1,000.0
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0     450.0
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0     625.0
Senior Notes:            
  8.25%, due 2013     444.1     450.0
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4      
Senior Subordinated Notes:            
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6      
Other     102.1     136.2
   
 
      4,172.8     3,961.2
    Less amounts due within one year     61.8     27.2
   
 
      External long-term debt   $ 4,111.0   $ 3,934.0
   
 

        On October 7, 2004, in connection with the sale of OI Inc.'s blow-molded plastic container operations, the Company entered into the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (the "Agreement"). The proceeds from the sale were used to repay C and D term loans and a portion of the B1 term loan outstanding under the previous agreement. At December 31, 2004, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement includes a $600.0 million revolving credit facility and a $315.0 million A1 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2007. It also includes a $226.8 million B1 term loan, and $190.6 million C1 term loan, and a €47.5 million C2 term loan, each of which has a final maturity date of April 1, 2008. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement eliminated the provisions related to the C3 term loan that was canceled on August 19, 2004. The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement also permits the Company, at its option, to refinance certain of its outstanding notes and debentures prior to their scheduled maturity.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company had unused credit of $404.8 million available under the Agreement.

        The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, at the borrower's option, the Base Rate or a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate. The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility also includes a margin linked to the Company's Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Agreement. The margin is limited to ranges of 2.25% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.25% to 1.75% for Base Rate loans. The interest rate on Overdraft Account loans is the Base

168



Rate. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Agreement at December 31, 2004 was 5.09%. Including the effects of cross-currency swap agreements related to borrowings under the Agreement by the Company's Australian and European subsidiaries, as discussed in Note 9, the weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2004 was 5.40%. While no compensating balances are required by the Agreement, the Borrowers must pay a facility fee on the Revolving Credit Facility commitments of .50%.

        Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company, its domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries, which have a book value of approximately $3.3 billion. Borrowings are also secured by a pledge of intercompany debt and equity in most of the Company's domestic subsidiaries and certain stock of certain foreign subsidiaries. All borrowings under the agreement are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries for the term of the Agreement.

        The Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains covenants and provisions that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness or amend certain debt instruments, pay dividends, create liens on assets, enter into contingent obligations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. In addition, the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and meet specified tests based upon financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, including minimum fixed charge coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and specified capital expenditure tests.

        As part of the BSN Acquisition, the Company assumed the senior subordinated notes of BSN. The 10.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €140.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €147.7 million. The 9.25% senior subordinated notes were due August 1, 2009 and had a face amount of €160.0 million at the acquisition date and were recorded at the acquisition date at a fair value of €168.0 million. The majority of these notes were repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2004 as discussed below.

        During December 2004, the Company issued Senior Notes totaling $400.0 million and Senior Notes totaling €225.0 million. The notes bear interest at 6.75%, and are due December 1, 2014. Both series of notes are guaranteed by OI Group and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries. The indentures for both series of notes have substantially the same restrictions as the previously issued 7.75%, 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes and 8.25% Senior Notes. The Company used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $680.0 million in addition to borrowings under the Agreement to purchase in a tender offer $237.6 million of the $350.0 million of OI Inc.'s 7.15% Senior Notes due 2005, €159.6 million of the €160.0 million 9.25% BSN notes due 2009 and €127.3 million of the €140.0 million 10.25% BSN notes due 2009. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004 additional interest charges of $22.8 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees.

        During May 2003, the Company issued Senior Secured Notes totaling $450.0 million and Senior Notes totaling $450.0 million. The notes bear interest at 7.75% and 8.25%, respectively, and are due May 15, 2011 and May 15, 2013, respectively. Both series of notes are guaranteed by OI Group and

169



substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the assets of substantially all of OI Group's domestic subsidiaries are pledged as security for the Senior Secured Notes. The indentures for the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes and the 8.25% Senior Notes have substantially the same restrictions as the 8.875% and 8.75% Senior Secured Notes. The Company used the net proceeds from the notes of approximately $880.0 million to purchase in a tender offer $263.5 million of OI Inc.'s $300.0 million 7.85% Senior Notes due 2004 and to repay borrowings under the previous credit agreement. Concurrently, available credit under the previous credit agreement was reduced to approximately $1.9 billion. As part of the issuance of these notes and the related tender offer, the Company recorded in the second quarter of 2003 additional interest charges of $12.6 million for note repurchase premiums and the related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the previous credit agreement.

        Annual maturities for all of the Company's long-term debt through 2009 are as follows: 2005, $61.8 million; 2006, $30.7 million; 2007, $370.7 million; 2008, $474.0 million; and 2009, $1005.9 million.

        Interest paid in cash, including note repurchase premiums, aggregated $434.7 million for 2004, $324.8 million for 2003, and $204.1 million for 2002.

        Fair values at December 31, 2004, of the Company's significant fixed rate debt obligations were as follows:

 
  Principal Amount
(millions of
dollars)

  Indicated
Market
Price

  Fair Value
(millions of
dollars)

  Hedge Value
(millions of
dollars)

Senior Secured Notes:                      
  8.875%, due 2009   $ 1,000.0   108.75   $ 1,087.5      
  7.75%, due 2011     450.0   108.75     489.4      
  8.75%, due 2012     625.0   112.50     703.1      
Senior Notes:                      
  8.25%, due 2013     450.0   110.25     496.1   $ 444.1
  6.75%, due 2014     400.0   101.75     407.0      
  6.75%, due 2014 (€225 million)     306.4   105.50     323.3      
Senior Subordinated Notes:                      
  10.25%, due 2009 (€12.7 million)     17.4   105.13     18.3      
  9.25%, due 2009 (€0.4 million)     0.6   100.00     0.6      

6.    Operating Leases

        Rent expense attributable to all warehouse, office buildings, and equipment operating leases was $66.3 million in 2004, $68.8 million in 2003, and $54.7 million in 2002. Minimum future rentals under operating leases are as follows: 2005, $68.2 million; 2006, $47.2 million; 2007, $38.3 million; 2008, $26.6 million; and 2009, $20.7 million; and 2010 and thereafter, $24.6 million.

7.    Foreign Currency Translation

        Aggregate foreign currency exchange gains (losses) included in other costs and expenses were $(1.4) million in 2004, $2.2 million in 2003, and $0.4 million in 2002.

170



8.    Derivative Instruments

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has the following derivative instruments related to its various hedging programs:

Fair Value Hedges of Debt

        The terms of the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement require that borrowings under the Agreement be denominated in U.S. dollars except for the C2 term loan which allows for €47.5 million borrowings. In order to manage the exposure to fluctuating foreign exchange rates created by U.S. dollar borrowings by the Company's international subsidiaries, certain subsidiaries have entered into currency swaps for the principal amount of their borrowings under the Agreement and for their interest payments due under the Agreement.

        At the end of 2004, the Company's subsidiary in Australia had agreements that swap a total of U.S. $455 million of borrowings into 702 million Australian dollars. These derivative instruments swap both the interest and principal from U.S. dollars to Australian dollars and also swap the interest rate from a U.S.-based rate to an Australian-based rate. These agreements have various maturity dates ranging from April 2005 through March 2006.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and several European countries have also entered into short term forward exchange contracts which effectively swap additional intercompany and external borrowings by each subsidiary into its local currency. These contracts swap both the interest and principal amount of borrowings.

        The Company recognizes the above derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, and the Company accounts for them as fair value hedges. Accordingly, the changes in the value of the swaps are recognized in current earnings and are expected to substantially offset any exchange rate gains or losses on the related U.S. dollar borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the amount not offset was immaterial. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts Designated as Cash Flow Hedges

        In connection with debt refinancing in late December 2004, the Company's subsidiary in France borrowed approximately €91 million from the Company. In order to hedge the changes in the cash flows of the foreign currency interest and principal repayments, the Company entered into a swap that converts the Euro coupon interest payments into a predetermined U.S. dollar coupon interest payment and also coverts the final principal payment in December 2009 from €91 million to approximately $120.7 million U.S. dollars.

        The Company accounts for the above foreign currency exchange contract on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as, and meets the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is deemed to be ineffective is recognized in current earnings. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        The above foreign currency exchange contract is accounted for as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2004. Hedge accounting is only applied when the derivative is deemed to be highly effective at offsetting anticipated cash flows of the hedged transactions. For hedged forecasted

171



transactions, hedge accounting will be discontinued if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable to occur, and any previously deferred gains or losses will be recorded to earnings immediately.

        At December 31, 2004, the amount included in OCI related to this foreign currency exchange contract was not material. The ineffectiveness related to this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2004 was also not material.

Interest Rate Swaps Designated a Fair Value Hedges

        In the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements with a total notional amount of $1.25 billion that mature from 2007 through 2013. The swaps were executed in order to: (i) convert a portion of the senior notes and senior debentures fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt; (ii) maintain a capital structure containing appropriate amounts of fixed and floating-rate debt; and (iii) reduce net interest payments and expense in the near-term.

        The Company's fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges. Because the relevant terms of the swap agreements match the corresponding terms of the notes, there is no hedge ineffectiveness. Accordingly, as required by FAS No. 133, the Company recorded the net of the fair market values of the swaps as a long-term liability along with a corresponding net decrease in the carrying value of the hedged debt. The fair values are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        Under the swaps, the Company receives fixed rate interest amounts (equal to interest on the corresponding hedged note) and pays interest at a six-month U.S. LIBOR rate (set in arrears) plus a margin spread (see table below). The interest rate differential on each swap is recognized as an adjustment of interest expense during each six-month period over the term of the agreement.

        The following selected information relates to fair value swaps at December 31, 2004 (based on a projected U.S. LIBOR rate of 3.3688%):

 
  Amount
Hedged

  Average
Receive
Rate

  Average
Spread

  Asset
(Liability)
Recorded

 
OI Inc. public notes swapped by the company through intercompany loans:                      
  Senior Notes due 2007   $ 300.0   8.10 % 4.5 % $ (1.8 )
  Senior Notes due 2008     250.0   7.35 % 3.5 %   (1.6 )
  Senior Debentures due 2010     250.0   7.50 % 3.2 %   (0.4 )
Notes issued by the Company:                      
  Senior Notes due 2013     450.0   8.25 % 3.7 %   (5.9 )
   
         
 
Total   $ 1,250.0           $ (9.7 )
   
         
 

Natural Gas Hedges

        The Company uses commodity futures contracts related to forecasted natural gas requirements. The objective of these futures contracts is to limit the fluctuations in prices paid for natural gas and the potential volatility in cash flows from future market price movements. The Company continually evaluates the natural gas market with respect to its future usage requirements. The Company generally evaluates the natural gas market for the next twelve to eighteen months and continually enters into

172



commodity futures contracts in order to hedge a portion of its usage requirements through the next twelve to eighteen months. At December 31, 2004, the Company had entered into commodity futures contracts for approximately 78% (approximately 17,930,000 MM BTUs) of its expected North American natural gas usage for full year of 2005 and approximately 23% (approximately 5,280,000 MM BTUs) for the full year of 2006.

        As discussed further below, prior to December 31, 2004, the Company accounted for the above futures contracts on the balance sheet at fair value. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of a derivative that was designated as, and met the required criteria for, a cash flow hedge was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. Any material portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that was deemed to be ineffective was recognized in current earnings.

        During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company determined that the commodity futures contracts described above did not meet all of the documentation requirements to qualify for special hedge accounting treatment and began to recognize all changes in fair value of these contracts in current earnings. The total unrealized pretax gain recorded in 2004 was $4.9 million ($3.2 million after tax). This change had no effect upon the Company's cash flows.

Other Hedges

        The Company's subsidiaries may enter into short-term forward exchange agreements to purchase foreign currencies at set rates in the future. These foreign currency forward exchange agreements are used to limit exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates for all significant planned purchases of fixed assets or commodities that are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries' functional currency. Subsidiaries may also use forward exchange agreements to offset the foreign currency risk for receivables and payables not denominated in, or indexed to, their functional currencies. The Company records these short-term forward exchange agreements on the balance sheet at fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized in current earnings.

9.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The components of comprehensive income (loss) are: (a) net earnings (loss); (b) change in fair value of certain derivative instruments; (c) adjustment of minimum pension liabilities; and, (d) foreign currency translation adjustments. The net effect of exchange rate fluctuations generally reflects changes in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar against major foreign currencies between the beginning and end of the year.

173


        The following table lists the beginning balance, yearly activity and ending balance of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 
  Net Effect of
Exchange
Rate
Fluctuations

  Deferred Tax
Effect for
Translation

  Change in
Minimum
Pension
Liability,
Net of Tax

  Change in
Certain
Derivative
Instruments,
Net of Tax

  Total
Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
Balance on January 1, 2002   $ (572.4 ) $ 27.0         $ (2.5 ) $ (547.9 )
2002 Change     94.7     (1.0 ) $ (91.5 )   4.7     6.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2002     (477.7 )   26.0     (91.5 )   2.2     (541.0 )
2003 Change     367.7     (4.5 )   (19.3 )   (1.2 )   342.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2003     (110.0 )   21.5     (110.8 )   1.0     (198.3 )
2004 Change     303.5     (8.7 )   (27.5 )   (1.1 )   266.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on December 31, 2004   $ 193.5   $ 12.8   $ (138.3 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 67.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The change in minimum pension liability for 2002, 2003, and 2004 was net of tax of $39.2 million and $1.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The change in minimum pension liability for 2004 included $9.0 million ($12.6 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in prior years. The change in minimum pension liability for 2003 included $10.1 million ($14.7 million pretax) of translation effect on the minimum pension liability recorded in 2002.

        The change in certain derivative instruments for 2002, 2003 and 2004 was net of tax of $2.5 million, $0.7 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

10.    Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect: (1) the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (2) carryovers and credits for income tax purposes. Significant components of the

174



Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Tax loss carryovers   $ 251.0   $ 201.4  
  Capital loss carryovers     30.7     29.5  
  Accrued postretirement benefits     18.1     17.5  
  Other, principally accrued liabilities     203.3     185.6  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     503.1     434.0  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Property, plant and equipment     224.8     196.4  
  Inventory     32.4     27.5  
  Other     53.1     82.2  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     310.3     306.1  
Valuation allowance     (320.8 )   (229.5 )
   
 
 
  Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (128.0 ) $ (101.6 )
   
 
 

        Deferred taxes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid expenses   $ 36.2   $ 9.7  
Deposits, receivables, and other assets     45.4     41.3  
Deferred tax liability     (209.6 )   (152.6 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (128.0 ) $ (101.6 )
   
 
 

175


        The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Current:                    
  U.S. Federal   $   $   $  
  State     0.2     0.3     0.2  
  Foreign     97.5     50.9     65.8  
   
 
 
 
      97.7     51.2     66.0  
   
 
 
 
Deferred:                    
  U.S. Federal     18.5     0.2     44.2  
  State     13.1     (1.8 )   5.3  
  Foreign     (20.2 )   (1.4 )   (9.7 )
   
 
 
 
      11.4     (3.0 )   39.8  
   
 
 
 
Total:                    
  U.S. Federal     18.5     0.2     44.2  
  State     13.3     (1.5 )   5.5  
  Foreign     77.3     49.5     56.1  
   
 
 
 
    $ 109.1   $ 48.2   $ 105.8  
   
 
 
 

        The provision for income taxes was calculated based on the following components of earnings (loss) before income taxes:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 25.3   $ (88.2 ) $ 119.6
Foreign     404.4     182.3     273.6
   
 
 
    $ 429.7   $ 94.1   $ 393.2
   
 
 

        Income taxes paid in cash were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 0.2   $ 0.4   $
Foreign     95.8     45.1     39.2
   
 
 
    $ 96.0   $ 45.5   $ 39.2
   
 
 

176


        A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes based on the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes is as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Pretax earnings at statutory U.S. Federal tax rate   $ 150.4   $ 33.0   $ 137.6  
Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes due to:                    
  Write-down of equity investment           25.0        
  State taxes, net of federal benefit     13.6     (1.0 )   3.2  
  Rate differences on international earnings     (24.6 )   (12.4 )   (29.6 )
  Australian tax consolidation     (33.1 )            
  Loss on Ardagh note sale           11.2        
  Adjustment for non-U.S. tax law changes           (9.1 )   (4.8 )
  Other items     2.8     1.5     (0.6 )
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 109.1   $ 48.2   $ 105.8  
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate     25.4 %   51.1 %   26.9 %
   
 
 
 

        The Company is included in OI Inc.'s consolidated tax returns. OI Inc. has net operating losses, capital losses, alternative minimum tax credits, and research and development credits available to offset future U.S. Federal income tax.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's equity in the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which income taxes had not been provided approximated $1,186.0 million. It is not practicable to estimate the U.S. and foreign tax which would be payable should these earnings be distributed.

        In 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the trustee of an insolvent Canadian entity. At the conclusion of its insolvency proceedings, the entity was merged with the Company's Canadian operating subsidiary, thereby establishing a loss that can be carried forward and applied against future taxable earnings of the Company's Canadian manufacturing operations. Based on its historical and projected taxable earnings in Canada, the Company provided a valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in Canada, including the tax loss carryforwards. The Company presently intends to reverse a portion of the valuation allowance each year related to loss carryforwards that are utilized during the year.

11.    Related Party Transactions

        Charges for administrative services are allocated to the Company by OI Inc. based on an annual utilization level. Such services include compensation and benefits administration, payroll processing, use of certain general accounting systems, auditing, income tax planning and compliance, and treasury services. Management believes that such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company

177



than those that could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The following information summarizes the Company's significant related party transactions:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Revenues:                  
  Sales to affiliated companies   $ 4.7   $ 0.8   $ 0.6
   
 
 
Expenses:                  
  Administrative services     15.6     17.7     19.4
  Corporate management fee     18.0     16.6     16.7
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 33.6   $ 34.3   $ 36.1
   
 
 

        The above expenses are recorded in the statement of operations as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Cost of sales   $ 13.7   $ 15.7   $ 17.3
Selling, general, and adminstrative expenses     19.9     18.6     18.8
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 33.6   $ 34.3   $ 36.1
   
 
 

        Intercompany interest is charged to the Company from OI Inc. based on intercompany debt balances. An interest rate is calculated monthly based on OI Inc's total consolidated monthly external debt balance and the related interest expense, including finance fee amortization and commitment fees. The calculated rate (9.4% at December 31, 2004) is applied monthly to the intercompany debt balance to determine intercompany interest expense.

12.    Pension Benefit Plans

        The Company participates in OI Inc.'s defined benefit pension plans for substantially all employees located in the United States. Benefits generally are based on compensation for salaried employees and on length of service for hourly employees. OI Inc.'s policy is to fund pension plans such that sufficient assets will be available to meet future benefit requirements. Independent actuaries determine pension costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc. included in the plans; however, accumulated benefit obligation information and plan assets pertaining to each subsidiary have not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated benefit obligation and the plan assets related to the pension plans for domestic employees have been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc. Net credits to results of operations for the Company's allocated portion of the domestic pension costs amounted to $20.8 million in 2004, $40.1 million in 2003, and $71.2 million in 2002.

        OI Inc. also sponsors several defined contribution plans for all salaried and hourly U.S. employees of the Company. Participation is voluntary and participants' contributions are based on their compensation. OI Inc. matches contributions of participants, up to various limits, in substantially all plans. OI Inc. charges the Company for its share of the match. The Company's share of the contributions to these plans amounted to $4.9 million in 2004, $4.3 million in 2003, and $4.9 million in 2002.

178


        The Company's subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Germany and France also have pension plans covering substantially all employees. The following tables relate to the Company's principal defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Germany and France (the International Pension Plans).

        The International Pension Plans use a December 31 measurement date.

        The changes in the International Pension Plans benefit obligations for the year were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 791.5   $ 636.2  

Change in benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Service cost     20.3     14.6  
  Interest cost     57.0     39.2  
  Actuarial loss, including the effect of changing in discount rates     57.2     30.4  
  Acquisitions     448.8        
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Benefit payments     (71.8 )   (46.6 )
  Plan amendments     (12.7 )      
  Foreign currency translation     119.3     110.6  
  Other           2.0  
   
 
 
    Net increase in benefit obligations     625.8     155.3  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 1,417.3   $ 791.5  
   
 
 

        The changes in the fair value of the International Pension Plans' assets for the year were as follows (certain amounts from prior year have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Fair value at beginning of year   $ 577.3   $ 441.5  

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actual gain on plan assets     72.8     61.0  
  Acquisitions     285.1        
  Benefit payments     (71.8 )   (46.6 )
  Employer contributions     55.0     34.3  
  Participant contributions     7.7     5.1  
  Foreign currency translation     82.4     82.0  
   
 
 
    Net increase in fair value of assets     431.2     135.8  
   
 
 
Fair value at end of year   $ 1,008.5   $ 577.3  
   
 
 

179


        The funded status of the International Pension Plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Plan assets at fair value   $ 1,008.5   $ 577.3  
Projected benefit obligations     1,417.3     791.5  
   
 
 
  Plan assets less than projected benefit obligations     (408.8 )   (214.2 )

Net unrecognized items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Actuarial loss     289.4     239.3  
  Prior service cost     5.5     12.9  
   
 
 
      294.9     252.2  
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (113.9 ) $ 38.0  
   
 
 

        The net amount recognized is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid pension   $ 18.5   $ 22.3  
Accrued pension, included with other liabilities     (205.5 )   (45.4 )
Minimum pension liability, included with other liabilities     (134.7 )   (107.3 )
Intangible asset, included with deposits and other assets     12.2     12.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     195.6     156.0  
   
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ (113.9 ) $ 38.0  
   
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,286.3 million and $716.2 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The components of the International Pension Plans' net pension expense were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Service cost   $ 20.3   $ 14.6   $ 11.2  
Interest cost     57.0     39.2     32.6  
Expected asset return     (62.5 )   (46.7 )   (44.4 )

Amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Prior service cost     1.6     1.4     1.3  
  Loss     7.9     0.3        
   
 
 
 
    Net amortization     9.5     1.7     1.3  
   
 
 
 
Net expense   $ 24.3   $ 8.8   $ 0.7  
   
 
 
 

180


        The following information is for plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Accumulated benefit obligations   $ 1,317.3   $ 632.3
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     479.9

        The following information is for plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at year end:

 
  2004
  2003
Accumulated benefit obligations   $ 1,197.9   $ 632.3
Fair value of plan assets     906.8     479.9

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount rate   5.15 % 5.68 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.41 % 3.86 %

        The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Discount rate   5.68 % 5.76 % 5.88 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.86 % 3.79 % 3.97 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets   7.35 % 7.56 % 7.98 %

        Future benefits are assumed to increase in a manner consistent with past experience of the plans, which, to the extent benefits are based on compensation, includes assumed salary increases as presented above. Amortization included in net pension credits is based on the average remaining service of employees.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded an additional minimum pension liability for the pension plan in the United Kingdom in addition to the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the minimum pension liability by $25.3 million, reduced the intangible asset by $1.7 million, and increased accumulated other comprehensive income by $27.0 million.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company adjusted the minimum pension liability for the pension plan in Canada from the minimum liabilities recorded in 2002 and 2003. Pursuant to this requirement, the Company increased the intangible asset by $0.4 million and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income by $0.4 million. The minimum pension liability was not materially decreased.

        For 2004, the Company's weighted average expected long-term rate of return on assets was 7.35%. In developing this assumption, the Company evaluated input from its third party pension plan asset managers, including their review of asset class return expectations and long-term inflation assumptions. The Company also considered its historical 10-year average return (through December 31, 2003), which was in line with the expected long-term rate of return assumption for 2004.

181



        The weighted average actual asset allocations and weighted average target allocation ranges by asset category for the Company's pension plan assets were as follows:

 
  Actual Allocation
   
 
Asset Category

  Target
Allocation
Ranges

 
  2004
  2003
 
Equity securites   61 % 68 % 56–66 %
Debt securities   29 % 24 % 26–36 %
Real estate   7 % 7 % 2–12 %
Other   3 % 1 % 0–2 %
   
 
     
Total   100 % 100 %    
   
 
     

        It is the Company's policy to invest pension plan assets in a diversified portfolio consisting of an array of asset classes within the above target asset allocation ranges. The investment risk of the assets is limited by appropriate diversification both within and between asset classes. The assets are primarily invested in a broad mix of domestic and international equities, domestic and international bonds, and real estate, subject to the target asset allocation ranges. The assets are managed with a view to ensuring that sufficient liquidity will be available to meet expected cash flow requirements.

        The Company expects to contribute $35.3 million to its defined benefit pension plans in 2005.

        The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)

  Amount
2005   $ 59.9
2006     70.7
2007     69.1
2008     69.4
2009     73.4
2010–2014     431.2

13.    Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

        OI Inc. provides certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits covering substantially all U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees and substantially all employees in Canada and the Netherlands. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of creditable service. Independent actuaries determine postretirement benefit costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc.; however, accumulated postretirement benefit obligation information pertaining to each subsidiary has not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation has been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc.

        The Company's net periodic postretirement benefit cost, as allocated by OI Inc., for domestic employees was $25.9 million, $26.7 million, and $31.4 million at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

        The Company's subsidiaries in Canada and the Netherlands also have postretirement benefit plans covering substantially all employees. The following tables relate to the Company's postretirement benefit plan in Canada and the Netherlands (the International Postretirement Benefit Plans).

182


        The changes in the International Postretirement Benefit Plans obligations were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Obligations at beginning of year   $ 55.3   $ 40.4  

Change in benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Service cost     1.5     1.0  
  Interest cost     3.9     3.0  
  Actuarial loss, including the effect of changing discount rates     1.8     3.1  
  Acquisitions     20.9        
  Benefit payments     (2.0 )   (1.4 )
  Foreign currency translation     6.0     9.4  
  Other           (0.2 )
   
 
 
    Net change in benefit obligations     32.1     14.9  
   
 
 
Obligations at end of year   $ 87.4   $ 55.3  
   
 
 

        The funded status of the International Postretirement Benefit Plans at year end was as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Projected postretirement benefit obligations   $ 87.4   $ 55.3  
Net unrecognized items:              
  Actuarial loss     (5.7 )   (3.6 )
   
 
 
Nonpension accumulated postretirement benefit obligations   $ 81.7   $ 51.7  
   
 
 

        The Company's nonpension postretirement benefit obligations are included with other long term liabilities on the balance sheet.

        The components of International Postretirement Benefit Plans net postretirement benefit cost were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Service cost   $ 1.5   $ 1.0
Interest cost     3.9     3.0

Amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss     0.1      
   
 
Net postretirement benefit cost   $ 5.5   $ 4.0
   
 

        The weighted average discount rate used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 5.4% and 6.0% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The weighted average discount rate used to determine net postretirement benefit cost was 6.0% at December 31, 2004, and 6.5% at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

183



        The weighted average assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31 were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   6.84 % 8.00 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
(ultimate trend rate)
  4.67 % 5.50 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2009   2009  

        Assumed health care cost trend rates affect on the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 
  1-Percentage-
Point Increase

  1-Percentage-
Point Decrease

 
Effect on total of service and interest cost   $ 1.0   $ (0.9 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligations     11.4     (8.5 )

        The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

Year(s)

  Amount
2005   $ 2.9
2006     3.1
2007     3.3
2008     3.5
2009     3.9
2010–2014     22.7

        Benefits provided by OI Inc. for certain hourly retirees of the Company are determined by collective bargaining. Most other domestic hourly retirees receive health and life insurance benefits from a multi-employer trust established by collective bargaining. Payments to the trust as required by the bargaining agreements are based upon specified amounts per hour worked and were $5.7 million in 2004, $6.0 million in 2003, and $6.2 million in 2002. Postretirement health and life benefits for retirees of foreign subsidiaries are generally provided through the national health care programs of the countries in which the subsidiaries are located.

14.    Other Revenue

        Other revenue in 2004 includes a gain of $20.6 million ($14.5 million after tax) for the sale of certain real property and a gain of $31.0 million ($13.1 million after tax) for a restructuring in the Italian Specialty Glass business.

184



15.    Other Costs and Expenses

        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 included pretax charges of $202.9 million ($172.2 after tax) related to the following:

185


 
  Hayward
  Milton
  Perth
  Total
 
Plant closing charges   $ 28.5   $ 20.1   $ 23.9   $ 72.5  
Write-down of assets to net realizable value     (12.2 )   (6.4 )   (14.0 )   (32.6 )
Net cash paid     (4.1 )   (1.7 )   (4.5 )   (10.3 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2003     12.2     12.0     5.4     29.6  
Net cash paid     (2.7 )   (4.4 )   (4.3 )   (11.4 )
Other, principally translation     (1.4 )   (2.8 )   (0.7 )   (4.9 )
   
 
 
 
 
Remaining accruals related to plant closing charges as of December 31, 2004   $ 8.1   $ 4.8   $ 0.4   $ 13.3  
   
 
 
 
 

186


16.    Contingencies

        Litigation is pending against the Company, in many cases involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to the business of the Company and in others presenting allegations that are nonroutine and involve compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims as well as other types of relief. The ultimate legal and financial liability of the Company in respect to this pending litigation cannot be estimated with certainty. However, the Company believes, based on its examination and review of such matters and experience to date, that such ultimate liability will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition.

17.    Geographic Information

        The Company operates in the rigid packaging industry. The Company has one primary reportable product segment within the rigid packaging industry: Glass Containers. The Glass Containers segment includes operations in North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, and South America.

        The Company currently evaluates performance and allocates resources based on earnings before interest income, interest expense, provision for income taxes, minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of accounting change ("Operating Profit") excluding amounts related to certain items that management considers not representative of ongoing operations and, ("Segment Operating Profit"). Net sales as shown in the geographic segment information are based on the location of the Company's affiliate which recorded the sales.

        Financial information regarding the Company's geographic segments is as follows:

 
  North
America

  Europe
  Asia
Pacific

  South
America

  Total
Geographic
Segments

 
Net sales:                                
  2004   $ 1,926.1   $ 2,164.1   $ 870.9   $ 561.2   $ 5,522.3  
  2003     1,876.7     1,245.3     798.8     488.2     4,409.0  
  2002     1,911.4     994.0     694.2     459.3     4,058.9  
Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004   $ 253.5   $ 244.1   $ 142.1   $ 124.0   $ 763.7  
  2003     276.4     170.2     118.9     96.2     661.7  
  2002     385.8     115.9     127.0     90.1     718.8  
Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit:                                
  2004:                                
    Gain on sale of certain real property         $ 20.6               $ 20.6  
    Italian Specialty Glass gain           31.0                 31.0  
    Mark to market effect of certain commodity futures contracts   $ 4.9                       4.9  
  2003:                                
    Capacity curtailment charge     (48.6 )       $ (23.9 )         (72.5 )
    Write-down of equity investment     (50.0 )                     (50.0 )
    Write-down of Plastics Packaging assets in the Asia Pacific region                 (43.0 )         (43.0 )
    Loss on the sale of notes receivable           (37.4 )               (37.4 )

187


        One customer accounted for 11.5%, and 12.8% of the Company's sales in 2003 and 2002 respectively.

        Operations in individual countries outside the United States that accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net sales were in Italy (2004—11.9%, 2003—13.2%, and 2002—11.6%) and Australia (2004—11.7%, 2003—13.6%, and 2002—12.8%).

        The Company's net fixed assets by location are as follows:

 
  United
States

  Foreign
  Total
2004   $ 648.4   $ 2,502.8   $ 3,151.2
2003     589.7     1,720.5     2,310.2
2002     615.9     1,546.6     2,162.5

        Reconciliations to consolidated totals are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 4,409.0   $ 4,058.9  
  Royalties and net technical assistance     20.9     17.9     18.0  
  Equity earnings     26.1     25.0     26.1  
  Interest     13.8     18.8     20.6  
  Other     70.8     24.8     39.7  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 5,653.9   $ 4,495.5   $ 4,163.3  
   
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Profit to earnings before income taxes, minority share owners' interests in earnings of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of accounting change:                    
  Segment Operating Profit   $ 763.7   $ 661.7   $ 718.8  
  Items excluded from Segment Operating Profit     56.5     (202.9 )      
  Interest expense     (404.3 )   (383.5 )   (346.2 )
  Interest income     13.8     18.8     20.6  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 429.7   $ 94.1   $ 393.2  
   
 
 
 

18.    Additional Interest Charges from Early Extinguishment of Debt

        During 2004, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $22.8 million ($14.9 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and $7.1 million ($4.7 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's bank credit agreement. During 2003, the Company recorded additional interest charges of $12.6 million ($7.9 million after tax) for note repurchase premiums and related write-off of unamortized finance fees and $3.6 million ($2.5 million after tax) for the write-off of unamortized finance fees related to the reduction of available credit under the Company's previous bank credit agreement. During 2002, the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees related to indebtedness repaid prior to its scheduled maturity. As a result, the Company recorded additional interest charges totaling $15.4 million ($9.6 million after tax). These 2002 charges had been previously reported as extraordinary charges, net

188



of income taxes, and were reclassified to interest expense and provision for income taxes in accordance with FAS No. 145.

19.    Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        On June 21, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A. ("BSN") from Glasspack Participations (the "Acquisition"). Total consideration for the Acquisition was approximately $1.3 billion, including the assumption of approximately $650 million of debt, a portion of which was refinanced in connection with the acquisition. BSN was the second largest glass container manufacturer in Europe with manufacturing facilities in France, Spain, Germany and the Netherlands. The Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the Company's Second Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement (see Note 6). In order to secure the European Commission's approval, the Company committed to divest the Barcelona, Spain, and Corsico, Italy glass plants. The Company completed the sale of these plants in January 2005 and received cash proceeds of approximately €138.2 million.

        The Acquisition was part of the Company's overall strategy to improve its presence in the European market in order to better serve the needs of its customers throughout the European region and to take advantage of synergies in purchasing and cost reductions. This integration strategy should lead to significant improvement in earnings from the European operations by the end of 2006. Certain actions contemplated by the integration strategy may require additional accruals that will increase goodwill or result in additional charges to operations. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has determined to reduce capacity in one of the acquired plants. During the first half of 2005, the Company expects to conclude the evaluation of its acquired capacity.

        The total purchase cost of approximately $1.3 billion will be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values. Such allocations will be based upon valuations which have not been finalized. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase consideration included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, is preliminary and includes €577.6 million ($786.6 million at December 31, 2004 exchange rate) of goodwill representing the unallocated portion of the purchase price. The Company expects that the valuation process will be completed no later than the second quarter of 2005. The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004, included six months and ten days of BSN operations.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on June 21, 2004, translated from Euros into dollars at the exchange rate on that date. The

189



initial purchase price allocations may be adjusted within one year of the purchase date for changes in estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 
  June 21,
2004

 
Inventories   $ 294.7  
Accounts receivable     197.8  
Other current assets (excluding cash acquired)     31.8  
   
 
  Total current assets     524.3  
Goodwill     696.0  
Other long-term assets     121.5  
Net property, plant and equipment     670.9  
   
 
Assets acquired   $ 2,012.7  
Accounts payable and other current liabilities     (410.6 )
Other long-term liabilities     (334.6 )
   
 
Aggregate purchase costs   $ 1,267.5  
   
 

        The assets above include $71.1 million of estimated intangible assets related to customer relationships, which will be amortized over the next 8 to 12 years. The liabilities above include $72.7 million for the initial estimated costs of certain actions discussed above, substantially all of which relates to employee termination costs and related fringe benefits.

20.    Pro Forma Information—Acquisition of BSN Glasspack, S.A.

        Had the Acquisition described in Note 19 and the related financing described in Note 5 occurred at the beginning of each respective period, pro forma consolidated net sales and net earnings, and would have been as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Net sales   $ 5,522.3   $ 752.5         $ 6,274.8
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 287.6   $ 17.6   $ (6.4 ) $ 298.8
   
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  As
Reported

  BSN
Adjustments

  Financing
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Net sales   $ 4,409.0   $ 1,417.5         $ 5,826.5
   
 
 
 
Net earnings   $ 20.1   $ 28.9   $ (18.5 ) $ 30.5
   
 
 
 

        The 2004 earnings included the step-up effect of the finished goods inventory acquired in the Acquisition that reduced gross profit by approximately $31.1 million. The 2004 and 2003 earnings include estimated amortization related to the $71.1 million of intangible assets recorded for customer

190



relationships. At average exchange rates for each respective year, the pro forma amortization of the intangible asset was $4.0 million (net of tax) for 2004 and $3.6 million (net of tax) for 2003.

21.    Accounts Receivable Securitization Program

        As part of the acquisition of BSN, the Company acquired a trade accounts receivable securitization program through a BSN subsidiary, BSN Glasspack Services. The program was entered into by BSN in order to provide lower interest costs on a portion of its financing. In November 2000, BSN created a securitization program for its trade receivables through a sub-fund (the "fund") created in accordance with French Law. This securitization program, co-arranged by Credit Commercial de France (HSBC-CCF), and Gestion et Titrisation Internationales ("GTI") and managed by GTI, provides for an aggregate securitization volume of up to €210 million.

        Under the program, BSN Glasspack Services is permitted to sell receivables to the fund until November 5, 2006. According to the program, subject to eligibility criteria, certain, but not all, receivables held by the BSN Glasspack Services are sold to the fund on a weekly basis. The purchase price for the receivables is determined as a function of the book value and the term of each receivable and a Euribor three-month rate increased by a 1.51% margin. A portion of the purchase price for the receivables is deferred and paid by the fund to BSN Glasspack Services only when receivables are collected or at the end of the program. This deferred portion varies based on the status and updated collection history of BSN Glasspack Services' receivable portfolio.

        The transfer of the receivables to the fund is deemed to be a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. The fund assumes all collection risk on the receivables and the transferred receivables have been isolated from BSN Glasspack Services and are no longer controlled by BSN Glasspack Services. The total securitization program cannot exceed €210 million ($286.0 million at December 31, 2004). At December 31, 2004, the Company had $207.0 million of receivables that were sold in this program. For the period from June 21, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the Company received $795.9 million from the sale of receivables to the fund and paid interest of approximately $3.6 million.

        BSN Glasspack Services continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the fund. This service rendered to the fund is invoiced to the fund at a normal market rate.

191



22.    Goodwill

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2002   $ 1,556.2  
Write-down of goodwill     (47.0 )
Translation effects     101.8  
Other changes, principally adjustments to purchase price     50.1  
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002     1,661.1  
Translation effects     285.5  
Other changes, principally adjustments to acquisition-related deferred tax assets     (27.0 )
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003     1,919.6  
Goodwill acquired during the year     696.0  
Translation effects     165.6  
Other changes     18.4  
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004   $ 2,799.6  
   
 

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed an impairment test under FAS No. 142 using the business enterprise value ("BEV") of each reporting unit. BEVs were calculated as of the measurement date, January 1, 2002, by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer. The BEV of each reporting unit was then compared to the book value of each reporting unit as of the measurement date to assess whether an impairment existed under FAS No. 142. Although the Company is principally a manufacturer of glass container products, it does own certain small entities which are part of OI Inc.'s consumer plastic products reporting unit. The Company determined that an impairment existed in the consumer plastic products reporting unit. Following a review of the valuation of the assets of the consumer plastic products reporting unit, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $47.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill. As required by FAS No. 142, the transitional impairment loss has been recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting.

192



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Share Owner of
OI Plastic Products FTS Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OI Plastic Products FTS Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of results of operations, net Parent investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of OI Plastic Products FTS Inc. at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2002 the Company changed its accounting for goodwill.

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005

193



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                    
  Net sales   $ 631.5   $ 632.0   $ 612.9  
  Other revenue     0.2     2.0     3.8  
   
 
 
 
      631.7     634.0     616.7  

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Manufacturing, shipping, and delivery     478.7     484.6     448.2  
  Research and development     11.3     14.4     11.5  
  Engineering     (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.6 )
  Selling and administrative     34.5     37.5     36.9  
  Net intercompany interest     10.2     (2.7 )   (42.1 )
  Other interest expense     0.8     15.4     44.5  
  Other     1.9     45.9     2.1  
   
 
 
 
      536.9     594.6     500.5  
   
 
 
 
Earnings from continuing operations before items below     94.8     39.4     116.2  
Provision for income taxes     33.6     22.0     45.5  
   
 
 
 
Earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change     61.2     17.4     70.7  
Net earnings (loss) of discontinued operations     66.4     (658.5 )   41.5  
Cumulative effect of accounting change                 (413.0 )
   
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)   $ 127.6   $ (641.1 ) $ (300.8 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

194



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in millions

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Assets            
Current assets:            
  Cash   $ 1.0   $ 9.8
  Receivables including $0.6 ($24.2 in 2003) from related parties, less allowances of $20.7 ($20.4 in 2003) for losses and discounts     49.5     69.5
  Inventories     64.7     83.4
  Prepaid expenses     12.5     15.8
  Assets of discontinued operations           261.3
   
 
    Total current assets     127.7     439.8

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity investments     9.1     7.3
  Repair parts inventories     7.0     6.0
  Deposits, receivables, and other assets     13.7     14.9
  Goodwill     209.5     209.5
  Assets of discontinued operations           933.2
   
 
    Total other assets     239.3     1,170.9

Property, plant, and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Land, at cost     5.4     6.7
  Buildings and equipment, at cost:            
    Buildings and building equipment     85.4     83.2
    Factory machinery and equipment     532.3     558.8
    Transportation, office, and miscellaneous equipment     7.3     8.3
    Construction in progress     17.9     16.2
   
 
      648.3     673.2
  Less accumulated depreciation     324.8     326.0
   
 
    Net property, plant, and equipment     323.5     347.2
   
 
Total assets   $ 690.5   $ 1,957.9
   
 

195


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Liabilities and Net Parent Investment              

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Accounts payable including $4.7 ($27.2 in 2003) to related parties   $ 48.2   $ 59.8  
  Salaries and wages     8.3     6.8  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     0.2     (0.3 )
  Other accrued liabilities     66.9     19.2  
  Long-term debt due within one year     0.1     0.1  
  Liabilities of discontinued operations           95.3  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     123.7     180.9  
Liabilities of discontinued operations           111.0  
External long-term debt     11.0     0.7  
Deferred taxes     50.0     48.5  
Other liabilities     0.2     3.7  
Net Parent investment              
  Investment by and advances from Parent     527.8     1,658.0  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (22.2 )   (44.9 )
   
 
 
    Total net Parent investment     505.6     1,613.1  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and net Parent investment   $ 690.5   $ 1,957.9  
   
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

196



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Investment by and advances to Parent                    
  Balance at beginning of year   $ 1,658.0   $ 1,675.7   $ 1,980.0  
  Net intercompany transactions     (1,257.8 )   623.4     (3.5 )
  Net (loss) earnings     127.6     (641.1 )   (300.8 )
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     527.8     1,658.0     1,675.7  
   
 
 
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Balance at beginning of year     (44.9 )   (42.5 )   (28.3 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     22.7     (2.4 )   (14.2 )
   
 
 
 
    Balance at end of year     (22.2 )   (44.9 )   (42.5 )
   
 
 
 
Total net Parent investment   $ 505.6   $ 1,613.1   $ 1,633.2  
   
 
 
 

Total comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net earnings (loss)   $ 127.6   $ (641.1 ) $ (300.8 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments     22.7     (2.4 )   (14.2 )
   
 
 
 
    Total comprehensive income (loss)   $ 150.3   $ (643.5 ) $ (315.0 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

197



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Dollars in millions

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Operating activities:                    
  Net earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 61.2   $ 17.4   $ 70.7  
  Non-cash charges (credits):                    
    Depreciation     54.4     47.9     50.2  
    Amortization of deferred costs     3.5     5.1     7.7  
    Loss on sale of certain closures assets           41.3        
    Deferred tax provision     31.5     20.4     43.0  
    Other     0.1     (54.7 )   (22.6 )
  Change in non-current operating assets     (4.7 )   6.0     5.6  
  Change in components of working capital     25.5     (5.2 )   (6.5 )
   
 
 
 
    Cash provided by continuing operating activities     171.5     78.2     148.1  
    Cash provided by discontinued operating activities     51.2     44.9     169.7  
   
 
 
 
      Cash provided by total operating activities     222.7     123.1     317.8  

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment—continuing     (30.7 )   (37.3 )   (52.1 )
  Additions to property, plant and equipment—discontinued     (25.0 )   (84.6 )   (97.7 )
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                 (2.3 )
  Net cash proceeds from divestitures and other     1,172.3     46.3     21.7  
   
 
 
 
    Cash provided by (utilized in) investing activities     1,116.6     (75.6 )   (130.4 )

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net change in intercompany debt     (1,357.6 )   623.7     (2.3 )
  Repayments of long-term debt     (0.3 )   (666.6 )   (188.8 )
  Additions to long-term debt     10.5           0.1  
   
 
 
 
    Cash utilized in financing activities     (1,347.4 )   (42.9 )   (191.0 )
    Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash     (0.7 )   0.1     (1.6 )
   
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash     (8.8 )   4.7     (5.2 )
Cash at beginning of year     9.8     5.1     10.3  
   
 
 
 
Cash at end of year   $ 1.0   $ 9.8   $ 5.1  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

198



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

(Tabular data dollars in millions)

1.    Significant Accounting Policies

        The consolidated financial statements of OI Plastic Products FTS Inc. ("Company") include the accounts of its subsidiaries. Newly acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements from dates of acquisition. Results of operations for the divested blow-molded plastic container business have been presented as a discontinued operation.

        The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in which it has a significant ownership interest, generally 20% to 50%. Other investments are accounted for at cost.

        The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. ("OI Group") and an indirect subsidiary of Owens-Illinois, Inc. ("OI Inc."). Although OI Inc. does not conduct any operations, it has substantial obligations related to outstanding indebtedness, dividends for preferred stock and asbestos-related payments. OI Inc. relies primarily on distributions from its direct and indirect subsidiaries to meet these obligations.

        For federal and certain state income tax purposes, the taxable income of the Company is included in the consolidated tax returns of OI Inc. and income taxes are allocated to the Company on a basis consistent with separate returns. Current income taxes are recorded by the Company on a basis consistent with separate returns.

        The Company is a manufacturer of plastics packaging products. The Company's principal product lines include plastic healthcare containers and closures and prescription products. The Company's principal operations are in North America, however, the Company does have minor operations in Europe and South America. Major markets include the United States healthcare market. One customer accounted for 15.7% and 17.5% of the Company's sales in 2003 and 2002 respectively.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, at which time the Company would revise its estimates accordingly.

        The Company defines "cash" as cash and time deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable.

        The carrying amounts reported for cash, short-term investments and short-term loans approximate fair value. In addition, carrying amounts approximate fair value for certain long-term debt obligations subject to frequently redetermined interest rates. The Company is not a party to any material derivative financial instruments.

199


        The Company values most U.S. inventories at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost or market. Other inventories are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs) or market.

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is evaluated annually, as of October 1, for impairment or more frequently if an impairment indicator exists.

        Intangible assets are amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. The Company evaluates the recoverability of amortizable intangible assets and other long-lived assets based on undiscounted projected cash flows, excluding interest and taxes, when factors indicate that impairment may exist. If impairment exists, the asset is written down to fair value.

        Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") is carried at cost and includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity of existing PP&E. In general, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Factory machinery and equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 5 to 25 years and buildings and building equipment over periods ranging from 10 to 50 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Costs assigned to PP&E of acquired businesses are based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.

        The Company recognizes sales, net of estimated discounts and allowances, when the title to the products and risk of loss are transferred to customers. Provisions for rebates to customers are provided in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

        Shipping and handling costs are included with manufacturing, shipping, and delivery costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        In general, the Company plans to continue to reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures accounted for by the equity method. Accordingly, taxes are provided only on that amount of undistributed earnings in excess of planned reinvestments.

200


        The assets and liabilities of most affiliates and associates are translated at current exchange rates and any related translation adjustments are recorded directly in net Parent investment.

        Receivables are stated at amounts estimated by management to be the net realizable value. The Company charges off accounts receivable when it becomes apparent based upon age or customer circumstances that amounts will not be collected.

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is established through charges to the provision for bad debts. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical trends in collections and write-offs, management's judgment of the probability of collecting accounts and management's evaluation of business risk.

        The Company participates in the stock option plans of OI Inc. under which employees of the Company may be granted options to purchase common shares of OI Inc. No options may be exercised in whole or in part during the first year after the date granted. In general, subject to certain accelerated exercisability provisions, 50% of the options become exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the date of the option grant, with the remaining 50% becoming exercisable on the sixth anniversary date of the option grant. In general, options expire following termination of employment or the day after the tenth anniversary date of the option grant.

        All options have been granted at prices equal to the market price of OI Inc.'s common stock on the date granted. Accordingly, the Company recognizes no compensation expense related to the stock option plans. OI Inc. has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."

        A substantial number of the options have been granted to key employees of another subsidiary of OI Inc., some of whose compensation costs are included in an allocation of costs to all operating subsidiaries of OI Inc., including the Company. It is not practical to determine an amount of additional compensation allocable to the Company if OI Inc. had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as allowed by FAS No. 123.

201



2.    Changes in Components of Working Capital Related to Operations

        Changes in the components of working capital related to operations (net of the effects related to acquisitions and divestitures) were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Decrease (increase) in current assets:                    
  Receivables   $ 2.9   $ (9.3 ) $ 12.1  
  Inventories     22.7     5.2     (22.0 )
  Prepaid expenses     (2.8 )   (0.7 )   (2.0 )
Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:                    
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (98.0 )   (45.1 )   18.1  
  Salaries and wages     64.2     (6.0 )   0.7  
  U.S. and foreign income taxes     (3.7 )   (4.2 )   7.7  
   
 
 
 
    $ (14.7 ) $ (60.1 ) $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 
Continuing operations   $ 25.5   $ (5.2 ) $ (6.5 )
Discontinued operations     (40.2 )   (54.9 )   21.1  
   
 
 
 
    $ (14.7 ) $ (60.1 ) $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 

3.    Inventories

        Major classes of inventory are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
Finished goods   $ 38.8   $ 48.8
Work in process         1.2
Raw materials     22.6     24.5
Operating supplies     3.3     8.9
   
 
    $ 64.7   $ 83.4
   
 

        If the inventories which are valued on the LIFO method had been valued at standard costs, which approximate current costs, consolidated inventories would be higher than reported by $13.6 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        Inventories which are valued at the lower of standard costs (which approximate average costs), or market at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were approximately $4.3 million and $17.0 million, respectively.

4.    Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Interest paid in cash aggregated $0.3 million for 2004, $14.2 million for 2003, and $39.9 million for 2002.

5.    Guarantees of Debt

        Under the Third Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement, the Company has guaranteed certain of OI Group's domestic and foreign subsidiaries which amounted to $827.2 million at

202



December 31, 2004. This guarantee expires with the Amended and Restated Secured Credit Agreement on April 1, 2007.

        The Company also has guaranteed $1.0 billion of 8.875%, $625.0 million of 8.75%, and $450.0 million of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes, and $450.0 million of 8.25%, $400.0 million of 6.75%, and €225.0 million of 6.75% Senior notes issued by an affiliate of the Company. These guarantees expire in 2009 for the $1.0 billion of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes, 2012 for the $625.0 million of 8.75% Senior Secured Notes, 2011 for the $450.0 million of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes, 2013 for the $450.0 million of 8.25% Senior Notes, and 2009 for the $400.0 million of 6.75% Senior Notes and €225 million of 6.75% Senior Notes. The assets of the Company and most of its domestic subsidiaries are pledged as security for the Senior Secured Notes.

        The Company will be obligated under the above guarantees in the event that OI Group's domestic or foreign subsidiaries cannot make the required interest or principal payments under the above obligations.

6.    Operating Leases

        Rent expense attributable to all warehouse, office buildings, and equipment operating leases was $3.4 million in 2004, $4.1 million in 2003, and $4.6 million in 2002. Minimum future rentals under operating leases are as follows: 2005, $1.3 million; 2006, $0.8 million; 2007, $0.6 million; 2008, $0.3 million; 2009, $0.1 million; and 2010 and thereafter, $0.1 million.

7.    Foreign Currency Translation

        Aggregate foreign currency exchange gains (losses) included in other costs and expenses were $(0.6) million in 2004, $(0.1) million in 2003, and $1.5 million in 2002.

8.    Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect: (1) the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (2) carryovers and credits for income tax purposes. Significant components of the

203



Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Tax loss carryovers   $ 7.8   $ 37.8  
  Receivables     7.1     9.7  
  Other, principally accrued liabilities     7.6     19.3  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     22.5     66.8  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Property, plant and equipment     48.5     144.7  
  Inventory     1.0     3.0  
  Other     8.1     34.2  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     57.6     181.9  
   
 
 
Valuation allowance     (3.6 )   (18.6 )
   
 
 
    Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (38.7 ) $ (133.7 )
   
 
 
Total for continuing operations         $ (35.2 )
Total for discontinued operations           (98.5 )
         
 
          $ (133.7 )
         
 

        Deferred taxes are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
Prepaid expenses   $ 10.6   $ 24.0  
Deposits, receivables, and other assets     0.7        
Deferred tax liability     (50.0 )   (157.7 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (38.7 ) $ (133.7 )
   
 
 
Total for continuing operations         $ (35.2 )
Total for discontinued operations           (98.5 )
         
 
          $ (133.7 )
         
 

204


        The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Current:                    
  U.S. Federal   $   $   $  
  State     2.7     1.3     1.2  
  Foreign     4.1     4.5     9.1  
   
 
 
 
      6.8     5.8     10.3  
   
 
 
 
Deferred:                    
  U.S. Federal     8.4     21.1     57.9  
  State     5.5     0.4     5.2  
  Foreign     (0.4 )   (0.4 )   (1.1 )
   
 
 
 
      13.5     21.1     62.0  
   
 
 
 
Total:                    
  U.S. Federal     8.4     21.1     57.9  
  State     8.2     1.7     6.4  
  Foreign     3.7     4.1     8.0  
   
 
 
 
    $ 20.3   $ 26.9   $ 72.3  
   
 
 
 
Total for continuing operations   $ 33.6   $ 22.0   $ 45.5  
Total for discontinued operations     (13.3 )   4.9     26.8  
   
 
 
 
    $ 20.3   $ 26.9   $ 72.3  
   
 
 
 

        The provision for income taxes was calculated based on the following components of earnings before income taxes:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Continuing operations                    
Domestic   $ 87.0   $ 41.4   $ 118.7  
Foreign     7.8     (2.0 )   (2.5 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 94.8   $ 39.4   $ 116.2  
   
 
 
 
Discontinued operations                    
Domestic   $ 45.2   $ (670.4 ) $ 49.4  
Foreign     8.0     16.8     18.9  
   
 
 
 
    $ 53.2   $ (653.6 ) $ 68.3  
   
 
 
 

        Income taxes paid in cash were as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Domestic   $ 2.1   $ 1.8   $ 0.1
Foreign     3.0     6.0     12.1
   
 
 
    $ 5.1   $ 7.8   $ 12.2
   
 
 

205



OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

        A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes based on the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes is as follows (certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation):

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Pretax earnings at statutory U.S. Federal tax rate   $ 33.2   $ 13.8   $ 40.7  
Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes due to:                    
  State taxes, net of federal benefit     1.5     0.9     2.1  
  Rate differences on international earnings     (1.2 )   0.5     3.5  
  Other items     0.1     6.8     (0.8 )
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 33.6   $ 22.0   $ 45.5  
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate     35.4 %   55.6 %   39.2 %
   
 
 
 

        The Company is included with OI Inc.'s consolidated tax returns. OI Inc. has net operating losses, capital losses, alternative minimum tax credits, and research and development credits available to offset future U.S. Federal income tax.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company's equity in the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which income taxes had not been provided approximated $5.4 million. It is not practicable to estimate the U.S. and foreign tax which would be payable should these earnings be distributed.

9.    Related Party Transactions

        Charges for administrative services are allocated to the Company by OI Inc. based on an annual utilization level. Such services include compensation and benefits administration, payroll processing, use of certain general accounting systems, auditing, income tax planning and compliance, and treasury services. Management believes that such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company than those that could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The following information summarizes the Company's significant related party transactions:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Revenues:                  
  Sales to affiliated companies   $ 0.3   $ 0.3   $ 0.4
   
 
 
Expenses:                  
  Administrative services     5.5     7.4     6.4
  Corporate management fee     2.7     2.7     2.8
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 8.2   $ 10.1   $ 9.2
   
 
 

206


        The above expenses are recorded in the statement of operations as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  Cost of sales   $ 4.8   $ 6.1   $ 5.3
  Selling, general, and adminstrative expenses     3.4     4.0     3.9
   
 
 
Total expenses   $ 8.2   $ 10.1   $ 9.2
   
 
 

        Intercompany interest is charged to the Company from OI Inc. based on intercompany debt balances. An interest rate is calculated monthly based on OI Inc's total consolidated monthly external debt balance and the related interest expense, including finance fee amortization and commitment fees. The calculated rate (9.4% at December 31, 2004) is applied monthly to the intercompany debt balance to determine intercompany interest expense.

10.    Pension Benefit Plans

        The Company participates in OI Inc.'s defined benefit pension plans for substantially all employees located in the United States. Benefits generally are based on compensation for salaried employees and on length of service for hourly employees. OI Inc.'s policy is to fund pension plans such that sufficient assets will be available to meet future benefit requirements. Independent actuaries determine pension costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc. included in the plans; however, accumulated benefit obligation information and plan assets pertaining to each subsidiary have not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated benefit obligation and the plan assets related to the pension plans for domestic employees have been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc. Net credits to results of operations for the Company's allocated portion of the domestic pension costs amounted to $0.2 million in 2004, $0.8 million in 2003, and $5.0 million in 2002.

        OI Inc. also sponsors several defined contribution plans for all salaried and hourly U.S. employees of the Company. Participation is voluntary and participants' contributions are based on their compensation. OI Inc. matches contributions of participants, up to various limits, in substantially all plans. OI Inc. charges the Company for its share of the match. The Company's share of the contributions to these plans amounted to $1.4 million in 2004, $1.8 million in 2003, and $1.8 million in 2002.

11.    Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

        OI Inc. provides certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits covering substantially all U.S. salaried and certain hourly employees. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of creditable service. Independent actuaries determine postretirement benefit costs for each subsidiary of OI Inc.; however, accumulated postretirement benefit obligation information pertaining to each subsidiary has not been separately determined. As such, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation has been retained by another subsidiary of OI Inc.

        The Company's net periodic postretirement benefit cost, as allocated by OI Inc., was $4.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.5 million at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

207



12.    Other Costs and Expenses

        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 included pretax charges of $41.3 million ($25.8 after tax) related to the following:

13.    Contingencies

        In April 1999, Crown Cork & Seal Technologies Corporation ("CCS") filed suit against Continental PET Technologies, Inc. ("CPT"), then a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that certain plastic containers manufactured by CPT, primarily multi-layer PET containers with barrier properties, infringe CCS's U.S. Patent 5,021,515 relating to an oxygen scavenging material. In connection with the initial public offering of Constar International Inc. ("Constar"), CCS contributed to Constar the patent involved in the suit against CPT. As a result, Constar was substituted for CCS as the plaintiff in the suit.

        In November 2004, the Company finalized a settlement of this litigation. The settlement involves the grant of a license to the Company and to CPT of the technology in dispute, in return for a payment to Constar of $25.1 million, which approximated the amount accrued by the Company for this expected resolution. The Company believes it has meritorious third party reimbursement claims relating to a substantial portion of this settlement and intends to pursue such claims.

        Other litigation is pending against the Company, in many cases involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to the business of the Company and in others presenting allegations that are nonroutine and involve compensatory, punitive or treble damage claims as well as other types of relief. The ultimate legal and financial liability of the Company in respect to this pending litigation cannot be estimated with certainty. However, the Company believes, based on its examination and review of such matters and experience to date, that such ultimate liability will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition.

208



14.    Goodwill

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2002   $ 1,468.2  
Write-down of goodwill     (413.0 )
Translation effects     0.2  
Other changes     (25.4 )
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002     1,030.0  
Write-down of goodwill—discontinued operations     (670.0 )
Other changes     0.6  
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003     360.6  
Sale of discontinued operations     (151.1 )
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004   $ 209.5  
   
 

        During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed an impairment test under FAS No. 142 using the business enterprise value ("BEV") of each reporting unit. BEVs were calculated as of the measurement date, January 1, 2002, by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer. The BEV of each reporting unit was then compared to the book value of each reporting unit as of the measurement date to assess whether an impairment existed under FAS No. 142. Based on this comparison, the Company determined that an impairment existed in its consumer products reporting unit. Following a review of the valuation of the assets of the consumer products reporting unit, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $413.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill. As required by FAS No. 142, the transitional impairment loss has been recognized as the cumulative effect of a change in method of accounting.

        During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed its annual impairment testing and determined that an impairment existed in the goodwill of its consumer products reporting unit. The consumer products unit operates in a highly competitive and fragmented industry. During the course of 2003, a number of the product lines within this reporting unit experienced price reductions, principally as a result of the Company's strategy to preserve and expand market share. The reduced pricing, along with continued capital expenditures, caused the Company to lower its earnings and cash flow projections for the consumer products reporting unit for several years following the measurement date (October 1, 2003) resulting in an estimated fair value for the unit that was lower than its book value. Following a review of the valuation of the unit's identifiable assets, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of its goodwill.

15.    Additional Interest Charges from Early Extinguishment of Debt

        During 2002, the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees related to indebtedness repaid prior to its scheduled maturity. As a result, the Company recorded additional interest charges totaling $1.3 million ($0.8 million after tax). These charges had been previously reported as extraordinary charges, net of income taxes, and were reclassified to interest expense and provision for income taxes in accordance with FAS No. 145. Amounts above included $0.6 ($0.4 million after tax) for discontinued operations.

209



16.    Discontinued Operations

        On October 7, 2004, the Company announced that it had completed the sale of its blow-molded plastic container operations in North America, South America and Europe, to Graham Packaging Company.

        Cash proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion were loaned to a subsidiary of the Company to repay term loans under the bank credit facility, which was amended to permit the sale. The sale agreement included a post-closing purchase price adjustment based on changes in certain working capital components and certain other assets and liabilities of the business. Because the level of working capital declined during the several months prior to closing, primarily due to seasonal factors, the Company expects that an amount will be payable to Graham Packaging under this price adjustment provision. The process for determining the amount payable to Graham Packaging has not been completed, however, the Company expects that it will not have a material effect upon results of operations or cash flows.

        Included in the sale were 24 plastics manufacturing plants in the U.S., two in Mexico, two in Europe and two in South America, serving consumer products companies in the food, beverage, household, chemical and personal care industries. The blow-molded plastic container operations were part of the consumer products business unit of the plastics packaging segment.

        As required by FAS No. 144, the Company has presented the results of operations for the blow-molded plastic container business in the Consolidated Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 as a discontinued operation. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations based on debt that was required to be repaid from the proceeds. Amounts for the prior periods have been reclassified to conform to this presentation.

        The following summarizes the revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations as reported in the condensed consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
Revenues:                  

Net sales

 

$

853.7

 

$

1,025.9

 

$

972.5
Other revenue     7.6     9.0     10.2
   
 
 
      861.3     1,034.9     982.7
Costs and expenses:                  

Manufacturing, shipping and delivery

 

 

736.8

 

 

897.8

 

 

793.6
Research, development and engineering     14.9     19.6     22.0
Selling and administrative     22.8     32.0     28.3
Interest     44.8     59.4     63.7
Other     22.9     679.7     6.8
   
 
 
      842.2     1,688.5     914.4
   
 
 
Earnings before items below     19.1     (653.6 )   68.3
Provision for income taxes     26.5     4.9     26.8
Gain on sale of discontinued operations     73.8            
   
 
 
Net earnings from discontinued operations   $ 66.4   $ (658.5 ) $ 41.5
   
 
 

210


        Other costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes an impairment charge of $670.0 million to reduce the reported value of goodwill in the consumer products reporting unit, all of which was attributable to the discontinued operations.

        The sale of the blow-molded plastic business resulted in a substantial capital loss, primarily related to previous goodwill write downs that were not deductible when recorded. The gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $73.8 million includes a credit for income taxes of $39.7 million, representing the tax benefit from offsetting a portion of the loss against otherwise taxable capital gains.

        The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 included the following assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2003

Assets:      
Inventories   $ 145.4
Accounts receivable     103.0
Other current assets     12.9
   
  Total current assets     261.3
Goodwill     151.1
Other long-term assets     78.8
Net property, plant and equipment     703.3
   
Total assets   $ 1,194.5
   
Liabilities:      
Accounts payable and other current liabilities   $ 95.3
Other long-term liabilities     111.0
   
Total liabilities   $ 206.3
   

211



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

        (Registrant)

 

 

By

 

/s/  
JAMES W. BAEHREN       
James W. Baehren
Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel

Date: March 16, 2005

212



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Owens-Illinois, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures

  Title

Robert J. Dineen   Director

James H. Greene, Jr.

 

Director

Anastasia D. Kelly

 

Director

Matthew G. Longthorne

 

Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

Steven R. McCracken

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer); Director

John J. McMackin, Jr.

 

Director

Helge H. Wehmeier

 

Director

Thomas L. Young

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer); Director
    By: /s/   JAMES W. BAEHREN       
     
James W. Baehren
Attorney-in-fact

Date: March 16, 2005

213



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Financial Statement Schedule of Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

        For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:

 
  Page
II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Consolidated)   S-1

214



OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (CONSOLIDATED)

Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
(Millions of Dollars)

        Reserves deducted from assets in the balance sheets:

Allowances for losses and discounts on receivables

 
  Balance at
beginning
of period

  Additions
Charged to
costs and
expenses

  Other
(Note 2)

  Deductions
(Note 1)

  Balance
at end of
period

2004   $ 44.5   $ 76.9   $ 7.2   $ 78.3   $ 50.3
   
 
 
 
 
2003   $ 44.8   $ 80.1   $   $ 80.4   $ 44.5
   
 
 
 
 
2002   $ 56.5   $ 71.7   $   $ 83.4   $ 44.8
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Deductions from allowances for losses and discounts on receivables represent uncollectible notes and accounts written off.

(2)
Other for 2004 relates to acquisitions during the year.

S-1




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
PART II
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS Dollars in millions
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued) Dollars in millions, except per share amounts
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. CONSOLIDATED SHARE OWNERS' EQUITY Dollars in millions, except per share amounts
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS Dollars in millions
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Tabular data dollars in millions, except share and per share amounts
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PART III
PART IV
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular data dollars in millions)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC. Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC. CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS CONTAINER INC. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS Dollars in millions
OWENS-BROCKWAY PACKAGING, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular data dollars in millions)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Dollars in millions
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS Dollars in millions
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. CONSOLIDATED NET PARENT INVESTMENT Dollars in millions
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS Dollars in millions
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
(Tabular data dollars in millions)
OI PLASTIC PRODUCTS FTS INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (CONSOLIDATED) Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 (Millions of Dollars)

Exhibit 10.27

 

March 10, 2005

 

 

Steven R. McCracken

One SeaGate

Toledo, Ohio 43666

 

 

Dear Steve:

 

Reference is made to a certain letter agreement dated March 31, 2004 between you and the Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the “Company”) setting forth the terms of your employment as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 

1.                               Upon your acceptance hereof, paragraph 5 of the Letter will be deemed to be amended to read, in its entirety, as follows:

 

“5.  Employee Benefits and Perquisites .  You will participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans (except for severance or incentive plans) as in effect from time to time, including its health plan and life insurance plan (collectively, the “ Employee Benefits ”), on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives of the Company.  You will be provided with four weeks (20 days) per year of paid vacation.  You will have use of a Company car and will be reimbursed for reasonable fees paid for financial consulting.  You will participate in the Company’s supplemental retirement plan, with accelerated vesting in order to meet the service requirements after five years of service.

 

Provided you earn at least five years of service with the Company, the retirement benefit (annuity and/or lump sum) payable to you upon your retirement from the Company under the Owens-Illinois Salary Retirement Plan and Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (the “Plans”) would be calculated based on a Life Annuity equal to the O-I Annuity Amount (as defined below).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plans.

 

The “O-I Annuity Amount” means an amount equal to the Calculated Annuity Amount (as defined below) less the Offset Annuity Amount (as defined below).

 

The “Calculated Annuity Amount” means a Life Annuity calculated upon your retirement from the Company based on Years of Service equal to your Years of Service with the Company, plus your years of service with your prior employer.

 

The “Offset Annuity Amount” means a Life Annuity calculated by taking the monthly annuity amount receivable by you from your prior employer as of April 1, 2004 and calculating the actuarial equivalent thereof on the date of your retirement using (i) the Applicable Interest Rate and (ii) a remaining life expectance at the time of retirement using the Applicable Mortality Table.

 

The O-I Annuity Amount would be used for the calculation of benefits (annuity and/or lump sum) due to you upon your retirement from the Company based on your Final Average Earnings with the Company.”

 



 

2.                               Except as otherwise provided herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/ James W. Baehren

 

 

By: James W. Baehren

 

Its: Senior Vice President

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/ Steven R. McCracken

 

 

Steven R. McCracken

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.32

 

 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

 

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 

 

Effective December 1, 2004

 



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 

Owens-Illinois, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware and having its corporate headquarters in the state of Ohio (hereinafter, together with its successors and assigns, called the “Company”), hereby establishes and will be the sponsor of this Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of December 1, 2004. The Plan is established and will be maintained by the Company on behalf of each corporation (or other business entity) 50 percent or more of the voting stock (or other ownership interest) of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which employs or employed any person who participates in the Plan. Each such corporation (or other business entity), together with its successors and assigns, is hereinafter referred to as an “Employer”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company established the Owens-Illinois Executive Life Insurance Plan effective April 1, 2000 (the “2000 ELIP”) whereunder the Company assumed an unsecured obligation to provide the beneficiaries of certain employees with a death benefit generally equal to three times annual base salary and whereunder in order to fund that obligation certain policies of insurance were purchased on the life of each participating employee under a collateral assignment split-dollar arrangement as part of an agreement between the Company and each such participating employee; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of the 2000 ELIP, the 2000 ELIP is hereby terminated by the Company as a result of unanticipated changes in the law adversely affecting the collateral assignment split-dollar arrangements established thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company hereby establishes this Plan contemporaneously with the termination of the 2000 ELIP to provide for the continued funding of the aforementioned death benefit obligations under non-equity endorsement split-dollar arrangements with respect to employees and retirees covered by the 2000 ELIP and other employees who satisfy the eligibility requirements of this Plan.

 

NOW, WHEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

Article I - Purpose

 

1.1                                  The primary purpose of this Plan is to support the Employers in attracting and retaining qualified executive personnel, by providing for pre-retirement and post-retirement death benefits in an amount generally equal to three times annual base salary, determined as hereinafter provided and subject to certain limits hereinafter stated. The Company has determined that the foregoing can best be provided under non-equity

 



 

endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements, and an insurance policy has been or will be applied for on the life of each of the Participants. By execution of this Plan, the Company agrees to purchase such insurance policies under non-equity endorsement split-dollar arrangements and to pay the premiums thereon subject to the provisions of the Plan.

 

Article II - Definitions

 

2.1                                  Administrator.   The Plan administrator serving pursuant to Article XV of this Plan. The Company shall be the Administrator unless and until the Company appoints an officer or a committee consisting of two or more officers or employees of the Company to serve as the Administrator.

 

2.2                                  Agreement.   A Participation Agreement, in the form attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit A-1, entered into between a Participant (or his or her Assignee) and the Company pursuant to which the Participant (or his or her Assignee) agrees to participate in the Plan and the Company agrees to purchase a Policy on such Participant’s life and irrevocably endorse to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) its right to designate a beneficiary with respect to the Death Benefit payable with respect to such Policy.

 

2.3                                  Anniversary Date.   The first day of each Plan Year.

 

2.4                                  Assignee.  The person, or entity, including the trustee of any irrevocable trust, to whom a Participant has irrevocably assigned his or her interest in the Company’s Obligation and the Death Benefit payable under a Policy issued under the Plan as permitted under Article XI hereunder or the death benefit payable under the 2000 ELIP.

 

2.5                                  Beneficiary.   The beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Company’s Obligation and the Death Benefit payable under each Policy that has been endorsed to such Participant (or his or her Assignee) under the terms the Agreement and this Plan, as designated in accordance with paragraph 8.1 and such Policy.

 

2.6                                  Company’s Obligation.   Under the Plan the Company assumes an unsecured obligation to pay a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary prior to the Participant’s Retirement a death benefit equal to three times such Participant’s annual base salary as of the most recent Anniversary Date if such Participant dies before his or her Retirement.  Under the Plan the Company assumes an unsecured obligation to pay a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary on or after the Participant’s Retirement a death benefit equal to three times such Participant’s annual base salary as of the Anniversary Date immediately preceding such Participant’s Retirement if such Participant dies after his or her Retirement.  In the case of a Participant who is a Retiree on the Effective Date, under the Plan the Company assumes an unsecured obligation to pay the Retiree’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary upon such Retiree’s death a death benefit equal to such Retiree’s (or his or her Assignee’s) death

 

2



 

benefit under the 2000 ELIP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Death Benefit shall not be reduced by reason of any subsequent decrease in such Participant’s annual base salary.  The Company’s Obligation shall be extinguished or reduced with respect to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) upon the payment of the Death Benefit to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary in accordance with paragraph 8.3, upon the transfer of the Policy insuring the Participant’s life in accordance with paragraph 10.1, or if the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than such Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death in accordance with paragraph 9.2.  To the extent that the Company’s Obligation is not fully extinguished as provided in the preceding sentence, the Company shall be liable for any such deficiency in accordance with paragraph 8.3.

 

2.7                                  Cost of Current Life Insurance Protection.   The annual cost, during each calendar year, of the current life insurance protection provided with respect to a Participant in an amount equal to the Participant’s current Death Benefit under the applicable Policy, multiplied by the life insurance premium factor designated or permitted in guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin as determined in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Regulation Section 1.61-22(d)(3) and/or any other applicable regulations, rulings or interpretations of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

2.8                                  Death Benefit.  The portion of the face amount of the Policy payable upon a Participant’s death to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary as specified herein.  Prior to a Participant’s Retirement, the Participant’s Death Benefit shall equal three times his or her annual base salary as of the most recent Anniversary Date or, if less, the Insurance Limit.  On or after a Participant’s Retirement, the Participant’s Death Benefit shall equal three times his or her annual base salary as of the Anniversary Date immediately preceding such Participant’s Retirement or, if less, the Insurance Limit.  In the case of a Participant who is a Retiree on the Effective Date, the Death Benefit shall equal the Retiree’s death benefit under the 2000 ELIP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Death Benefit shall not be reduced by reason of any subsequent decrease in the Participant’s annual base salary.

 

2.9                                  Disability.   A Participant’s inability, solely because of disease or injury for which the Participant is under the care of a qualified physician, to work within his or her own occupation, as determined for purposes of the Owens-Illinois Long-Term Disability Plan (a component of the Owens-Illinois, Inc. Salary Employees Welfare Benefit Plan).

 

2.10                            Distribution Date.  The Distribution Date of a Retiree on the Effective Date shall be June 2, 2005 and the Distribution Date of any other Participant shall be the first business day following the six-month anniversary of such Participant’s Termination Date.

 

2.11                            Effective Date.   December 1, 2004.

 

3



 

2.12                            Employee.   An individual performing services for an Employer for which Form W-2 compensation is paid.

 

2.13                            Endorsement.   The irrevocable contractual endorsement by the Company as Owner of the Policy to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) of the Death Benefit payable with respect to such Policy as set forth in the Agreement between the Company and the Participant (or his or her Assignee).

 

2.14                            Insurance Company.   Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company, or any other insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the state of Ohio selected by the Company for the issuance of a Policy pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.15                            Insurance Limit.   The maximum amount of the Death Benefit for which a Policy may be issued at standard rates and on a guaranteed-issue basis, as established by the Insurance Company, unless the Insurance Company and the Company mutually consent to a different amount as the Insurance Limit on coverage for a Participant. On the Effective Date, the Insurance Limit on the original issuance of a Policy is $3,000,000. The Insurance Limit is subject to modification by the Insurance Company from time to time after the Effective Date.

 

2.16                            Owner.   The Company, who is or will be defined in a Policy as Owner and, as such, possesses or will possess all incidents of ownership in such Policy.

 

2.17                            Participant.   Any Employee and any Retiree who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who (or whose Assignee) enrolls in the Plan in accordance with Article III.

 

2.18                            Plan.   This Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan.

 

2.19                            Plan Documents.   This document and all documents incorporated into the Plan under this document, including the Agreements, the Policies and any other documents specifically referenced herein or therein.

 

2.20                            Plan Year.   Each 12 consecutive month period beginning on December 1 and ending on the following November 30.

 

2.21                            Policy.   The life insurance policy on the life of a Participant, together with any supplemental contracts issued by the Insurance Company in conjunction therewith, purchased by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Agreement to which the Company is a party.

 

2.22                            Premium Payment Period.   The period of time during which the Company will pay all premiums with respect to the Policy. If the Agreement applicable to a Policy terminates during the Premium Payment Period for such Policy, such Premium Payment Period shall end concurrently.

 

2.23                            Retiree.  Any former Employee who became a Participant before his or her

 

4



 

Termination Date and whose Agreement remains in effect after his or her Termination Date, and any former Employee on the Effective Date who was a participant under the 2000 ELIP and whose agreement with the Company under the 2000 ELIP continues in effect on the Effective Date.

 

2.24                            Retirement.   Retirement from employment with an Employer at a time and under circumstances whereby a Participant would be eligible for an immediately payable early or normal retirement benefit under the Owens-Illinois Salary Retirement Plan, as from time to time in effect.

 

2.25                            Termination Date.   The date of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Employer(s) for any reason, including voluntary and involuntary termination, and termination of employment due to Disability or Retirement.

 

Article III - Eligibility

 

3.1                                  Each Retiree (or his or her Assignee) on the Effective Date, each Employee (or his or her Assignee) who was a participant in the 2000 ELIP on the Effective Date, and each other Employee (or his or her Assignee) whose position with an Employer is at or above the level of divisional vice president (or equivalent, as determined by the Company) and who is designated as eligible by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.2                                  Each Employee (or his or her Assignee) and Retiree (or his or her Assignee) who is eligible to participate in the Plan on the Effective Date, and who (or whose Assignee) enrolls in the Plan by executing an Agreement, shall become a Participant on or as of the Effective Date. Each Employee (or his or her Assignee) who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the Effective Date, and who (or whose Assignee) thereafter enrolls in the Plan by executing an Agreement, shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first Anniversary Date thereafter.

 

3.3                                  An Agreement shall go into effect on or as of the effective date specified in the Agreement and shall remain in effect until the Participant’s death, unless terminated earlier as provided in paragraph 9.2, paragraph 10.1 or Article XII; provided, however, that to the extent the Company’s Obligation has not been fully extinguished as provided in paragraph 9.2 or paragraph 10.1, it shall remain in effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement upon the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason as provided in Article XII, for so long as the Participant is or becomes a Retiree or remains an Employee of any Employer.

 

5



 

Article IV - Application for Insurance

 

4.1                                  On or before the Effective Date or Anniversary Date on which an eligible Employee or Retiree becomes a Participant, the Company shall apply to the Insurance Company for the issuance of a Policy insuring the Participant’s life in such amount as is determined by the Company, which amount shall include the amount of the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) under the terms of the Agreement and Article VI hereof.  The Participant (and his or her Assignee) shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan, including the Agreement. However, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither an Employee’s or Retiree’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, nor the Company’s Obligation in paragraph 2.6 with respect to any Participant (or his or her Assignee), are conditioned on the issuance of a Policy on the life of such Participant, but the rights and interests of the Company, the Employers and the Participant in and to any feature of a Policy are expressly conditioned upon the issuance of such Policy on such underwriting classification and premium amounts as are acceptable to the Company in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion.

 

4.2                                  It is the intention of the Plan, as a matter of reasonable expectation based on each Policy’s death benefit amount, investment options, schedule of premiums, and other relevant Policy features, and on the age and other relevant characteristics of the insured Participant, but not as a matter guaranteed by the Company, any Employer, the Insurance Company, or otherwise, that at any time after the end of the Policy’s Premium Payment Period such Policy can be maintained in force for the remaining life expectancy of the insured Participant without the payment of additional premiums into the Policy, by utilizing the Policy’s cash surrender value; provided, however, that if additional premiums are nevertheless required to be paid into the Policy after the end of such Policy’s Premium Payment Period but while the Company is the owner of the Policy and the Agreement remains in effect with respect to such Policy, the Employer(s) shall pay such premiums.

 

Article V - Payment of Premiums

 

5.1                                  On or before the due date of each periodic Policy premium payable during the Premium Payment Period, or within any grace period after such due date permitted by the Policy, the Employer of the Participant insured by such Policy shall pay the full amount of such premium to the Insurance Company. The amount of the premium which the Employer shall pay each year, and the period of years over which such premium is expected to be paid, shall be detailed with respect to each Participant in a schedule of premiums furnished by the Insurance Company to the Company at the time of issuance of the Policy on the life of such Participant.

 

5.2                                  To the extent that an Employer pays the premium amounts for life insurance benefits under a Policy, the Participant insured by such Policy shall incur a taxable economic benefit each year equal in amount to the Cost of Current Life Insurance Protection, and the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable federal, state, and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholdings thereon. The gross

 

6



 

up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  The amount to be reported as income each year shall include the amount of such economic benefit plus the additional amount attributable to the Employer’s grossing up such amount to cover such taxes and withholdings. The Employer will furnish the Participant with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Participant for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

 

5.3                                  Notwithstanding the schedule of premiums referred to in paragraph 5.1, if any additional premiums should be required to be paid into a Policy while the Plan and the Agreement applicable to such Policy remain in effect, the insured Participant’s Employer (or former Employer) shall pay such premiums, but no additional premium payments shall be required to be paid by an Employer on any Policy issued under the Plan after the death of the insured Participant or the transfer of such Policy to the insured Participant (or his or her Assignee) pursuant to paragraph 10.1.

 

5.4                                  Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate or gift tax liability or other adverse estate or gift tax consequences resulting from the payment of premiums with respect to any Policy on the life of any Participant, and the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate or gift tax liability or other adverse estate or gift tax consequence resulting from the payment of such premiums.

 

Article VI – Endorsement of Death Benefit

 

6.1                                  To secure the payment of the Death Benefit owed to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary, the Company shall, simultaneous with the issuance of the Policy, execute an Agreement with the Participant (or his or her Assignee) wherein the Company shall irrevocably endorse to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) the right to designate the Beneficiary with respect to the Death Benefit amount payable with respect to such Policy. All rights in and to the Policy not endorsed or otherwise assigned to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) by the Agreement shall be retained by the Company as Owner of the Policy, subject to applicable provisions of this Plan. The provisions of the Agreement setting forth the Company’s endorsement of the Policy’s Death Benefit to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall not be canceled, altered, or amended except as expressly provided by the provisions of the Agreement and permitted by the Plan.

 

Article VII - Policy Interests and Rights

 

7.1                                  At any time while the Agreement applicable to a Policy remains in effect, the Company shall be the exclusive Owner of the Policy and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights of ownership of the Policy. The rights of ownership which shall be exercisable by the Company shall include all of the rights of the “owner” which are specified in the Policy, including but not limited to the right to withdraw or borrow against any cash

 

7



 

surrender value of the Policy, direct the allocation of amounts paid into each Policy, and the entire value of the Policy, among any investment options available under the Policy, sell, assign, pledge as collateral, or otherwise transfer, exchange or encumber the Policy, and maintain its possession, subject only to a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) right under the terms of the Agreement and the Plan to designate or change the Beneficiary or settlement option with respect to the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) with respect to such Policy.

 

Article VIII – Beneficiary’s Death Benefit and

Satisfaction of Company’s Obligation

 

8.1                                  The Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall have the sole right to designate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit payable with respect to the Policy issued on the Participant’s life and endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Plan. The Beneficiary shall be designated, and may be changed from time to time, in accordance with procedures specified in the Policy or otherwise prescribed by the Insurance Company.  In the event the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if the Participant’s Beneficiary shall have predeceased the Participant, the Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

 

8.2                                  Upon the death of a Participant, the Company and the Beneficiary shall take appropriate action to promptly obtain the insurance proceeds payable under the Policy if the Company is the owner of such Policy at such time. The proceeds thereof representing the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee), as set forth in Article VI, shall be paid to the Beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) designation, the Beneficiary’s instructions and the terms of the Policy.  The balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be paid to the Company in a single sum.

 

8.3                                  The Company’s Obligation existing at the Participant’s death, if any, shall be reduced to the extent the Death Benefit is paid to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary.  In the event the Company’s Obligation existing at the Participant’s death, if any, is not fully extinguished as a result of the payment of the Death Benefit, the Company shall pay the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary from its own assets the balance of the Company’s Obligation.  In addition, to the extent the Beneficiary realizes taxable income by reason of the receipt from the Company of the Company’s assets in satisfaction of the balance of the Company’s Obligation, the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable federal, state and local income taxes and any FICA and Medicare withholdings thereon. The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  The Employer will furnish the Beneficiary with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Beneficiary for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

 

8



 

8.4                                  Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate or gift tax liability or adverse estate or gift tax consequences resulting from the payment of the Death Benefit or the Company’s Obligation to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary and the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate or gift tax liability or other adverse estate or gift tax consequence resulting from such payment.

 

Article IX - Retirement or Other Termination of Employment

 

9.1                                  If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, the occurrence of such Termination Date shall not cause the Agreement to be terminated.

 

9.2                                  If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than the Participant’s Retirement, Disability, or death, the Company’s Obligation and the obligations of the Company and the Employer under the terms of the Plan and the Agreement with such Participant (or his or her Assignee) to provide the Death Benefit shall terminate effective as of the Participant’s Termination Date, and thereafter the Company and the Employer shall be under no further obligation to make premium payments or to take any other action to maintain the Policy in force or to preserve the Policy’s Death Benefit in any manner.

 

9.3                                  In the circumstances described in paragraph 9.2, above, the Participant (or his or her Assignee) may elect, by written notice to the Administrator given no later than 30 days after such Termination Date, to acquire the Policy from the Company at its fair market value, whereupon the Participant (or his or her Assignee) will assume full responsibility for the payment of all future premiums.  The fair market value of the Policy will be determined in accordance with applicable Internal Revenue Service rules, and will generally be the cash value of the Policy, without reduction for any surrender charges.

 

Article X – Transfer of Policy

 

10.1                            Notwithstanding paragraph 9.1 to the contrary, the Company shall transfer the ownership of the Policy insuring a Retiree’s life to such Retiree (or his or her Assignee) on such Retiree’s Distribution Date whereupon the Company and the Employer shall be under no further obligation to make premium payments or to take any other action to maintain the Policy in force or preserve the Policy’s Death Benefit in any manner. Notwithstanding paragraph 8.3 to the contrary, the Company’s Obligation shall be fully extinguished and the obligations of the Company and the Employer under the terms of the Plan and the Agreement with such Retiree (or his or her Assignee) to provide the Death Benefit shall terminate if the current accumulation value of the transferred Policy at the Distribution Date is sufficient at then current mortality charges and a guaranteed 4% crediting rate to keep such Policy in force until the date such Retiree reaches age 100 (the maturity age of the Policy) in an amount at least equal to the Death Benefit.  If the current accumulation value of the transferred

 

9



 

Policy at the Distribution Date is not sufficient at then current mortality charges and a guaranteed 4% crediting rate to keep such Policy in force until the date such Retiree reaches age 100 (the maturity age of the Policy) in an amount at least equal to the Death Benefit, then the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced to an amount equal to the difference between the Company’s Obligation immediately prior to the transfer of such Policy and the amount of Death Benefit supported by the transferred Policy’s current accumulation value at the Distribution Date.

 

10.2                            In the event the Company transfers the ownership of a Policy to a Retiree (or his or her Assignee) pursuant to paragraph 10.1 above and the Retiree insured by such Policy realizes taxable income by reason of the transferred Policy, the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable federal, state and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by the Employer. The Employer will furnish the Retiree with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Retiree for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

 

10.3                            Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate or gift tax liability or adverse estate or gift tax consequences resulting from the transfer of a Policy to any Retiree (or his or her Assignee) and the Retiree (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate or gift tax liability or other adverse estate or gift tax consequence resulting from such transfer.

 

Article XI – Assignment by Participant

 

11.1                            Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, coincident with his or her participation in the Plan or on any date thereafter, a Participant shall have the right to absolutely and irrevocably assign by gift to an Assignee all or any portion of his or her right, title and interest in and to the Company’s Obligation and in and to the Death Benefit payable with respect to a Policy on such Participant’s life.  This right shall be exercisable by having the Assignee execute the Agreement with the Company on behalf of the Participant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1.  Upon the execution of such Agreement by the Assignee and the Company, the Company shall thereafter treat the Participant’s Assignee as the sole owner of all of the Participant’s right, title and interest in and to the Company’s Obligation and in and to the Death Benefit provided under this Plan.  Thereupon and thereafter, the Participant shall have no right, title or interest in and to the Company’s Obligation or in and to the Death Benefit provided for in this Plan, the Agreement or the Policy, all such rights being vested in and exercisable only by such Assignee.

 

10



 

Article XII - Plan Termination

 

12.1                            The Company reserves the right to unilaterally discontinue or suspend the Employers’ payment of premiums under the Plan at any time or to terminate the Plan at any time. The Plan shall terminate upon the total cessation of the business of the Company or upon the bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company.

 

12.2                            Upon termination of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, the Company shall be entitled to take whatever actions it desires, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to each Policy under the Plan; provided, however, the Company’s Obligation with respect to each Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall survive such Plan termination or discontinuance of premium payments.

 

Article XIII - Plan Amendments

 

13.1                            Except as may be otherwise expressly limited in a Participant’s Agreement, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan in any respect and at any time and from time to time. However, the Company shall not amend the Plan in any manner, or take or omit any other action, that has the effect of reducing the amount of the Company’s Obligation to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) without the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) express written consent.

 

Article XIV - Insurance Company

 

14.1                            The Insurance Company will be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by its payment of the Policy death benefit to the beneficiary(ies) designated in the Policy, subject to the terms of the Policy. The Insurance Company will not, in any event, be considered a party to this Plan or to any Agreement, or to any modification or amendment of the Plan or any Agreement.

 

Article XV - Administration and Claims

 

15.1                            The Plan is an employee welfare benefit plan under Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The following provisions of this paragraph 15.1 are intended to meet applicable ERISA requirements:

 

(a)                                   The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, and the Administrator shall have full discretionary authority and responsibility for the operation and management of the Plan, including the interpretation of the Plan and any Agreement thereunder.

 

(b)                                  The named fiduciary or fiduciaries are the Company and/or one or more officers or employees of the Company duly appointed to exercise fiduciary authority and responsibility with respect to the Plan.

 

11



 

(c)                                   The funding policy under this Plan anticipates that all premiums on each Policy shall be remitted by the Employer(s) to the Insurance Company when due, and all benefits under the Plan shall be provided pursuant to a contract or contracts with any insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the state of Ohio, as selected by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Direct payment by the Insurance Company is the primary basis of payment of benefits under this Plan, with those benefits in turn being based on the payment of premiums as provided in the Plan.

 

(e)                                   The claims procedure of the Plan shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Owner of a Policy, a Beneficiary, or a duly authorized representative thereof may make a claim for benefits by filing a claim with the Administrator on a form made available for that purpose. The Administrator shall make the initial determination as to the treatment of the claim and give the claimant notice thereof within 90 days after receipt of the claim. If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Plan is denied by the Administrator, it shall deliver to the claimant a written explanation setting forth the specific reason for the denial, pertinent references to the Plan provision on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of the claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. For this purpose:

 

(A)                               The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented in writing to the Administrator.

 

(B)                                 The Administrator’s determination and explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed.

 

(ii)                                   The claimant shall have 60 days following his or her receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Company a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or a representative thereof may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments.

 

12



 

(iii)                                The Company shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy of its determination within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of the claim. The decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not furnished to the claimant within such 60-day period, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

 

Article XVI - Miscellaneous

 

16.1                            The Plan Documents shall constitute the entire documentation of the Plan. No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings or agreements, oral or otherwise, in relation to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth in the Plan Documents, shall be valid.

 

16.2                            The Plan and the Plan Documents shall not constitute an inducement or consideration for the employment of any Employee or Participant and shall not give any Employee or Participant any right to be retained in the employ of any Employer, and each Employer hereby retains the right to discharge any Employee or Participant at any time, in accordance with the personnel policies of the Employer, or as provided in any employment agreement between the Employer and the Employee or Participant.

 

16.3                            This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Participant, and his or her heirs, successors, assigns, and personal representatives, and the Company and each Employer, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

16.4                            In the event that any part of this Plan shall be deemed invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of this Plan, which shall remain valid and binding upon all interested parties and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

16.5                            Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any use of the masculine gender herein shall also refer to the feminine and vice versa, and the use of any term herein in the singular shall also, where appropriate, include the plural and vice versa.

 

16.6                            Except as otherwise required by the laws of the United States of America, the Plan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Ohio.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Plan to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer(s) on this                 day of                          , 2004.

 

13



 

 

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas L. Young

 

 

Thomas L. Young

Attest:

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

/s/ James W. Baehren

 

 

 

James W. Baehren

 

 

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Administrative Officer and

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS 2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

(Exhibit A to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan)

 

This Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the “Company”) and                                                                                           (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”).  The Company has selected Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company (the “Insurance Company” or “Jefferson Pilot”) to provide life insurance protection (the “Policy”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  The Company requests that Jefferson Pilot retain a copy of this Agreement with the Policy.

 

Jefferson Pilot Policy Number

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Participant designates the following as the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit:

 

Beneficiary:

Relationship:

Address: 

 

 

Tax ID (Social Security) Number

 

 

 

IT IS AGREED :

 

A.                                    Capitalized terms defined in the Plan and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned in the Plan.

 

B.                                      All of the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.

 

C.                                      Commencing on                                        , the Participant agrees to participate in the Plan and become subject to its terms, and the Company agrees that the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will contribute premiums in accordance with the Plan for the period of time and in the amounts determined thereunder. Both parties to this Agreement understand that benefits under the Plan shall be provided by the above identified Policy issued or to be issued by the Insurance Company.

 

D.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement or any contrary provisions of the Plan, the Company agrees that:

 

1.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect before the Participant’s Termination Date in the case of an Employee, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal three times the Participant’s annual base salary as of the most recent Anniversary Date or, if less, the Insurance Limit;

 



 

2.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect on or after the Participant’s Termination Date in the case of an Employee, if such Termination Date occurred by reason of the Employee’s Retirement or Disability, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal three times the Participant’s annual base salary as of the last Anniversary Date preceding his or her Termination Date or, if less, the Insurance Limit;

 

3.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect in the case of a Participant who is a Retiree on the Effective Date, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall be the Retiree’s death benefit under the 2000 ELIP on the Effective Date;

 

4.                                        Notwithstanding 1 and 2, above, the amount of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary on any Anniversary Date shall not be reduced by reason of any subsequent decrease in an Participant’s annual base salary; and

 

5.                                        The Company will provide Jefferson Pilot with the Participant’s annual base salary as of each Anniversary Date.

 

E.                                       The Company shall be the sole owner of the Policy, but by executing this Agreement the Company hereby irrevocably endorses to the Participant the Death Benefit under the Policy as described in paragraph D above.  During such time as the Company is the owner of the Policy, the Company will be entitled to receive the amount of any death benefit paid under the Policy in excess of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary.  Under current Internal Revenue Service split-dollar life insurance rules, the Participant must include as taxable income the amount attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit.  If the Participant terminates his or her employment by reason of his or her Retirement or Disability, or if the Participant is a Retiree on the Effective Date, the Company will transfer the ownership of the Policy to the Participant on his or her Distribution Date. Under current Internal Revenue Service split-dollar life insurance rules, the Participant will be deemed to have received taxable income on the transfer of the Policy in the amount of the Policy’s value, and the Company will furnish the Participant with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Participant for the year of the transfer. If the Participant terminates his or her employment for reasons other than Retirement or Disability, the Participant shall have the right to acquire the Policy from the Company for its then current fair market value and to pay all future premiums thereon.

 

F.                                       The Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will fully gross up any taxable income realized by the Participant that is attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit and the value of a Policy transferred to the Participant pursuant to paragraph E above to cover all applicable federal, state and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.

 

2



 

G.                                      This Agreement may be amended only by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Participant.

 

H.                                     This Agreement shall remain in effect from its effective date until the death of the Participant, unless terminated earlier in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than Retirement or Disability, as provided in the Plan, or until the transfer by the Company of the ownership of the Policy to the Participant pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

I.                                          The Company’s Obligation to the Participant shall continue notwithstanding the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason, unless the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, or until the Company transfers ownership of the Policy to the Participant, in which case the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced by the amount of Death Benefit supported by such Policy at the time of the transfer.

 

 

Dated as of the            day of                                 , 20      .

 

PARTICIPANT:

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number

 

 

Tax ID Number

 

 

 

3



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS 2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

(Exhibit A-1 to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan)

 

This Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the “Company”) and                                                       (the “Assignee”) as the Assignee and designated Beneficiary of                             (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”).  The Company has selected Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company (the “Insurance Company” or “Jefferson Pilot”) to provide life insurance protection (the “Policy”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  The Company requests that Jefferson Pilot retain a copy of this Agreement with the Policy.

 

Jefferson Pilot Policy Number

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Assignee hereby designates himself/herself/itself as the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit.

 

IT IS AGREED :

 

A.                                    Capitalized terms defined in the Plan and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned in the Plan.

 

B.                                      All of the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.

 

C.                                      Commencing on                                      , the Assignee agrees to participate in the Plan and become subject to its terms, and the Company agrees that the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will contribute premiums in accordance with the Plan for the period of time and in the amounts determined thereunder. Both parties to this Agreement understand that benefits under the Plan shall be provided by the above identified Policy issued or to be issued by the Insurance Company.

 

D.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement or any contrary provisions of the Plan, the Company agrees that:

 

1.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect before the Participant’s Termination Date in the case of an Employee, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal three times the Employee’s annual base salary as of the most recent Anniversary Date or, if less, the Insurance Limit;

 

2.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect on or after the Participant’s Termination Date in the case of an Employee, if such Termination Date occurred by reason of the Employee’s Retirement or

 



 

Disability, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal three times the Participant’s annual base salary as of the last Anniversary Date preceding his or her Termination Date or, if less, the Insurance Limit;

 

3.                                        At any time while this Agreement remains in effect in the case of a Retiree on the Effective Date, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall be the Retiree’s death benefit under the 2000 ELIP on the Effective Date;

 

4.                                        Notwithstanding 1 and 2, above, the amount of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary on any Anniversary Date shall not be reduced by reason of any subsequent decrease in an Participant’s annual base salary; and

 

5.                                        The Company will provide Jefferson Pilot with the Participant’s annual base salary as of each Anniversary Date.

 

E.                                       The Company shall be the sole owner of the Policy, but by executing this Agreement the Company hereby irrevocably endorses to the Assignee the Death Benefit under the Policy as described in paragraph D above and acknowledges and accepts the Participant’s irrevocable assignment of his or her interest in the Company’s Obligation to the Assignee.  During such time as the Company is the owner of the Policy, the Company will be entitled to receive the amount of any death benefit paid under the Policy in excess of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary.  Under current Internal Revenue Service split-dollar life insurance rules, the Participant must include as taxable income the amount attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit.  If the Participant terminates his or her employment by reason of his or her Retirement or Disability, or if the Participant is a Retiree on the Effective Date, the Company will transfer the ownership of the Policy to the Assignee on the Participant’s Distribution Date.  Under current Internal Revenue Service split-dollar life insurance rules, the Participant will be deemed to have received taxable income on the transfer of the Policy in the amount of the Policy’s value, and the Company will furnish the Participant with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Participant for the year of the transfer. If the Participant terminates his or her employment for reasons other than Retirement or Disability, the Assignee shall have the right to acquire the Policy from the Company for its then current fair market value and to pay all future premiums thereon.

 

F.                                       The Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will fully gross up any taxable income realized by the Participant that is attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit and the value of a Policy transferred to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above to cover all applicable federal, state and local income taxes and FICA and Medicare withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  Neither the Company nor the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate or gift tax liability or other adverse

 

2



 

estate or gift tax consequences with respect to the payment of premiums on the Policy or the transfer of the Policy to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

G.                                      This Agreement may be amended only by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Assignee.

 

H.                                     This Agreement shall remain in effect from its effective date until the death of the Participant, unless terminated earlier in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than Retirement or Disability, as provided in the Plan, or until the transfer by the Company of the ownership of the Policy to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

I.                                          The Company’s Obligation to the Assignee shall continue notwithstanding the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason, unless the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, or until the Company transfers ownership of the Policy to the Assignee, in which case the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced by the amount of Death Benefit supported by such Policy at the time of the transfer.

 

 

Dated as of the           day of                              , 20         .

 

 

ASSIGNEE:

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

By:

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Tax ID Number

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax ID Number:

 

 

 

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.33

 

 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

 

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 

FOR NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

 

 

Effective December 1, 2004

 



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

FOR NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

 

Owens-Illinois, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware and having its corporate headquarters in the state of Ohio (hereinafter, together with its successors and assigns, called the “Company”), hereby establishes and will be the sponsor of this Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees (the “Plan”), effective as of December 1, 2004. The Plan is established and will be maintained by the Company on behalf of each corporation (or other business entity) 50 percent or more of the voting stock (or other ownership interest) of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, and which employs or employed any non–U.S. person who participates in the Plan. Each such corporation (or other business entity), together with its successors and assigns, is hereinafter referred to as an “Employer”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into a Death Benefit Only Agreement effective April 1, 2000 (the “2000 DBO Agreement”) with certain of its non-U.S. employees whereunder the Company assumed an unsecured obligation to provide the beneficiaries of such non-U.S. employees with a death benefit in an amount set forth in such DBO Agreement and whereunder in order to fund the Company’s obligation certain policies of insurance were purchased on the life of each participating non-U.S. employee; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to establish this Plan to provide for the continued funding and consistent administration of the aforementioned death benefit obligation under non-equity endorsement split-dollar arrangements with respect to non–U.S. employees and non-U.S. retirees covered by a DBO Agreement and other non-U.S. employees who satisfy the eligibility requirements of this Plan.

 

NOW, WHEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

Article I - Purpose

 

1.1                                  The primary purpose of this Plan is to support the Employers in attracting and retaining qualified executive non-U.S. personnel, by providing for pre-retirement and post-retirement death benefits in an amount set forth in an existing DBO Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Company, as hereinafter provided and subject to certain limits hereinafter stated. The Company has determined that the foregoing can best be provided under non-equity endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements, and an insurance policy has been or will be applied for on the life of each of the Participants. By execution of this Plan, the Company agrees to purchase such insurance policies under non-equity endorsement split-dollar arrangements and to pay the premiums thereon subject to the provisions of the Plan.

 



 

Article II - Definitions

 

2.1                                  Administrator.   The Plan administrator serving pursuant to Article XV of this Plan. The Company shall be the Administrator unless and until the Company appoints an officer or a committee consisting of two or more officers or employees of the Company to serve as the Administrator.

 

2.2                                  Agreement.   A Participation Agreement, in the form attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit A-1, entered into between a Participant (or his or her Assignee) and the Company pursuant to which the Participant (or his or her Assignee) agrees to participate in the Plan and the Company agrees to purchase a Policy on such Participant’s life and irrevocably endorse to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) its right to designate a beneficiary with respect to the Death Benefit payable with respect to such Policy.

 

2.3                                  Anniversary Date.   The first day of each Plan Year.

 

2.4                                  Assignee.  The person, or entity, including the trustee of any irrevocable trust, to whom a Participant has irrevocably assigned his or her interest in the Company’s Obligation and the Death Benefit payable under a Policy issued under the Plan as permitted under Article XI hereunder.

 

2.5                                  Beneficiary.   The beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Company’s Obligation and the Death Benefit payable under each Policy that has been endorsed to such Participant (or his or her Assignee) under the terms the Agreement and this Plan, as designated in accordance with paragraph 8.1 and such Policy.

 

2.6                                  Company’s Obligation.   Under the Plan the Company assumes an unsecured obligation to pay a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary prior to such Participant’s Retirement a death benefit equal to an amount determined by the Company with respect to such Participant and as set forth in the Agreement with such Participant, which amount shall not be less than the death benefit set forth in the Participant’s DBO Agreement if such DBO Agreement is in effect on the Effective Date.  The Company’s Obligation shall be extinguished or reduced with respect to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) upon the payment of the Death Benefit to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary in accordance with paragraph 8.3, upon the transfer of the Policy insuring the Participant’s life in accordance with paragraph 10.1, or if the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than such Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death in accordance with paragraph 9.2.  To the extent that the Company’s Obligation is not fully extinguished as provided in the preceding sentence, the Company shall be liable for any such deficiency in accordance with paragraph 8.3.

 

2.7                                  Death Benefit.  The portion of the face amount of the Policy payable upon a Participant’s death to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary as specified herein.  In the case of a Participant who is a Non-U.S. Retiree on the

 

2



 

Effective Date, the Death Benefit shall equal the amount of the death benefit set forth in the Participant’s DBO Agreement.  In the case of each other Participant, the Death Benefit shall be the amount set forth in the Agreement with the Participant as determined by the Company.

 

2.8                                  Disability.   A Participant’s inability, solely because of disease or injury for which the Participant is under the care of a qualified physician, to work within his or her own occupation, as determined for purposes of the Owens-Illinois Long-Term Disability Plan, a component of the Owens-Illinois, Inc. Salary Employees Welfare Benefit Plan or such other long-term disability plan established by the Participant’s Employer in which the Participant is eligible to participate.

 

2.9                                  Distribution Date.  The Distribution Date of a Non-U.S. Retiree on the Effective Date shall be June 2, 2005 and the Distribution Date of any other Participant shall be the first business day following the six-month anniversary of such Participant’s Termination Date.

 

2.10                            Effective Date.   December 1, 2004.

 

2.11                            Endorsement.   The irrevocable contractual endorsement by the Company as Owner of the Policy to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) of the Death Benefit payable with respect to such Policy as set forth in the Agreement between the Company and the Participant (or his or her Assignee).

 

2.12                            Insurance Company.   Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company, or any other insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the state of Ohio selected by the Company for the issuance of a Policy pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.13                            Non-U.S. Employee.   Any non-U.S. citizen performing services for an Employer for which Form W-2 compensation (or compensation which would normally be reported on Form W-2 if paid by a U.S. Employer) is paid.  For purposes of this Plan, an employee’s citizenship and status as a Non-U.S. Employee shall be determined on the date of such employee’s initial employment with an Employer.

 

2.14                            Non-U.S. Retiree.  Any former Non-U.S. Employee who became a Participant before his or her Termination Date and whose Agreement remains in effect after his or her Termination Date, and any former Non-U.S. Employee on the Effective Date whose DBO Agreement with the Company continues in effect on the Effective Date.

 

2.15                            Owner.   The Company, who is or will be defined in a Policy as Owner and, as such, possesses or will possess all incidents of ownership in such Policy.

 

2.16                            Participant.   Any Non-U.S. Employee and any Non-U.S. Retiree who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who (or whose Assignee) enrolls in the Plan in accordance with Article III.

 

3



 

2.17                            Plan.   This Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees.

 

2.18                            Plan Documents.   This document and all documents incorporated into the Plan under this document, including the Agreements, the Policies, and any other documents specifically referenced herein or therein.

 

2.19                            Plan Year.   Each 12 consecutive month period beginning on December 1 and ending on the following November 30.

 

2.20                            Policy.   The life insurance policy on the life of a Participant, together with any supplemental contracts issued by the Insurance Company in conjunction therewith, purchased by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Agreement to which the Company is a party.

 

2.21                            Premium Payment Period.   The period of time during which an Employer or the Company will pay all premiums with respect to the Policy. If the Agreement applicable to a Policy terminates during the Premium Payment Period for such Policy, such Premium Payment Period shall end concurrently.

 

2.22                            Retirement.   Retirement from employment with an Employer at a time and under circumstances whereby a Participant would be eligible for an immediately payable early or normal retirement benefit under the Owens-Illinois Salary Retirement Plan or such other retirement plan established by the Participant’s Employer in which the Participant is eligible to participate, as from time to time in effect.

 

2.23                            Termination Date.   The date of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Employer(s) for any reason, including voluntary and involuntary termination, and termination of employment due to Disability or Retirement.

 

Article III - Eligibility

 

3.1                                  Each Non-U.S. Retiree (or his or her Assignee) on the Effective Date, each Non-U.S. Employee (or his or her Assignee) who has a DBO Agreement in effect on the Effective Date, and each other Non-U.S. Employee (or his or her Assignee) whose position with an Employer is at or above the level of divisional vice president (or equivalent, as determined by the Company) and who is designated as eligible by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.2                                  Each Non-U.S. Employee (or his or her Assignee) and Non-U.S. Retiree (or his or her Assignee) who is eligible to participate in the Plan on the Effective Date, and who (or whose Assignee) enrolls in the Plan by executing an Agreement, shall become a Participant on or as of the Effective Date. Each Non-U.S. Employee (or his or her Assignee) who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the Effective Date, and who (or whose Assignee) thereafter enrolls in the Plan by executing an Agreement, shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first Anniversary Date thereafter.

 

4



 

3.3                                  An Agreement shall go into effect on or as of the effective date specified in the Agreement and shall remain in effect until the Participant’s death, unless terminated earlier as provided in paragraph 9.2, paragraph 10.1 or Article XII; provided, however, that to the extent the Company’s Obligation has not been fully extinguished as provided in paragraph 9.2 or paragraph 10.1, it shall remain in effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement upon the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason as provided in Article XII, for so long as the Participant is or becomes a Non-U.S. Retiree or remains a Non-U.S. Employee of any Employer.

 

Article IV - Application for Insurance

 

4.1                                  On or before the Effective Date or Anniversary Date on which an eligible Non-U.S. Employee or Non-U.S. Retiree becomes a Participant, the Company shall apply to the Insurance Company for the issuance of a Policy insuring the Participant’s life in such amount as is determined by the Company, which amount shall include the amount of the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) under the terms of the Agreement and Article VI hereof.  The Participant (and his or her Assignee) shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan, including the Agreement. However, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither a Non-U.S. Employee’s or Non-U.S. Retiree’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, nor the Company’s Obligation in paragraph 2.6 with respect to any Participant (or his or her Assignee), are conditioned on the issuance of a Policy on the life of such Participant, but the rights and interests of the Company, the Employers and the Participant in and to any feature of a Policy are expressly conditioned upon the issuance of such Policy on such underwriting classification and premium amounts as are acceptable to the Company in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion.

 

4.2                                  It is the intention of the Plan, as a matter of reasonable expectation based on each Policy’s death benefit amount, investment options, schedule of premiums, and other relevant Policy features, and on the age and other relevant characteristics of the insured Participant, but not as a matter guaranteed by the Company, any Employer, the Insurance Company, or otherwise, that at any time after the end of the Policy’s Premium Payment Period such Policy can be maintained in force for the remaining life expectancy of the insured Participant without the payment of additional premiums into the Policy, by utilizing the Policy’s cash surrender value; provided, however, that if additional premiums are nevertheless required to be paid into the Policy after the end of such Policy’s Premium Payment Period but while the Company is the Owner of the Policy and the Agreement remains in effect with respect to such Policy, the Employer(s) shall pay such premiums.

 

Article V - Payment of Premiums

 

5.1                                  On or before the due date of each periodic Policy premium payable during the

 

5



 

Premium Payment Period, or within any grace period after such due date permitted by the Policy, the Employer of the Participant insured by such Policy shall pay the full amount of such premium to the Insurance Company. The amount of the premium which the Employer shall pay each year, and the period of years over which such premium is expected to be paid, shall be detailed with respect to each Participant in a schedule of premiums furnished by the Insurance Company to the Company at the time of issuance of the Policy on the life of such Participant.

 

5.2                                  To the extent that a Participant insured by a Policy is deemed to have recognized taxable income each year by reason of an Employer paying the premium amounts for life insurance benefits under a Policy, the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable national, federal, state, provincial, and local income taxes and withholdings thereon. The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  The amount to be reported as income each year shall include the amount of such economic benefit plus the additional amount attributable to the Employer’s grossing up such amount to cover such taxes and withholdings. The Employer will furnish the Participant with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Participant for national, federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes.

 

5.3                                  Notwithstanding the schedule of premiums referred to in paragraph 5.1, if any additional premiums should be required to be paid into a Policy while the Plan and the Agreement applicable to such Policy remain in effect, the insured Participant’s Employer (or former Employer) shall pay such premiums, but no additional premium payments shall be required to be paid by an Employer on any Policy issued under the Plan after the death of the insured Participant or the transfer of such Policy to the insured Participant (or his or her Assignee) pursuant to paragraph 10.1.

 

5.4                                  Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate, gift or transfer tax liability or other adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequences resulting from the payment of premiums with respect to any Policy on the life of any Participant, and the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate, gift or transfer tax liability or other adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequence resulting from the payment of such premiums.

 

6



 

Article VI – Endorsement of Death Benefit

 

6.1                                  To secure the payment of the Death Benefit owed to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary, the Company shall, simultaneous with the issuance of the Policy, execute an Agreement with the Participant (or his or her Assignee) wherein the Company shall irrevocably endorse to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) the right to designate the Beneficiary with respect to the Death Benefit amount payable with respect to such Policy. All rights in and to the Policy not endorsed or otherwise assigned to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) by the Agreement shall be retained by the Company as Owner of the Policy, subject to applicable provisions of this Plan. The provisions of the Agreement setting forth the Company’s endorsement of the Policy’s Death Benefit to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall not be canceled, altered, or amended except as expressly provided by the provisions of the Agreement and permitted by the Plan.

 

Article VII - Policy Interests and Rights

 

7.1                                  At any time while the Agreement applicable to a Policy remains in effect, the Company shall be the exclusive Owner of the Policy and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights of ownership of the Policy. The rights of ownership which shall be exercisable by the Company shall include all of the rights of the “owner” which are specified in the Policy, including but not limited to the right to withdraw or borrow against any cash surrender value of the Policy, direct the allocation of amounts paid into each Policy, and the entire value of the Policy, among any investment options available under the Policy, sell, assign, pledge as collateral, or otherwise transfer, exchange or encumber the Policy, and maintain its possession, subject only to a Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) right under the terms of the Agreement and the Plan to designate or change the Beneficiary or settlement option with respect to the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) with respect to such Policy.

 

Article VIII – Beneficiary’s Death Benefit and Satisfaction of Company’s Obligation

 

8.1                                  The Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall have the sole right to designate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit payable with respect to the Policy issued on the Participant’s life and endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee) in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Plan. The Beneficiary shall be designated, and may be changed from time to time, in accordance with procedures specified in the Policy or otherwise prescribed by the Insurance Company.  In the event the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if the Participant’s Beneficiary shall have predeceased the Participant, the Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

 

8.2                                  Upon the death of a Participant, the Company and the Beneficiary shall take appropriate action to promptly obtain the insurance proceeds payable under the Policy if the Company is the owner of such Policy at such time. The proceeds thereof representing the Death Benefit endorsed to the Participant (or his or her Assignee), as set forth in

 

7



 

Article VI, shall be paid to the Beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) designation, the Beneficiary’s instructions and the terms of the Policy.  The balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be paid to the Company in a single sum.

 

8.3                                  The Company’s Obligation existing at the Participant’s death, if any, shall be reduced to the extent the Death Benefit is paid to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary.  In the event the Company’s Obligation existing at the Participant’s death, if any, is not fully extinguished as a result of the payment of the Death Benefit, the Company shall pay the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary from its own assets the balance of the Company’s Obligation.  In addition, to the extent the Beneficiary realizes taxable income by reason of the receipt from the Participant’s Employer or former Employer, or the Company of the Company’s assets in satisfaction of the balance of the Company’s Obligation, the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable national, federal, state, provincial and local income taxes and withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  The Employer will furnish the Beneficiary with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Beneficiary for national, federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes.

 

8.4                                  Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate, gift or transfer tax liability or adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequences resulting from the payment of the Death Benefit or the Company’s Obligation to the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) Beneficiary and the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate, gift or transfer tax liability or other adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequence resulting from such payment.

 

Article IX - Retirement or Other Termination of Employment

 

9.1                                  If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, the occurrence of such Termination Date shall not cause the Agreement to be terminated.

 

9.2                                  If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than the Participant’s Retirement, Disability, or death, the Company’s Obligation and the obligations of the Company and the Employer under the terms of the Plan and the Agreement with such Participant (or his or her Assignee) to provide the Death Benefit shall terminate effective as of the Participant’s Termination Date, and thereafter the Company and the Employer shall be under no further obligation to make premium payments or to take any other action to maintain the Policy in force or to preserve the Policy’s Death Benefit in any manner.

 

8



 

9.3                                  In the circumstances described in paragraph 9.2, above, the Participant (or his or her Assignee) may elect, by written notice to the Administrator given no later than 30 days after such Termination Date, to acquire the Policy from the Company at its fair market value, whereupon the Participant (or his or her Assignee) will assume full responsibility for the payment of all future premiums.  The fair market value of the Policy will be determined in accordance with applicable Internal Revenue Service rules, and will generally be the cash value of the Policy, without reduction for any surrender charges.

 

Article X – Transfer of Policy

 

10.1                            Notwithstanding paragraph 9.1 to the contrary, the Company shall transfer the ownership of the Policy insuring a Non-U.S. Retiree’s life to such Non-U.S. Retiree (or his or her Assignee) on such Non-U.S. Retiree’s Distribution Date whereupon the Company and the Employer shall be under no further obligation to make premium payments or to take any other action to maintain the Policy in force or preserve the Policy’s Death Benefit in any manner.  Notwithstanding paragraph 8.3 to the contrary, the Company’s Obligation shall be fully extinguished and the obligations of the Company and the Employer under the terms of the Plan and the Agreement with such Non-U.S. Retiree (or his or her Assignee) to provide the Death Benefit shall terminate if the current accumulation value of the transferred Policy at the Distribution Date is sufficient at then current mortality charges and a guaranteed 4% crediting rate to keep such Policy in force until the date such Non-U.S. Retiree reaches age 100 (the maturity age of the Policy) in an amount at least equal to the Death Benefit.  If the current accumulation value of the transferred Policy at the Distribution Date is not sufficient at then current mortality charges and a guaranteed 4% crediting rate to keep such Policy in force until the date such Non-U.S. Retiree reaches age 100 (the maturity age of the Policy) in an amount at least equal to the Death Benefit, then the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced to an amount equal to the difference between the Company’s Obligation immediately prior to the transfer of such Policy and the amount of Death Benefit supported by the transferred Policy’s current accumulation value at the Distribution Date.

 

10.2                            In the event the Company transfers the ownership of a Policy to a Non-U.S. Retiree (or his or her Assignee) pursuant to paragraph 10.1 above and the Non-U.S. Retiree insured by such Policy realizes taxable income by reason of the transferred Policy, the Employer will fully gross up the amount thereof to cover all applicable national, federal, state, provincial and local income taxes and withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by the Employer. The Employer will furnish the Non-U.S. Retiree with an appropriate statement of the amount of such income reportable by the Non-U.S. Retiree for national, federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes.

 

9



 

10.3                            Neither the Company nor any Employer shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate, gift or transfer tax liability or adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequences resulting from the transfer of a Policy to any Participant (or his or her Assignee) and the Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall be solely responsible for any such estate, gift or transfer tax liability or other adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequence resulting from such transfer.

 

Article XI – Assignment by Participant

 

11.1                            Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, coincident with his or her participation in the Plan or on any date thereafter, a Participant shall have the right to absolutely and irrevocably assign by gift to an Assignee all or any portion of his or her right, title and interest in and to the Company’s Obligation and in and to the Death Benefit payable with respect to a Policy on such Participant’s life.  This right shall be exercisable by having the Assignee execute the Agreement with the Company on behalf of the Participant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1.  Upon the execution of such Agreement by the Assignee and the Company, the Company shall thereafter treat the Participant’s Assignee as the sole owner of all of the Participant’s right, title and interest in and to the Company’s Obligation and in and to the Death Benefit provided under this Plan.  Thereupon and thereafter, the Participant shall have no right, title or interest in and to the Company’s Obligation or in and to the Death Benefit provided for in this Plan, the Agreement or the Policy, all such rights being vested in and exercisable only by such Assignee.

 

Article XII - Plan Termination

 

12.1                            The Company reserves the right to unilaterally discontinue or suspend the Employers’ payment of premiums under the Plan at any time or to terminate the Plan at any time. The Plan shall terminate upon the total cessation of the business of the Company or upon the bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company.

 

12.2                            Upon termination of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, the Company shall be entitled to take whatever actions it desires, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to each Policy under the Plan; provided, however, the Company’s Obligation with respect to each such Participant (or his or her Assignee) shall survive such Plan termination or discontinuance of premium payments.

 

Article XIII - Plan Amendments

 

13.1                            Except as may be otherwise expressly limited in a Participant’s Agreement, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan in any respect and at any time and from time to time. However, the Company shall not amend the Plan in any manner, or take or omit any other action, that has the effect of reducing the amount of the Company’s Obligation to a Participant (or his or her Assignee) without the Participant’s (or his or her Assignee’s) express written consent.

 

10



 

Article XIV - Insurance Company

 

14.1                            The Insurance Company will be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by its payment of the Policy death benefit to the beneficiary(ies) designated in the Policy, subject to the terms of the Policy. The Insurance Company will not, in any event, be considered a party to this Plan or to any Agreement, or to any modification or amendment of the Plan or any Agreement.

 

Article XV - Administration and Claims

 

15.1                            The following provisions of this paragraph 15.1 shall apply if and only if the Plan is determined to constitute an employee welfare benefit plan under Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”):

 

(a)                                   The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, and the Administrator shall have full discretionary authority and responsibility for the operation and management of the Plan, including the interpretation of the Plan and any Agreement thereunder.

 

(b)                                  The named fiduciary or fiduciaries are the Company and/or one or more officers or employees of the Company duly appointed to exercise fiduciary authority and responsibility with respect to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The funding policy under this Plan anticipates that all premiums on each Policy shall be remitted by the Employer(s) to the Insurance Company when due, and all benefits under the Plan shall be provided pursuant to a contract or contracts with any insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the state of Ohio, as selected by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Direct payment by the Insurance Company is the primary basis of payment of benefits under this Plan, with those benefits in turn being based on the payment of premiums as provided in the Plan.

 

(e)                                   The claims procedure of the Plan shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Owner of a Policy, a Beneficiary, or a duly authorized representative thereof may make a claim for benefits by filing a claim with the Administrator on a form made available for that purpose. The Administrator shall make the initial determination as to the treatment of the claim and give the claimant notice thereof within 90 days after receipt of the claim. If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Plan is denied by the Administrator, it shall deliver to the claimant a written

 

11



 

explanation setting forth the specific reason for the denial, pertinent references to the Plan provision on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of the claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. For this purpose:

 

(A)                               The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented in writing to the Administrator.

 

(B)                                 The Administrator’s determination and explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed.

 

(ii)                                   The claimant shall have 60 days following his or her receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Company a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or a representative thereof may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments.

 

(iii)                                The Company shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy of its determination within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of the claim. The decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not furnished to the claimant within such 60-day period, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

 

Article XVI - Miscellaneous

 

16.1                            The Plan Documents shall constitute the entire documentation of the Plan. No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings or agreements, oral or otherwise, in relation to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth in the Plan Documents, shall be valid.

 

16.2                            The Plan and the Plan Documents shall not constitute an inducement or consideration for the employment of any Non-U.S. Employee or Participant and shall not give any Non-U.S. Employee or Participant any right to be retained in the employ of any Employer, and each Employer hereby retains the right to discharge any Non-U.S.

 

12



 

Employee or Participant at any time, in accordance with the personnel policies of the Employer, or as provided in any employment agreement between the Employer and the Non-U.S. Employee or Participant.

 

16.3                            This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Participant, and his or her heirs, successors, assigns, and personal representatives, and the Company and each Employer, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

16.4                            In the event that any part of this Plan shall be deemed invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of this Plan, which shall remain valid and binding upon all interested parties and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

16.5                                  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any use of the masculine gender herein shall also refer to the feminine and vice versa, and the use of any term herein in the singular shall also, where appropriate, include the plural and vice versa.

 

16.6                            Except as otherwise required by the laws of the United States of America, the Plan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Ohio.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Plan to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer(s) on this                 day of                           , 2004.

 

 

 

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas L. Young

 

 

Thomas L. Young

Attest:

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

/s/ James W. Baehren

 

 

 

James W. Baehren

 

 

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Chief Administrative Officer and

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN FOR NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

(Exhibit A to the

Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees)

 

This Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the “Company”) and                                                                                      (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees (the “Plan”).  The Company has selected Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company (the “Insurance Company” or “Jefferson Pilot”) to provide life insurance protection (the “Policy”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  The Company requests that Jefferson Pilot retain a copy of this Agreement with the Policy.

 

Jefferson Pilot Policy Number

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Participant designates the following as the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit.

 

{ Beneficiary:

{ Relationship:                                                 }

                                                }

 

{ Address:                                                             }

 

{                   

{ Tax ID (Social Security) Number }

                                                  }

 

{                                                                           }

{                                                        }

 

IT IS AGREED :

 

A.                                    By executing this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that any existing Death Benefit Only Agreement he or she has entered into with the Company is now hereby terminated and that any obligations of the Company under said Death Benefit Only Agreement are being replaced by the Company’s Obligation under the Plan and this Participation Agreement.

 

B.                                      All of the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.  Capitalized terms defined in the Plan and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned in the Plan.

 

C.                                      Commencing on                                   , the Participant agrees to participate in the Plan and become subject to its terms, and the Company agrees that the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will contribute premiums in accordance with the Plan for the period of time and in the amounts determined thereunder. Both parties to this

 



 

Agreement understand that benefits under the Plan shall be provided by the above identified Policy issued or to be issued by the Insurance Company.

 

D.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement or any contrary provisions of the Plan, the Company agrees that at any time while this Agreement remains in effect before the Participant’s Termination Date, or on or after the Participant’s Termination Date if such Termination Date occurred by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, or in the case of a Non-U.S. Retiree on the Effective Date, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal $                                                ;

 

E.                                       The Company shall be the sole owner of the Policy, but by executing this Agreement the Company hereby irrevocably endorses to the Participant the Death Benefit under the Policy as described in paragraph D above.  During such time as the Company is the owner of the Policy, the Company will be entitled to receive the amount of any death benefit paid under the Policy in excess of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary.  If the Participant terminates his or her employment by reason of his or her Retirement or Disability, or if the Participant is a Non-U.S. Retiree on the Effective Date, the Company will transfer the ownership of the Policy to the Participant on his or her Distribution Date. If the Participant terminates his or her employment for reasons other than Retirement or Disability, the Participant shall have the right to acquire the Policy from the Company for its then current fair market value and to pay all future premiums thereon.

 

F.                                       The Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will fully gross up any taxable income realized by the Participant that is attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit and the value of a Policy transferred to the Participant pursuant to paragraph E above to cover all applicable national, federal, state, provincial and local income taxes and withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.

 

G.                                      This Agreement may be amended only by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Participant.

 

H.                                     This Agreement shall remain in effect from its effective date until the death of the Participant, unless terminated earlier in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than Retirement or Disability, as provided in the Plan, or until the transfer by the Company of the ownership of the Policy to the Participant pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

I.                                          The Company’s Obligation to the Participant shall continue notwithstanding the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason, unless the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, or until the Company transfers ownership of the Policy to the Participant, in which case the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced by the amount of Death Benefit supported by such Policy at the time of the transfer.

 

2



 

Dated as of the             day of                                          , 20         .

 

 

PARTICIPANT:

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number

 

 

Tax ID Number:

 

 

 

3



 

OWENS-ILLINOIS

2004 EXECUTIVE LIFE INSURANCE PLAN FOR NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

(Exhibit A-1 to the

Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees)

 

This Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the “Company”) and                                                      (the “Assignee”) as the Assignee  and designated Beneficiary of                                     (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Owens-Illinois 2004 Executive Life Insurance Plan for Non-U.S. Employees (the “Plan”).  The Company has selected Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company (the “Insurance Company” or “Jefferson Pilot”) to provide life insurance protection (the “Policy”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  The Company requests that Jefferson Pilot retain a copy of this Agreement with the Policy.

 

Jefferson Pilot Policy Number

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Assignee hereby designates himself/herself/itself as the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit.

 

IT IS AGREED :

 

A.                                    By executing this Agreement, the Assignee agrees and acknowledges that any existing Death Benefit Only Agreement the Participant entered into with the Company is now hereby terminated and that any obligations of the Company’s under said Death Benefit Only Agreement are being replaced by the Company’s Obligation under the Plan and this Participation Agreement.

 

B.                                      All of the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.  Capitalized terms defined in the Plan and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned in the Plan.

 

C.                                      Commencing on                                        , the Assignee agrees to participate in the Plan and become subject to its terms, and the Company agrees that the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will contribute premiums in accordance with the Plan for the period of time and in the amounts determined thereunder. Both parties to this Agreement understand that benefits under the Plan shall be provided by the above identified Policy issued or to be issued by the Insurance Company.

 

D.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement or any contrary provisions of the Plan, the Company agrees that at any time while this Agreement remains in effect before the Participant’s Termination Date, or on or after the Participant’s Termination Date if such Termination Date occurred by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or

 



 

Disability, or in the case of a Non-U.S. Retiree on the Effective Date, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary shall equal $                                   .

 

E.                                       The Company shall be the sole owner of the Policy, but by executing this Agreement the Company hereby irrevocably endorses to the Assignee the Death Benefit under the Policy as described in paragraph D above and acknowledges and accepts the Participant’s irrevocable assignment of his or her interest in the Company’s Obligation to the Assignee. During such time as the Company is the owner of the Policy, the Company will be entitled to receive the amount of any death benefit paid under the Policy in excess of the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary.  If the Participant terminates his or her employment by reason of his or her Retirement or Disability, or if the Participant is a Non-U.S. Retiree on the Effective Date, the Company will transfer the ownership of the Policy to the Assignee on the Participant’s Distribution Date. If the Participant terminates his or her employment for reasons other than Retirement or Disability, the Assignee shall have the right to acquire the Policy from the Company for its then current fair market value and to pay all future premiums thereon.

 

F.                                       The Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) will fully gross up any taxable income realized by the Participant that is attributable to the economic benefits received from the endorsed Death Benefit and the value of a Policy transferred to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above to cover all applicable national, federal, state, provincial and local income taxes and withholdings thereon.  The gross up shall be computed on the basis of the highest then applicable income tax and withholding rates and shall take into account and include the income taxes and withholdings paid by an Employer.  Neither the Company nor the Participant’s Employer(s) or former Employer(s) shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any estate, gift or transfer tax liability or other adverse estate, gift or transfer tax consequences with respect to the payment of premiums on the Policy or the transfer of the Policy to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

G.                                      This Agreement may be amended only by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Assignee.

 

H.                                     This Agreement shall remain in effect from its effective date until the death of the Participant, unless terminated earlier in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than Retirement or Disability, as provided in the Plan, or until the transfer by the Company of the ownership of the Policy to the Assignee pursuant to paragraph E above.

 

I.                                          The Company’s Obligation to the Assignee shall continue notwithstanding the termination of the Plan, the Company’s discontinuance of the payment of premiums under the Plan, or the cancellation, lapse, or surrender of the Policy for any reason, unless the Participant’s Termination Date occurs for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, or until the Company transfers ownership of the Policy to the Assignee, in which case the Company’s Obligation shall be reduced by the amount of Death Benefit supported by such Policy at the time of the transfer.

 

2



 

Dated as of the               day of                                              , 20        .

 

 

ASSIGNEE:

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

Tax ID Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number

 

 

 

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.34

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Effective January 1, 2004

 

1.                                       History and purpose.

 

1.1                                The Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan, initially adopted by the Board of Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc. effective on January 1, 1991 was amended in the form of the Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan and further amended by a First, Second and Third Amendment thereto (the “Original Plan”) effective on or as of January 1, 1993.  Pursuant to paragraph 8 of the Original Plan, said Board has duly authorized the further amendment and restatement of the Original Plan, effective on or as of January 1, 2004, in the form of this Second Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan.  The provisions of the Original Plan shall continue to govern with respect to Award Periods (as defined in the Original Plan) commencing before January 1, 2004 and with respect to all matters related thereto.

 

1.2                                The purposes of this Second Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan are to reward officers and other management employees who contribute to the success of the Company, by making the amount of their compensation significantly contingent upon the Company’s financial performance, and to attract and retain officers and other management employees of exceptional ability.

 

2.                                       Definitions.   The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:

 

“Award” means the periodic bonus award granted to a Participant under this Plan.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of OI.

 

“Bonus Pool” means, for each year, the sum of all Target Bonuses for such year, as described in paragraph 5.1 hereof.

 

“CEO” means the Chief Executive Officer of OI.

 

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee of the Board to which administrative authority with respect to the Plan may be delegated by the Board.

 

“Company” means OI together with any corporation (or unincorporated business entity) 50 percent or more of the voting shares (or other ownership interests) of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by OI.

 

“Deferred Compensation Plan” means any plan or arrangement adopted by the Company whereby a Participant may be permitted, at his option, to defer the actual receipt of an Award otherwise payable to him under this Plan.

 



 

“Equity Participation Plan” means the 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. executed May 15, 1997, as amended from time to time.

 

“Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning set forth in the Equity Participation Plan.

 

“OI” means Owens-Illinois, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Operating Results” means the Company’s or a Unit’s annual results from operations for any Performance Period, determined in accordance with paragraph 7 hereof and expressed as a percentage of the Performance Period’s Performance Objective.

 

“Participant” means an officer or other management employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in this Plan in accordance with paragraph 4 hereof.

 

“Performance Objective” means the annual objective established in accordance with paragraph 6 hereof for the operating performance of the Company or a Unit.

 

“Performance Period” means the calendar year or any other period that the CEO or the Committee may determine.

 

“Plan” means this Second Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan as set forth herein or as from time to time amended.

 

“Restricted Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Equity Participation Plan.

 

“Share” means a share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

“Target Bonus” means an amount established each year in accordance with paragraph 5 hereof equal to a stated percentage of a Participant’s annual base salary.

 

“Unit” means an operating unit or subsidiary of the Company.

 

Words of the masculine gender include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 



 

3.                                       Administration.

 

3.1                                The Plan will be administered by the CEO, whose administrative powers hereunder shall include the powers to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that he deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  The CEO may correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the CEO deems necessary or desirable.  Any decision of the CEO in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within his sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all parties concerned.  Determinations made by the CEO under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.

 

3.2                                The Board, in its discretion on recommendation of the CEO, shall be authorized at any time and from time to time to modify any Performance Objective, and the Committee, in its discretion on recommendation of the CEO, shall be authorized at any time and from time to time to adjust the amount of any Target Bonus and/or the size of the Bonus Pool; and to accelerate or defer the payment of Awards.

 

4.                                       Eligibility and participation.

 

4.1                                Each person who, at the beginning of 200_ or any subsequent calendar year, is an elected corporate officer of OI shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for such year.  Each person who first becomes an elected corporate officer of OI during 200_ or any subsequent calendar year shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for at least the balance of such year or, if approved by the Committee on recommendation of the CEO, for the entire year.

 

4.2                                The CEO shall designate those persons who shall be Participants for each Performance Period.  The CEO may prospectively or retroactively suspend or withdraw such approval with respect to any such Participant for all or any part of any year.

 

5.                                       Target Bonuses.

 

5.1                                A Target Bonus shall be established each year for each Participant, equal in amount to a stated percentage, not to exceed 100 percent, of his base salary for such year.

 

5.2                                The Committee shall establish the Target Bonus of the CEO, and the CEO shall establish the Target Bonuses of all other Participants under this Plan.  Target Bonuses shall be based on an evaluation of the responsibilities of each Participant and of each Participant’s potential to contribute to the attainment of the Performance Objective of the Company or the Participant’s Unit for such year.  Target Bonuses shall be established before or as soon as practicable after the beginning of each year, and each Participant shall thereupon be notified of his Target Bonus.

 



 

5.3                                If the rate of a Participant’s base salary is changed during a year after his Target Bonus has been established, the amount of his Target Bonus shall be adjusted to equal the stated percentage of his actual base salary before and after the change.

 

6.                                       Performance Objectives.   The Board, on recommendation of the CEO, shall establish one or more Performance Objectives for each Performance Period, each of which shall be expressed as the attainment, at the end of such Period, of a specified measurable operating, financial, or other objective, such as (but not limited to) one or more of the following criteria:  (i) earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per Share; (v) book value per Share; (vi) return on equity; (vii) expense management; (viii) return on investment before or after the cost of capital; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xi) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xii) stock price; (xiii) market share; (xiv) revenues or sales; (xv) costs; (xvi) cash flow; (xvii) working capital; (xviii) return on assets; (xix) cost reduction goals; (xx) return on sales; (xxi) gross margin; (xxii) debt reduction; (xxiii) new product launches; (xxiv) completion of joint ventures, divestitures, acquisitions or other corporate transactions; (xxv) new business or expansion of customers or clients; or (xxvi) productivity improvement. The foregoing criteria may relate to the Company, one or more its subsidiaries or one or more of its Units or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, all as the Board determines.  In addition, the CEO or the Committee may adjust, modify or amend the above business criteria, either in establishing any Performance Objective or in determining the extent to which any Performance Objective has been achieved.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the CEO or the Committee shall have the authority, at any time it establishes a Performance Objective for the applicable Performance Period, to make equitable adjustments in the business criteria in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Unit, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulation, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles, or as the CEO or Committee determines to be appropriate to reflect a true measurement of the profitability of the Company or its operating units, as applicable and to otherwise satisfy the purposes of this Plan.  Each Performance Period’s Performance Objective(s) shall be established before or as soon as practicable after the beginning of such Period, and each Participant shall thereupon be notified thereof.

 

7.                                       Operating Results.   As soon as practicable after the end of each Performance Period, the specific objective or objectives used as the Performance Objective(s) for such Period for the Company and each Unit shall be determined and reported to the Board and the CEO.  The Operating Results for each Performance Period, for purposes of the Plan, shall be the

 



 

percentage which the specific objective or objectives used as the Performance Objective(s) for such Period, as so reported, is of the Performance Objective(s) for such Period.

 

8.                                       Determination of Awards.

 

8.1                                The Operating Results of the Company or a Participant’s Unit shall determine the extent to which a Participant’s Award shall be paid to such Participant.  However, and notwithstanding paragraph 8.2 hereof to the contrary, the CEO, in his discretion, may reduce or eliminate the Award of any Participant for any Performance Period to the extent the CEO determines that such Participant’s performance for such Period did not materially contribute to the Operating Results for such year or that any act or omission by such Participant has adversely affected (or can be reasonably expected to adversely affect) the Company or the Participant’s Unit.

 

8.2                                If the Company’s Operating Results are less than 90 percent, none of the Participant’s Award will be paid.  If the Company’s Operating Results are exactly 90 percent, 50 percent of the Participant’s Target Bonus will be paid as an Award.  For each percentage point by which the Company’s Operating Results exceed 90 percent but not 120 percent, an additional 5% percent of the Participant’s Target Bonus will be paid as an Award.  No more than 200 percent of the Participant’s Target Bonus shall be paid as an Award regardless of the level of the Company’s Operating Results.

 

9.                                       Payment of Awards.

 

9.1                                Except to the extent deferred at the option of a Participant in accordance with a Deferred Compensation Plan, and/or except to the extent distributable in the form of Restricted Stock at the option of a Participant in accordance with paragraph 9.4 hereof, each Participant’s Award for each year, determined in accordance with paragraph 8 hereof, shall be paid to him in cash no later than March 15 of the following year.

 

9.2                                In the event of a Participant’s death after the end of a Performance Period but before his Award, if any, for such Period has been paid to him, it shall be paid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by him in writing filed with the Company or, in the absence of any such designation or if no such designated beneficiary survives the Participant, to the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his life insurance under the Company’s Life Insurance Plan.  If there is no such designated beneficiary or life insurance beneficiary, such Participant’s Award shall be paid to his estate.

 

9.3                                If a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the course of a year, or if he is transferred to a position with the Company which the CEO determines no longer qualifies him to be a Participant eligible to participate in this Plan, the extent, if any, to which his Award for such year will be paid to him will be determined by the CEO, in his discretion.

 



 

9.4                                From time to time the Committee may grant to any Participant eligible for an Award under the Plan the option to receive all or any specified part of such Award in Restricted Stock.  On or before June 30 of any year for which the Committee has granted such an option, any Participant to whom such an option has been granted may elect, by written notice to the Committee, to receive distribution of all or any specified part of his Award for such year in the form of Restricted Stock with a Fair Market Value at the date of distribution equal to 100 percent (or such higher percent as determined by the Committee) of the dollar amount of such Award or part thereof if payable in cash.  If so elected, such distribution shall be made no later than March 15 of the following year, in accordance with applicable provisions of the Equity Participation Plan.  The terms of the Restricted Stock shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement, the form and content of which shall be approved by the Committee.

 

10.                                Amendment or termination of the Plan.   The Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, alter, or terminate the Plan at any time, except that no such action shall adversely affect the rights of any person with respect to an Award that has become payable in accordance with paragraph 8 hereof without such person’s consent.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous.

 

11.1                         Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant or other person any right to continue to be employed by or perform services for the Company, and the right to terminate the employment of or performance of services of any Participant at any time and for any reason is specifically reserved to the Company.

 

11.2                         No rights under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable, or subject to encumbrance of any nature, except to the extent that a Participant may designate a beneficiary to receive any payment to be made following his death.  If any Participant or beneficiary shall attempt to assign, transfer, encumber or charge any such right, or should such right be subjected to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration or other legal, equitable or other process, it shall thereupon pass to such one or more persons as may be designated by the Committee from among the Participant, any beneficiary theretofore designated by the Participant, and any spouse, parent, or child of such Participant or beneficiary.

 

11.3                         With respect to the rights of Participants under the Plan, the obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be wholly unsecured.  The Company shall be under no obligation to reserve, segregate or earmark any cash or other property for the payment of any amounts under the Plan.

 



 

11.4                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee, in its sole discretion (but subject to applicable law) may reduce any amounts payable to a Participant hereunder in order to satisfy any liabilities owed to the Company by the Participant.

 

11.5                         The Company shall withhold therefrom such amounts as may be required by federal, state or local law, and the amount payable under the Plan to the person entitled thereto shall be reduced by the amount so withheld.

 

11.6                         The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Ohio.

 

12.                                Effective Date.   This Plan, when duly executed, shall become effective on or as of January 1, 2004.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Board of Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc., has caused this Second Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation, this 26th day of January, 2005.

 

 

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

    /s/ James W. Baehren

 

 

 

 Senior Vice President

 

 


 



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12


OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND
EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
(Millions of dollars, except ratios)

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, minority share owners' interests and cumulative effect of accounting change   $ 210.3   $ (438.0 ) $ (62.5 )
Less: Equity earnings     (27.8 )   (27.1 )   (27.0 )
Add: Total fixed charges deducted from earnings     489.1     440.6     384.9  
  Proportional share of pre-tax earnings of 50% owned associates     11.0     8.1     13.3  
  Dividends received from equity investees     12.8     31.1     29.2  
   
 
 
 
    Earnings available for payment of fixed charges   $ 695.4   $ 14.7   $ 337.9  
   
 
 
 
Fixed charges (including the Company's proportional share of 50% owned associates):                    
      Interest expense   $ 460.0   $ 415.4   $ 356.1  
      Portion of operating lease rental deemed to be interest     14.2     10.8     12.7  
      Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount expense     14.9     14.4     16.1  
   
 
 
 
        Total fixed charges deducted from earnings   $ 489.1   $ 440.6   $ 384.9  
Preferred stock dividends (increased to assumed pre-tax amount)     29.4     30.3     30.7  
   
 
 
 
Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends   $ 518.5   $ 470.9   $ 415.6  
   
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges     1.4              
Deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges         $ 425.9   $ 47.0  
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends     1.3              
Deficiency of earnings available to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends           456.2     77.7  


OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND
EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
(Millions of dollars, except ratios)

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2001
  2000
 
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and minority share owners' interests   $ 650.9   $ (421.8 )
Less: Equity earnings     (18.8 )   (19.8 )
Add: Total fixed charges deducted from earnings     374.6     407.7  
          Proportional share of pre-tax earnings of 50% owned associates     10.4     11.0  
          Dividends received from less than 50% owned associates     18.2     14.5  
   
 
 
      Earnings available for payment of fixed charges   $ 1,035.3   $ (8.4 )
   
 
 
Fixed charges (including the Company's proportional share of 50% owned associates):              
  Interest expense   $ 345.3   $ 387.0  
  Portion of operating lease rental deemed to be interest     14.3     12.5  
  Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount expense     15.0     8.2  
   
 
 
      Total fixed charges deducted from earnings   $ 374.6   $ 407.7  
Preferred stock dividends (increased to assumed pre-tax amount)     36.7     21.7  
   
 
 
Combined fixed charges and preferred stock Dividends   $ 411.3   $ 429.4  
   
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges     2.8        
Deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges         $ 416.1  
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends     2.5        
Deficiency of earnings available to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends           437.8  

2




QuickLinks

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (Millions of dollars, except ratios)
OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (Millions of dollars, except ratios)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 21


SUBSIDIARIES OF OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

        Owens-Illinois, Inc. had the following subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 (subsidiaries are indented following their respective parent companies):

Name

  State/Country
of Incorporation
or Organization

Owens-Illinois Group, Inc.   Delaware
  OI Health Care Holding Corp   Delaware
  OI General Finance Inc.   Delaware
  OI Plastic Products FTS Inc.   Delaware
    OI Australia Inc.   Delaware
      Continental PET Holdings Pty, Ltd.   Australia
        ACI America Holdings Inc.   Delaware
          ACI Ventures Inc.   Delaware
    Owens-Illinois Healthcare Packaging Inc.   Delaware
    Specialty Packaging Licensing Company   Delaware
    Owens-illinois Closures de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.   Mexico
    Owens-Illinois Closure Inc.   Delaware
      Product Design & Engineering, Inc.   Minnesota
      OI Brazil Closure Inc.   Delaware
        Owens-Illinois Participacoes Ltda.   Brazil
          Owens-Illinois Plasicos do Brasil Ltda.   Brazil
      Specialty Packaging Products de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.   Mexico
    Owens-Illinois Prescription Products Inc.   Delaware
      OI Medical Inc.   Delaware
OI General FTS Inc.   Delaware
    Sovereign Air, LLC   Delaware
    OI Castalia STS Inc.   Delaware
    OI Levis Park STS Inc.   Delaware
    OI AID STS Inc.   Delaware
    Owens-Illinois General Inc.   Delaware
      Owens Insurance, Ltd.   Bermuda
      OI Holding Company, Inc.   Ohio
      Universal Materials, Inc.   Ohio
      OI Advisors, Inc.   Delaware
        OI Securities Inc.   Delaware
        OI Transfer Inc.   Delaware
      Maumee Air Associates Inc.   Delaware
Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc.   Delaware
  Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc.   Delaware
    Brockway Realty Corp.   Pennsylvania
    Owens-Brockway Glass Container Trading Co.   Delaware
    Brockway Research, Inc.   Delaware
    NHW Auburn, LLC   Delaware
    OI Auburn Inc.   Delaware
    OI Domestic Holdings Inc.   Delaware
    Overseas Finance Co.   Delaware
    SeaGate, Inc.   Ohio
    SeaGate II Inc.   Delaware
    SeaGate III Inc.   Delaware
    OI Consol STS Inc.   Delaware
    OIB Produvisa Inc.   Delaware
    OI California Containers Inc.   Delaware
    OB Cal South Inc.   Delaware
    OI Puerto Rico STS Inc.   Delaware
     

    OI Europe & Asia Inc.   Delaware
    Bolivian Investments, Inc.   Delaware
    Fabrica Boliviana de Vidrios S.A.   Bolivia
    OI Thailand Inc.   Delaware
      OI Pacific (Machinery and Distribution) Limited   Thailand
    OI International Holdings Inc.   Delaware
      OI Global C.V.   Netherlands
        OI Hungary LLC   Delaware
          United Hungarian Glass Containers Kft.   Hungary
            Owens-Illinois Plastics Kft   Hungary
        OI Ecuador LLC   Delaware
          Cristaleria del Ecuador, S. A.   Ecuador
        Owens-Illinois (Australia) Pty. Ltd.   Australia
          ACI Packaging Services Pty. Ltd.   Australia
            ACI Technical Services Pty. Ltd.   Australia
            ACI Operations Pty. Ltd.   Australia
              ACI Plastics Packaging (Thailand) Ltd.   Thailand
              Australian Consolidated Industries Pty. Ltd.   Australia
          ACI International Pty. Ltd.   Australia
            OI Andover Group Inc.   Delaware
              The Andover Group Inc.   Delaware
              Owens-Illinois Specialty Products Puerto Rico Inc.   New Jersey
            ACI Glass Packaging Penrith Pty. Ltd.   Australia
            PT Kangar Consolidated Industries   Indonesia
            ACI India LLC   Delaware
            Owens-Illinois (NZ) Ltd.   New Zealand
              ACI Operations NZ Ltd.   New Zealand
            OI China LLC   Delaware
              Wuhan Owens Glass    
                Container Company Ltd.   China
            Owens-Illinois (HK) Ltd.   Hong Kong
              ACI Guangdong Ltd.   Hong Kong
                ACI Guangdong Glass Company Ltd.   China
              ACI Shanghai Ltd.   Hong Kong
                ACI Shanghai Glass Company Ltd.   China
              ACI Tianjin Ltd.   Hong Kong
                ACI Tianjin Mould Company Ltd.   China
              Owens-Illinois Services H.K. Ltd.   Hong Kong
              ACI Beijing Ltd.   Hong Kong
            ACI Finance Pty. Ltd.   Australia
      OI European Group B.V.   Netherlands
        OI Europe (Machinery and Distribution) Limited   United Kingdom
        Closure & Packaging Services, Ltd.   Guernsey
          Closure & Packaging Services (U.K.) Ltd.   United Kingdom
          Closure & Packaging Services (Antilles) N.V.   Netherlands Antilles
            Closure & Packaging    
              Services (Netherlands) B.V.   Netherlands
        UGG Holdings Ltd.   United Kingdom
          OI Overseas Management Company LLC   Delaware
            United Glass Group Ltd.   United Kingdom
              British Glass Recycling Company Limited   United Kingdom
              United Glass, Limited   United Kingdom
                U.G. Leasing Limited   United Kingdom
     

2


                United Glass Properties Limited   United Kingdom
                Key Glassworks Limited   United Kingdom
      OI Glass Holdings B. V.   Netherlands
        Owens-Illinois Kft   Hungary
        OI Italia S.r.l.   Italy
          Sonator Investments B.V.   Netherlands
            Vidrieria Rovira, S. L.   Spain
              OI Spanish Holdings B.V.   Netherlands
                Owens-Illinois Peru S. A.   Peru
                Owens-Illinois Polska S. A.   Poland
        Zanotti Vetro S.p.a.   Italy
        AVIR S.p.A.   Italy
          Avirunion, a.s.   Czech Republic
          Corsico Vetro S.r.l.   Italy
          San Domenico Vetraria S.r.l.   Italy
          Trasve S.r.l.   Italy
          Avir France   France
            OI Europe SAS   France
              BSN Glasspack   France
                BSN Glasspack Espana   Spain
                VG Holdings B.V.   Netherlands
                BSN Financing Co. S.A.   Netherlands
                BSN Glasspack N.V.   Netherlands
                  Veglarec B.V.   Netherlands
              BSN Glasspack Treasury S.A.   Luxembourg
                BSN Glasspack RE   Luxembourg
              BSN Glasspack Services   France
              BSN Glasspack Finance   France
              VMC   France
              Verdome Exploitation   France
              Sefipal   France
                BSN Distr. CO   France
                BSN Distr. SE   France
                Atlantique Emballage   France
                SCI Le Mourtis   France
                Fiaver   France
                Prover   France
                Renfort   France
              BSN Glasspack Beteiligungs &    
                Verwaltungs GmbH   Germany
                BSN Glasspack Verwalthung GmbH   Germany
                BSN Glasspack GmbH & Co. KG   Germany
                  Gebruder Stoevesandt    
                  Vertriebsgellschaft GmbH   Germany
                BSN Glasspack Obligation   France
        Owens-Illinois International B. V.   Netherlands
          OI Canada Holdings B.V.   Netherlands
            O-I Canada Corp.   Canada
          Owens-Illinois Plastics PTE, Ltd.   Singapore
          Manufacturera de Vidrios Planos, C.A.   Venezuela
          Owens-Illinois de Venezuela, C. A.   Venezuela
            Fabrica de Vidrio Los Andes, C. A.   Venezuela
          CMC S.A.   Colombia
     

3


          Cristaleria Peldar, S.A.   Colombia
            Cristar S.A.   Colombia
            Vidrieria Fenicia   Colombia
            Industria de Materias Primas S.A.   Colombia
          Sao Raimundo Administracao, Participacoes    
            e Representacoes, Limitada   Brazil
            Companhia Industrial Sao Paulo e Rio   Brazil
              Owens-Illinois do Brasil S.A.   Brazil
              Cisper da Amazonia S.A.   Brazil
              Mineracao Silminas Ltda.   Brazil
              Mineracao Descalvado Ltda.   Brazil
              CIA Inversionies Gevir S.A.   Uraguay
                Barev Holding S.A.   Uraguay
          LLC Novgorod Steklo   Russia
          OI Finnish Holdings Oy   Finland
            Karhulan Lasi Oy   Finland
            UAB Karhulan Lasi Oy   Lithuania
            A/S Jarvakandi Klaas   Estonia

4




QuickLinks

SUBSIDIARIES OF OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23


OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-47519), in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-109602) and in the related Prospectus of Owens-Illinois, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69624) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Stock Purchase and Savings Program, the Amended and Restated Owens-Illinois, Inc. Long-Term Savings Plan, and the Owens-Illinois de Puerto Rico Long-Term Savings Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-44252) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Key Employees of Owens-Illinois, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-57141) pertaining to the Stock Option Plan for Directors of Owens-Illinois, Inc., in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-47691) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc., and in Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-99741) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 1997 Equity Participation Plan of Owens-Illinois, Inc. of our reports dated March 15, 2005, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens-Illinois, Inc. management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Owens-Illinois, Inc., and our reports dated March 15, 2005 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Owens-Brockway Packaging, Inc., Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc., and OI Plastic Products FTS Inc., all of which are included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2004.

    /s/   ERNST & YOUNG LLP       
Ernst & Young LLP

Toledo, Ohio
March 15, 2005




QuickLinks

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 24


OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That each individual whose signature appears below hereby consents to and appoints James W. Baehren as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with all power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Owens-Illinois, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the date set opposite his name.

Name
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 

Gary F. Colter
  Director   March 16, 2005

/s/  
ROBERT J. DINEEN       
Robert J. Dineen

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
JAMES H. GREENE, JR.       
James H. Greene, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
ANASTASIA D. KELLY       
Anastasia D. Kelly

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
MATTHEW G. LONGTHORNE       
Matthew G. Longthorne

 

Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
STEVEN R. MCCRACKEN       
Steven R. McCracken

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer); Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
JOHN J. MCMACKIN, JR.       
John J. McMackin, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
HELGE H. WEHMEIER       
Helge H. Wehmeier

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
THOMAS L. YOUNG       
Thomas L. Young

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer); Director

 

March 16, 2005



QuickLinks

OWENS-ILLINOIS, INC. POWER OF ATTORNEY

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1


CERTIFICATIONS

        I, Steven R. McCracken, certify that:



Date March 16, 2005   /s/   STEVEN R. MCCRACKEN       
Steven R. McCracken
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

2




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATIONS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2


CERTIFICATIONS

        I, Thomas L. Young, certify that:



Date March 16, 2005   /s/   THOMAS L. YOUNG       
Thomas L. Young
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

2




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATIONS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1


CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the "Company") hereby certifies that to such officer's knowledge:


Dated: March 16, 2005   /s/   STEVEN R. MCCRACKEN       
Steven R. McCracken
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer
Owens-Illinois, Inc.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Owens-Illinois, Inc. and will be retained by Owens-Illinois, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.2


CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Owens-Illinois, Inc. (the "Company") hereby certifies that to such officer's knowledge:


Dated: March 16, 2005   /s/   THOMAS L. YOUNG       
Thomas L. Young
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Owens-Illinois, Inc.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Owens-Illinois, Inc. and will be retained by Owens-Illinois, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER